What is Aptus NutriSpray?
Aptus NutriSpray is a foliar-applied liquid fertiliser made with natural surfactants, plant stimulators and essential microelements. It is designed for general foliar nutrition and rapid correction of nutrient deficiencies.
-
-
Commercial Products
Commercial Products
Professional Growing Media
Plant Nutrition
Plant Health
Sprayers & Protective Clothing
Pots, Planters & Trays
Propagation
Baskets & Planters
Fabrics & Netting
Environment
Plant Lighting
Irrigation
Plant Support & Tree Care
Equipment
Tools
Plant Labels
Packaging
Lawn Care
Clearance
-
Retail Products
Retail Products
Growing Media
Plant Nutrition
Plant Health
Pots, Planters & Tanks
Propagation
Baskets & Planters
Fabrics & Netting
Environment
Plant Lighting
Plant Support
Equipment
Tools
1993 products
1993 products
Sort by:
Aptus NutriSpray Foliar Fertiliser & Micronutrient Spray – 150ml
500
£5.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Aptus NutriSpray Foliar Fertiliser & Micronutrient Spray – 150ml
500
£5.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A fast-acting foliar fertiliser that delivers essential microelements directly through the leaves while helping correct nutrient deficiencies quickly.
Aptus NutriSpray is a concentrated foliar fertiliser designed to supply essential microelements directly through the foliage. Its formulation combines natural surfactants, plant stimulators and micronutrients, providing growers with a quick and practical way to supplement plant nutrition without relying solely on uptake through the root zone.
Once sprayed across the foliage, NutriSpray leaves an active natural coating containing microelements on the leaf surface. This layer helps feed the plant while remaining on the foliage, before naturally biodegrading within approximately 10 – 15 days.
NutriSpray can be incorporated into a planned foliar nutrition programme or used when a crop develops a nutrient deficiency. Foliar application is particularly useful where nutrient lockout or poor root-zone availability is limiting the plant's ability to access the nutrition it needs.
The standard Aptus dilution is 2ml per litre of water, giving this 150ml bottle enough concentrate to prepare approximately 75 litres of foliar spray.
Why choose Aptus NutriSpray?
- Fast foliar nutrient delivery – supplies essential microelements directly through the foliage.
- Helps correct nutrient deficiencies – provides a rapid alternative route for nutrition when root-zone availability is restricted.
- Active foliar coating – leaves a microelement-containing layer across the leaf surface.
- Biodegradable – the foliar layer naturally biodegrades within approximately 10 – 15 days.
- Natural surfactants – help the diluted solution spread effectively across the foliage.
- Contains manganese, sulphur, zinc and iron – provides a useful range of essential microelements.
- Contains horse chestnut extract – used to help increase the bioavailability of the microelements.
- Suitable for general foliar nutrition – can be incorporated into a planned crop-feeding programme.
- Useful during nutrient lockout – provides foliar nutrition when nutrient availability within the growing medium is restricted.
- Concentrated formula – 150ml prepares approximately 75L of foliar solution at the standard rate.
What is Aptus NutriSpray suitable for?
NutriSpray is designed for foliar feeding, delivering microelements directly to the leaves rather than relying entirely on root-zone uptake. This makes it useful both for routine foliar nutrition and situations where plants need a faster nutritional response.
It is particularly valuable when nutrient lockout or restricted nutrient availability in the growing medium is affecting crop performance. Foliar application gives the plant another route for accessing essential microelements while the underlying root-zone issue is addressed.
NutriSpray can also be used proactively as part of a wider crop nutrition programme. Aptus recommends foliar applications at intervals rather than treating it as a conventional product that is added to every reservoir.
For propagation work, Aptus also recommends spraying mother plants before taking cuttings and applying NutriSpray to cuttings weekly to provide available nutrients and maintain its protective foliar layer.
How to use Aptus NutriSpray
Always dilute NutriSpray before use. Mix 2ml of Aptus NutriSpray per 1 litre of water and spray evenly across the entire leaf surface.
For 1L of foliar spray, use 2ml. For 5L, use 10ml. For 10L, use 20ml. For 25L, use 50ml. For 50L, use 100ml. A full 150ml bottle prepares approximately 75L.
Apply enough diluted solution to achieve good, even coverage across the foliage. NutriSpray should never be applied undiluted.
For indoor crops, apply NutriSpray with the grow lights switched off. Aptus recommends waiting approximately 20 – 30 minutes after spraying before switching the lights back on to help avoid foliar burning.
For outdoor crops, Aptus recommends an initial application approximately one week after planting, followed by monthly applications through the active crop cycle.
Aptus NutriSpray 150ml product details
| Product | Aptus NutriSpray |
|---|---|
| Product type | Foliar-applied liquid fertiliser |
| Product size | 150ml |
| Application method | Foliar spray |
| Standard application rate | 2ml per 1L water |
| 1L spray solution | 2ml |
| 5L spray solution | 10ml |
| 10L spray solution | 20ml |
| 25L spray solution | 50ml |
| 50L spray solution | 100ml |
| Approximate coverage from 150ml | 75L of foliar spray at the standard rate |
| Formulation | Natural surfactants, plant stimulators & microelements |
| Microelements | Manganese (Mn), sulphur (S), zinc (Zn) & iron (Fe) |
| Plant extract | Horse chestnut extract |
| Primary uses | General foliar nutrition & rapid deficiency correction |
| Foliar coating | Active microelement-containing layer that biodegrades within approximately 10 – 15 days |
| Indoor application | Apply with grow lights switched off and allow approximately 20 – 30 minutes before switching lights back on |
| Outdoor application | Approximately one week after planting, then monthly through the active crop cycle |
| Concentrate use | Always dilute with water before spraying |
Aptus NutriSpray FAQs
What nutrients are in Aptus NutriSpray?
NutriSpray contains the microelements manganese, sulphur, zinc and iron, alongside an organic surfactant and horse chestnut extract.
How much Aptus NutriSpray should I use?
Mix 2ml of Aptus NutriSpray with every 1 litre of water and spray the diluted solution evenly across the foliage.
How much foliar spray does 150ml of NutriSpray make?
A 150ml bottle makes approximately 75 litres of foliar spray at the standard rate of 2ml per litre.
Can Aptus NutriSpray help with nutrient deficiencies?
Yes. NutriSpray is designed for rapid deficiency correction as well as routine foliar nutrition. Applying nutrients through the foliage can provide a faster response than relying solely on root uptake.
Can NutriSpray be used during nutrient lockout?
Yes. Aptus specifically recommends NutriSpray for treating deficiencies where nutrient lockout in the growing medium is limiting availability through the roots.
How long does Aptus NutriSpray remain on the leaves?
NutriSpray creates an active layer containing microelements on the foliage. Aptus states that this layer naturally biodegrades within approximately 10 – 15 days.
Does Aptus NutriSpray need to be diluted?
Yes. NutriSpray should never be applied at full strength. Always dilute it at 2ml per litre of water before foliar application.
Should I use Aptus NutriSpray with grow lights on?
No. Apply NutriSpray with the grow lights switched off. Aptus recommends waiting approximately 20 – 30 minutes after spraying before switching the lights back on.
Can Aptus NutriSpray be used outdoors?
Yes. For outdoor crops, Aptus recommends spraying approximately one week after planting and then once a month through the active crop cycle.
Can Aptus NutriSpray be used on mother plants and cuttings?
Yes. Aptus recommends spraying mother plants approximately one week before taking cuttings. Cuttings can then be sprayed weekly to provide available foliar nutrients and maintain the protective layer on the foliage.
Is Aptus NutriSpray a root feed?
No. NutriSpray is specifically formulated for foliar application, allowing its microelements to be supplied through the leaf surface.
Can Aptus NutriSpray replace a complete base nutrient?
NutriSpray is a specialist foliar fertiliser rather than a complete replacement for the crop's normal root-zone nutrition programme.
Aptus NutriSpray Foliar Fertiliser & Micronutrient Spray – 50ml
200
£2.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Aptus NutriSpray Foliar Fertiliser & Micronutrient Spray – 50ml
200
£2.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A fast-acting foliar fertiliser that delivers essential microelements directly through the leaves while helping tackle nutrient deficiencies quickly.
Aptus NutriSpray is a concentrated foliar fertiliser formulated from natural surfactants, plant stimulators and essential microelements. Applied directly to the foliage, it provides an alternative route for plant nutrition when rapid nutrient availability is required.
Once sprayed, NutriSpray leaves an active natural coating containing microelements across the leaf surface. This coating continues to feed and support the foliage before naturally biodegrading within approximately 10 – 15 days.
This makes NutriSpray useful both as part of a planned foliar nutrition programme and when correcting deficiencies, particularly where nutrient availability through the growing medium has been restricted.
The concentrate is diluted at 2ml per litre of water, giving the 50ml bottle enough product to prepare approximately 25 litres of foliar spray.
Why choose Aptus NutriSpray?
- Fast foliar nutrient delivery – supplies microelements directly through the foliage for rapid availability.
- Helps correct deficiencies – particularly useful where nutrient availability through the growing medium is restricted.
- Active foliar coating – leaves a layer containing microelements across the leaf surface.
- Biodegradable coating – the foliar layer naturally biodegrades within approximately 10 – 15 days.
- Natural surfactants – help the diluted solution spread effectively across the foliage.
- Contains plant stimulators – combines micronutrition with plant-supporting ingredients.
- Contains horse chestnut extract – used within the formulation to help make microelements available for foliar transport.
- Useful throughout crop development – can supplement plant nutrition at different stages of the growing cycle.
- Suitable for preventative nutrition or corrective use – use as part of planned foliar feeding or to respond to a developing deficiency.
- Concentrated formula – 50ml prepares approximately 25L of foliar solution at the standard rate.
What is Aptus NutriSpray suitable for?
NutriSpray is designed for foliar feeding, where nutrients are applied directly to the leaf surface rather than delivered solely through the root zone. This provides a useful additional route for nutrition when plants need a rapid supply of microelements.
It is particularly useful for correcting common nutrient deficiencies where nutrient lockout or restricted availability within the growing medium is preventing the root system from supplying the plant effectively.
NutriSpray can also be incorporated periodically into a wider Aptus nutrition programme for general foliar nutrition rather than waiting for a visible deficiency to develop.
The Aptus UK programme uses NutriSpray as a foliar application across vegetative development and flowering where required. Application timing should follow crop development and growing conditions rather than assuming every crop follows the same fixed number of weeks.
How to use Aptus NutriSpray
Always dilute NutriSpray before application. Mix 2ml of Aptus NutriSpray per 1 litre of water and apply the diluted solution across the leaf surface.
For 1L of foliar spray, use 2ml. For 5L, use 10ml. For 10L, use 20ml. For 25L, use 50ml.
A 50ml bottle therefore prepares approximately 25 litres of foliar spray at the standard Aptus application rate.
Apply the diluted solution evenly across the foliage. Good coverage of the leaf surface is more important than applying excessive quantities of spray.
NutriSpray can be used for general foliar nutrition or as a corrective treatment when nutrient availability through the root zone is restricted. Never apply the concentrate undiluted.
For indoor growing, apply foliar sprays with the grow lights switched off. Allow the foliage time to absorb the spray before returning plants to intense lighting.
Aptus NutriSpray 50ml product details
| Product | Aptus NutriSpray |
|---|---|
| Product type | Foliar-applied liquid fertiliser |
| Product size | 50ml |
| Application method | Foliar spray |
| Standard application rate | 2ml per 1L water |
| 1L spray solution | 2ml |
| 5L spray solution | 10ml |
| 10L spray solution | 20ml |
| 25L spray solution | 50ml |
| Approximate coverage from 50ml | 25L of foliar spray at the standard rate |
| Formulation | Natural surfactants, stimulators & microelements |
| Key formulation component | Horse chestnut extract |
| Primary uses | General foliar nutrition & rapid deficiency correction |
| Foliar coating | Active microelement-containing layer that biodegrades within approximately 10 – 15 days |
| Application stages | Vegetative development & flowering as required |
| Concentrate use | Always dilute with water before spraying |
Aptus NutriSpray FAQs
What is Aptus NutriSpray?
Aptus NutriSpray is a foliar-applied liquid fertiliser made from natural surfactants, stimulators and microelements. It is designed to supply foliar nutrition and help correct nutrient deficiencies quickly.
What does Aptus NutriSpray do?
NutriSpray supplies microelements directly through the foliage. It leaves an active nutrient-containing layer on the leaf surface, providing rapid foliar nutrition while helping address common deficiencies.
How much Aptus NutriSpray should I use?
Use 2ml of NutriSpray per litre of water. Always dilute the concentrate before applying it to plant foliage.
How much NutriSpray do I need for 5 litres of water?
Use 10ml of Aptus NutriSpray to prepare 5 litres of foliar spray.
How much NutriSpray do I need for 10 litres of water?
Use 20ml of NutriSpray to prepare 10 litres of foliar solution at the standard rate.
How much foliar spray does a 50ml bottle make?
At the standard rate of 2ml per litre, a 50ml bottle prepares approximately 25 litres of foliar spray.
Can Aptus NutriSpray help with nutrient deficiencies?
Yes. NutriSpray is specifically designed for both general foliar nutrition and deficiency correction. Foliar application can be particularly useful when nutrient availability through the growing medium has been restricted.
Can NutriSpray be used during nutrient lockout?
Yes. Aptus specifically identifies nutrient lockout in the growing medium as a situation where NutriSpray can be used to supply nutrients through the foliage.
How long does Aptus NutriSpray stay on the leaves?
NutriSpray forms an active coating on the leaf surface. Aptus states that this layer fully biodegrades within approximately 10 – 15 days.
Does Aptus NutriSpray need to be diluted?
Yes. Never use NutriSpray at full strength. Dilute it with water at the standard rate of 2ml per litre before spraying the foliage.
Is Aptus NutriSpray a root feed?
NutriSpray is specifically formulated as a foliar fertiliser. The diluted solution is sprayed over the foliage so its microelements can be absorbed through the leaves.
Can Aptus NutriSpray be used during vegetative growth?
Yes. NutriSpray can be used for foliar nutrition during vegetative development where required, including as part of the wider Aptus nutrition programme.
Can Aptus NutriSpray be used during flowering?
Yes. Aptus includes NutriSpray as a foliar treatment during flowering. Application should follow crop development and the appropriate feeding programme rather than assuming every crop has the same flowering duration.
Should I spray Aptus NutriSpray with grow lights on?
No. For indoor applications, apply NutriSpray with the grow lights switched off rather than spraying foliage under intense artificial lighting.
Does Aptus NutriSpray leave a residue on leaves?
NutriSpray deliberately forms an active natural coating containing microelements on the leaf surface. Aptus states that this layer naturally biodegrades within approximately 10 – 15 days.
Can Aptus NutriSpray replace my normal base fertiliser?
NutriSpray is best treated as a foliar nutrition and deficiency-correction product rather than a replacement for the crop's complete root-zone feeding programme.
Aptus Regulator Mono-Silicic Acid Plant Enhancer – 1L
13005
£130.05
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Aptus Regulator Mono-Silicic Acid Plant Enhancer – 1L
13005
£130.05
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A highly concentrated mono-silicic acid plant enhancer designed to improve nutrient utilisation, strengthen plant structure and help crops cope with environmental stress.
Aptus Regulator is a concentrated nutrition manager and anti-stress plant enhancer designed to work alongside an existing feeding programme. Rather than simply increasing nutrient strength, it helps plants make more effective use of the nutrition already available to them.
Its formulation combines mono-silicic acid with boron and molybdenum. Mono-silicic acid acts as a nutrient transporter, helping improve the absorption and bioavailability of other elements. Boron supports calcium uptake and fibre production, while molybdenum plays an important role in nitrogen metabolism and movement within the plant.
Regulator also supports stronger cell structure and a tougher epidermal layer, helping plants develop thicker stems and greater structural strength. This added resilience can help crops cope with environmental pressures such as temperature stress, wind and drought, as well as salinity associated with nutrient salt build-up.
Regulator is extremely concentrated. The standard Aptus rate is just 1.5ml per 10 litres of water, meaning a 1L bottle can treat approximately 6,667 litres at the normal application rate.
Why choose Aptus Regulator?
- Mono-silicic acid formula – provides silicon in mono-silicic acid form to support nutrient transport and utilisation.
- Improves nutrient uptake – helps increase the absorption, bioavailability and utilisation of nutrients within the feeding programme.
- Supports stronger plants – promotes stronger cell structure, a tougher epidermal layer and thicker stems.
- Helps crops handle environmental stress – supports resistance to pressures including temperature, wind and drought.
- Supports natural plant resilience – stronger plant structure helps crops cope with biotic pressures from pests and pathogens.
- Contains boron – supports calcium uptake and plant fibre production.
- Contains molybdenum – contributes to nitrogen metabolism and movement within the plant.
- Helps manage excessive stretching – supports more controlled internodal development and compact plant structure.
- Supports salinity tolerance – helps plants cope with stress associated with nutrient salt accumulation.
- Reduces transpiration – helps limit moisture loss through the leaves.
- Highly concentrated – standard application requires just 1.5ml per 10L.
- High-volume coverage – 1L treats approximately 6,667L at the standard rate.
What is Aptus Regulator suitable for?
Regulator is designed for use throughout active crop development. The Aptus UK programme uses it during vegetative growth, transition into flowering, active flowering and maturation, making it a continuous part of the feeding programme rather than a stage-specific rooting or bloom additive.
It is particularly useful for growers looking to improve nutrient efficiency and plant structure without simply increasing the concentration of the base feed. By supporting nutrient bioavailability and uptake, Regulator helps plants make better use of the elements already available in the root zone.
Crops exposed to challenging environmental conditions can also benefit. Aptus specifically identifies temperature, wind and drought among the abiotic stresses Regulator helps plants withstand, alongside improved resistance to salinity associated with nutrient salt accumulation.
Regulator can also help manage internodal spacing. Where plants are stretching excessively, its effect on structural development can encourage shorter internodal distances and more compact growth.
How to use Aptus Regulator
For standard feeding, use 1.5ml of Aptus Regulator per 10 litres of water. This is equivalent to 0.15ml/L or approximately a 1:6660 dilution.
For 10L of water, use 1.5ml. For 50L, use 7.5ml. For 100L, use 15ml. For 500L, use 75ml. For a 1,000L reservoir, use 150ml.
At the standard 0.15ml/L application rate, a 1L bottle treats approximately 6,667 litres of water.
Always add Regulator first. Fill the reservoir with clean water, add the measured amount of Regulator and mix thoroughly until it is evenly dispersed. Add base fertilisers, boosters and other compatible crop inputs afterwards.
The mixing order is important. Regulator should be fully dispersed in clean water before the rest of the nutrient programme is introduced.
Regulator is highly concentrated, so measure accurately. Use clean, dry syringes, pipettes or measuring equipment and keep water, dirt and growing-medium particles out of the concentrate bottle.
Aptus Regulator 1L product details
| Product | Aptus Regulator |
|---|---|
| Product type | Nutrition manager & anti-stress plant enhancer |
| Product size | 1L |
| Format | Highly concentrated liquid |
| Key silicon form | Mono-silicic acid |
| Other key elements | Boron (B) & molybdenum (Mo) |
| Standard application rate | 1.5ml per 10L |
| Application rate per litre | 0.15ml/L |
| Standard dilution | Approximately 1:6660 |
| Application stages | Vegetative growth, transition, flowering & maturation |
| Final flush | Not included during the flush stage in the Aptus UK feeding schedule |
| 10L solution | 1.5ml |
| 50L solution | 7.5ml |
| 100L solution | 15ml |
| 500L solution | 75ml |
| 1,000L solution | 150ml |
| Approximate coverage from 1L | 6,667L at the standard rate |
| Mixing order | Add first to clean water before fertilisers, boosters or other compatible crop inputs |
| Primary functions | Nutrient utilisation, structural support, stress tolerance & internodal management |
Aptus Regulator FAQs
What is Aptus Regulator?
Aptus Regulator is a highly concentrated nutrition manager and anti-stress plant enhancer designed to improve nutrient uptake and utilisation while supporting stronger plant structure and greater tolerance to environmental stress.
Is Aptus Regulator a silicon supplement?
Regulator contains silicon in the form of mono-silicic acid, but its function extends beyond simply supplying silicon. It is designed to support nutrient transport, plant structure and stress tolerance throughout active crop development.
What does Aptus Regulator contain?
Aptus Regulator contains mono-silicic acid as its key nutrient-transport component, together with boron and molybdenum.
What does mono-silicic acid do in Aptus Regulator?
Mono-silicic acid acts as a nutrient transporter, helping improve the absorption, bioavailability and utilisation of other nutrients while supporting stronger plant structure.
Why does Aptus Regulator contain boron?
Boron supports calcium uptake and plant fibre production, contributing to stronger structural development.
Why does Aptus Regulator contain molybdenum?
Molybdenum is involved in nitrogen metabolism and helps support the movement of nitrogen from older leaves towards developing growth when required.
How much Aptus Regulator should I use?
The standard application rate is 1.5ml per 10 litres of water, equivalent to 0.15ml/L.
How much Aptus Regulator do I need for 50 litres?
Use 7.5ml of Regulator for 50 litres of water at the standard application rate.
How much Aptus Regulator do I need for 100 litres?
Use 15ml of Regulator for 100 litres of water.
How much Aptus Regulator do I need for a 500L reservoir?
Use 75ml of Regulator for a 500L reservoir at the standard application rate.
How much Aptus Regulator do I need for a 1,000L reservoir?
Use 150ml of Regulator for 1,000 litres of water at the standard application rate.
How much water will 1L of Aptus Regulator treat?
At the standard 0.15ml/L application rate, a 1L bottle treats approximately 6,667 litres of water.
Should Aptus Regulator be added before nutrients?
Yes. Always add Regulator to a reservoir filled with clean water first and mix thoroughly. Add base nutrients, boosters and other compatible crop inputs afterwards.
When should I use Aptus Regulator?
The Aptus UK feeding programme uses Regulator throughout vegetative growth, transition, active flowering and maturation. It is not included during the final flush.
Can Aptus Regulator be used throughout flowering?
Yes. The Aptus UK programme maintains the standard Regulator rate through early flowering, active flowering and maturation before withdrawing it for the flush.
Does Aptus Regulator improve nutrient uptake?
Yes. Improving nutrient absorption, bioavailability and utilisation is one of the main functions of Regulator. This can help plants make more effective use of nutrients already present in the feeding programme.
Does Aptus Regulator help plants cope with heat and drought?
Yes. Aptus specifically identifies temperature, wind and drought among the environmental stresses Regulator is designed to help plants withstand.
Can Aptus Regulator help reduce plant stretching?
Yes. Regulator can help control excessive internodal spacing and encourage more compact plant development.
Does Aptus Regulator help with salt stress?
Yes. Regulator is designed to increase plant resistance to salinity associated with nutrient salt accumulation.
Does Aptus Regulator reduce transpiration?
Yes. Aptus lists reduced transpiration, meaning reduced moisture loss through the leaves, among the benefits of Regulator.
Can Aptus Regulator be used with other nutrients and boosters?
Yes. Regulator is designed to work as part of a wider nutrient programme. Mix Regulator thoroughly into clean water first, then add the other fertilisers and compatible boosters.
Aptus Regulator Mono-Silicic Acid Plant Enhancer – 250ml
3217
£32.17
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Aptus Regulator Mono-Silicic Acid Plant Enhancer – 250ml
3217
£32.17
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A highly concentrated mono-silicic acid plant enhancer designed to improve nutrient utilisation, strengthen plant structure and support crops through environmental stress.
Aptus Regulator is a concentrated nutrition manager and anti-stress plant enhancer designed to work alongside your existing feeding programme. Rather than simply adding more fertiliser, Regulator helps plants make more effective use of the nutrients already available to them.
Its formulation combines mono-silicic acid with boron and molybdenum. Mono-silicic acid acts as a nutrient transporter, helping improve nutrient absorption and bioavailability. Boron supports calcium uptake and fibre production, while molybdenum contributes to nitrogen metabolism within the plant.
Regulator also supports stronger cell structure and a tougher epidermal layer, helping plants develop thicker stems and greater structural strength. This makes it particularly useful where crops are exposed to environmental pressures such as temperature stress, wind, drought or nutrient salt accumulation.
A little goes a very long way. The standard Aptus dose is just 1.5ml per 10 litres of water, meaning this 250ml bottle can treat approximately 1,667 litres at the normal application rate.
Why choose Aptus Regulator?
- Mono-silicic acid formula – provides silicon in mono-silicic acid form to support nutrient transport and utilisation.
- Improves nutrient uptake – helps increase the absorption, bioavailability and utilisation of nutrients within the feeding programme.
- Strengthens plant structure – supports stronger cells, a tougher epidermal layer and thicker stems.
- Supports stress tolerance – helps plants cope with environmental pressures including temperature, wind and drought.
- Supports natural plant resilience – stronger plant structure helps crops withstand biotic pressures from pests and pathogens.
- Contains boron – supports calcium uptake and plant fibre production.
- Contains molybdenum – contributes to effective nitrogen metabolism within the plant.
- Helps control excessive stretching – supports more controlled internodal development where plants are stretching excessively.
- Supports salinity tolerance – helps plants cope with stress associated with nutrient salt build-up.
- Reduces transpiration – helps limit moisture loss through the foliage.
- Highly concentrated – standard application requires just 1.5ml per 10L.
- Excellent coverage – 250ml treats approximately 1,667L at the standard rate.
What is Aptus Regulator suitable for?
Regulator is designed for use throughout active crop development. It can be incorporated into feeding programmes during vegetative growth, transition, active flowering and maturation, giving developing plant tissue a continuing supply as the crop progresses.
It is particularly useful for growers looking to improve nutrient efficiency and structural strength without simply increasing the concentration of the base feed. Its role as a nutrient manager makes Regulator relevant across a wide range of crop stages rather than restricting it to rooting or flowering alone.
Regulator is also useful where plants are experiencing environmental stress. Aptus specifically highlights temperature, wind and drought, along with salinity caused by nutrient salt accumulation.
Where excessive vertical growth is a problem, Regulator can also be used to help manage internodal spacing and encourage more compact development.
How to use Aptus Regulator
For standard feeding, use 1.5ml of Aptus Regulator per 10 litres of water. This is equivalent to 0.15ml/L or approximately a 1:6660 dilution.
For 10L of water, use 1.5ml. For 50L, use 7.5ml. For 100L, use 15ml. For 500L, use 75ml. For a 1,000L reservoir, use 150ml.
At the standard 0.15ml/L rate, a 250ml bottle treats approximately 1,667 litres of water.
Always add Regulator first. Fill the reservoir with clean water, measure the required amount of Regulator and mix it thoroughly until evenly dispersed. Add the base fertiliser, boosters and other compatible crop inputs afterwards.
Accurate measurement is important because Regulator is extremely concentrated. For smaller volumes, 1 litre requires just 0.15ml. Aptus gives approximately 0.05ml per drop as a small-volume guide, making the standard 1L dose approximately 3 drops.
Keep the concentrate clean and undiluted inside the bottle. Use clean, dry syringes, pipettes or measuring equipment and avoid allowing water or growing-medium particles to enter the container.
Aptus Regulator 250ml product details
| Product | Aptus Regulator |
|---|---|
| Product type | Nutrition manager & anti-stress plant enhancer |
| Product size | 250ml |
| Format | Highly concentrated liquid |
| Key silicon form | Mono-silicic acid |
| Other key elements | Boron (B) & molybdenum (Mo) |
| Standard application rate | 1.5ml per 10L |
| Application rate per litre | 0.15ml/L |
| Standard dilution | Approximately 1:6660 |
| Application stages | Vegetative growth, transition, flowering & maturation |
| Final flush | Not included during the flush stage in the Aptus UK feeding schedule |
| 10L solution | 1.5ml |
| 50L solution | 7.5ml |
| 100L solution | 15ml |
| 500L solution | 75ml |
| 1,000L solution | 150ml |
| Approximate coverage from 250ml | 1,667L at the standard rate |
| Small-volume measurement | 0.15ml per 1L, approximately 3 drops |
| Mixing order | Add first to clean water before fertilisers, boosters or other compatible crop inputs |
| Primary functions | Nutrient utilisation, structural support, stress tolerance & internodal management |
Aptus Regulator FAQs
What is Aptus Regulator?
Aptus Regulator is a highly concentrated nutrition manager and anti-stress plant enhancer. It supports nutrient uptake and utilisation while helping plants develop stronger structure and cope with environmental stress.
Is Aptus Regulator a silicon supplement?
Regulator contains silicon in the form of mono-silicic acid, but it is designed to do more than simply supply silicon. Aptus positions it as a nutrition manager that supports nutrient uptake, structural strength and plant resilience.
What does Aptus Regulator contain?
Aptus Regulator contains mono-silicic acid as its key nutrient-transport component, together with boron and molybdenum.
What does mono-silicic acid do in Aptus Regulator?
Mono-silicic acid acts as a nutrient transporter, helping improve the absorption, bioavailability and utilisation of other nutrients within the feeding programme.
How much Aptus Regulator should I use?
The standard application rate is 1.5ml per 10 litres of water, equivalent to 0.15ml/L.
How much Aptus Regulator do I need for 50 litres?
Use 7.5ml of Regulator for 50 litres of water at the standard application rate.
How much Aptus Regulator do I need for 100 litres?
Use 15ml of Regulator for 100 litres of water.
How much Aptus Regulator do I need for a 500L reservoir?
Use 75ml of Regulator for a 500L reservoir at the standard application rate.
How much water will 250ml of Aptus Regulator treat?
At the standard 0.15ml/L rate, a 250ml bottle treats approximately 1,667 litres of water.
Should Aptus Regulator be added before nutrients?
Yes. Always add Regulator to clean water first and mix thoroughly until evenly dispersed. Add base nutrients, boosters and other compatible products afterwards.
When should I use Aptus Regulator?
The Aptus UK feeding schedule uses Regulator during vegetative growth, early flowering, active flowering and maturation. It is not included during the final flush.
Does Aptus Regulator help plants cope with heat and drought?
Yes. Aptus specifically identifies temperature, wind and drought among the environmental stresses that Regulator is designed to help plants withstand.
Does Aptus Regulator improve nutrient uptake?
Yes. Improving the uptake, absorption and utilisation of nutrients is one of the main functions Aptus gives for Regulator.
Can Aptus Regulator help reduce plant stretching?
Yes. Regulator can help control excessive internodal spacing and encourage more compact plant development.
Does Aptus Regulator help with salt stress?
Yes. Aptus states that Regulator helps increase resistance to salinity associated with nutrient salt build-up.
Does Aptus Regulator reduce transpiration?
Yes. Reduced transpiration, meaning reduced moisture loss through the leaves, is one of the benefits Aptus lists for Regulator.
How do I measure Aptus Regulator for a small reservoir?
The standard rate is 0.15ml per litre. Aptus gives approximately 0.05ml per drop as a guide for small-volume measuring, making the standard dose for 1 litre approximately 3 drops. A clean syringe or pipette provides more repeatable measurement.
Can Aptus Regulator be used with other nutrients?
Yes. Regulator is designed to work alongside a wider nutrient programme. The important point is mixing order: Regulator goes into clean water first, followed by the other fertilisers and boosters.
Aptus Regulator Mono-Silicic Acid Plant Enhancer – 500ml
6740
£67.40
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Aptus Regulator Mono-Silicic Acid Plant Enhancer – 500ml
6740
£67.40
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A highly concentrated mono-silicic acid plant enhancer that improves nutrient utilisation, strengthens plant structure and helps crops cope with environmental stress at just 1.5ml per 10L.
Aptus Regulator is a concentrated nutrition manager and anti-stress plant enhancer designed to improve how efficiently plants absorb and utilise their existing nutrient programme. Rather than acting as another base fertiliser, it works alongside plant nutrition to support uptake, structural strength and more balanced crop development.
At the heart of Regulator is mono-silicic acid, combined with boron and molybdenum. Aptus describes mono-silicic acid as an efficient nutrient transporter, helping improve the absorption and bioavailability of other elements. Boron supports calcium uptake and fibre production, while molybdenum plays an important role in nitrogen metabolism and movement within the plant.
Regulator also supports stronger cell structure and a tougher epidermal layer, helping produce sturdier plants and thicker stems. This additional structural support can improve the plant's ability to cope with environmental pressures including temperature stress, wind and drought, while also increasing tolerance to salinity caused by nutrient salt build-up.
It is exceptionally concentrated. At the standard application rate of 1.5ml per 10 litres, a 500ml bottle provides enough Regulator to treat approximately 3,333 litres of water.
Why choose Aptus Regulator?
- Mono-silicic acid formula – provides silicon in mono-silicic acid form to support nutrient transport.
- Improves nutrient utilisation – designed to improve the uptake, absorption and bioavailability of nutrients already present in the feeding programme.
- Supports stronger plants – promotes stronger cell structure, a tougher epidermal layer and thicker stems.
- Helps crops cope with environmental stress – supports resistance to temperature stress, wind and drought.
- Supports natural plant resilience – stronger plant structure helps crops cope with biotic pressures from pests and pathogens.
- Contains boron – supports calcium uptake and plant fibre production.
- Contains molybdenum – contributes to nitrogen metabolism and movement within the plant.
- Helps control internodal spacing – useful for encouraging more compact growth where excessive stretching occurs.
- Supports salinity tolerance – helps plants cope with stress associated with nutrient salt accumulation.
- Reduces transpiration – helps limit moisture loss through the leaves.
- Highly concentrated – standard application requires only 1.5ml per 10L.
- Excellent commercial coverage – 500ml treats approximately 3,333L at the standard rate.
What is Aptus Regulator suitable for?
Regulator is designed for use throughout active crop development rather than being restricted to either vegetative growth or flowering. It can be used from vegetative development through transition, active flowering and maturation, with the Aptus UK programme stopping Regulator during the final flush.
It is particularly useful where growers want to improve nutrient efficiency and plant structure without simply increasing the concentration of their base fertiliser. Regulator helps make nutrients already present in the feeding programme more available for plant use.
Crops experiencing environmental pressure can also benefit from Regulator. Aptus specifically identifies temperature, wind and drought among the abiotic stresses it is designed to help plants withstand, alongside improved resistance to salinity caused by nutrient salt accumulation.
Regulator can also help manage excessive stretching. By supporting stronger cell structure and more controlled internodal development, it can encourage sturdier, more compact plants where environmental conditions or unbalanced nutrition are contributing to excessive vertical growth.
How to use Aptus Regulator
Use 1.5ml of Aptus Regulator per 10 litres of water, equivalent to 0.15ml/L or approximately a 1:6660 dilution.
For 10L of water, use 1.5ml. For 50L, use 7.5ml. For 100L, use 15ml. For a 500L reservoir, use 75ml. For 1,000L, use 150ml.
At the standard 0.15ml/L rate, a 500ml bottle treats approximately 3,333 litres.
Always add Regulator first. Fill the reservoir with clean water, add the measured quantity of Regulator and mix thoroughly until it is evenly dispersed. Add base fertilisers, boosters and other compatible crop inputs afterwards.
This mixing order matters. Aptus specifically instructs growers to mix Regulator into clean water before other fertilisers, boosters or crop-protection products so it can disperse correctly before the rest of the feeding programme is introduced.
Regulator is highly concentrated, so accurate measurement is important. Use a clean, dry syringe, pipette or measuring cup, and keep water or dirt out of the concentrate bottle.
Aptus Regulator 500ml product details
| Product | Aptus Regulator |
|---|---|
| Product type | Nutrition manager & anti-stress plant enhancer |
| Product size | 500ml |
| Format | Highly concentrated liquid |
| Key silicon form | Mono-silicic acid |
| Other key elements | Boron (B) & molybdenum (Mo) |
| Standard application rate | 1.5ml per 10L |
| Application rate per litre | 0.15ml/L |
| Standard dilution | Approximately 1:6660 |
| Application stages | Vegetative growth, transition, flowering & maturation |
| Final flush | Do not use during the flush stage in the Aptus UK feeding programme |
| 10L solution | 1.5ml |
| 50L solution | 7.5ml |
| 100L solution | 15ml |
| 500L solution | 75ml |
| 1,000L solution | 150ml |
| Approximate coverage from 500ml | 3,333L at the standard rate |
| Mixing order | Add first to a reservoir of clean water before fertilisers, boosters or other compatible crop inputs |
| Primary functions | Nutrient utilisation, plant structure, stress tolerance & controlled internodal development |
Aptus Regulator FAQs
What is Aptus Regulator?
Aptus Regulator is a highly concentrated nutrition manager and anti-stress plant enhancer. It is designed to improve nutrient uptake and utilisation while supporting stronger plant structure and greater tolerance to environmental stress.
Is Aptus Regulator a silicon supplement?
Regulator contains silicon in the form of mono-silicic acid, but its role is broader than simply supplying silicon. Aptus positions it as a nutrition manager that supports nutrient uptake, structural strength and plant resilience.
What does Aptus Regulator contain?
Regulator contains mono-silicic acid as its key nutrient-transport component, together with boron and molybdenum.
What does mono-silicic acid do?
Aptus describes mono-silicic acid as an efficient nutrient transporter. It helps improve the absorption and utilisation of other nutrients while contributing to stronger plant structure.
What does boron do in Aptus Regulator?
Boron supports calcium uptake and stimulates the production of plant fibres, helping support stronger structural development.
What does molybdenum do in Aptus Regulator?
Molybdenum is involved in nitrogen metabolism. Aptus explains that it helps move nitrogen from older lower leaves towards newer developing foliage when required.
How much Aptus Regulator should I use?
The standard rate is 1.5ml per 10 litres of water. This is equivalent to 0.15ml/L or approximately a 1:6660 dilution.
How much Aptus Regulator do I need for 50 litres?
Use 7.5ml of Regulator for 50 litres of water at the standard application rate.
How much Aptus Regulator do I need for 100 litres?
Use 15ml of Regulator for a 100L reservoir.
How much Aptus Regulator do I need for a 500L reservoir?
Use 75ml of Regulator for 500 litres of water at the standard rate.
How much Aptus Regulator do I need for 1,000 litres?
Use 150ml of Regulator for a 1,000L reservoir at the standard rate.
How much water will 500ml of Aptus Regulator treat?
At the standard 0.15ml/L application rate, a 500ml bottle treats approximately 3,333 litres of water.
Should Aptus Regulator be added before nutrients?
Yes. Add Regulator to a reservoir filled with clean water first and mix it thoroughly. Add base fertilisers, boosters and other compatible products afterwards.
When should I use Aptus Regulator?
The Aptus UK feeding programme uses Regulator throughout vegetative growth, transition, active flowering and maturation. It is withdrawn during the final flush.
Does Aptus Regulator help plants cope with heat and drought?
Yes. Aptus specifically identifies temperature, wind and drought among the environmental stresses Regulator is designed to help plants withstand.
Does Aptus Regulator help with nutrient uptake?
Yes. Improving nutrient uptake, absorption and utilisation is one of Regulator's main functions. Aptus also notes that it can help where existing nutrients are present but their bioavailability is limiting plant performance.
Can Aptus Regulator help reduce plant stretching?
Yes. Aptus identifies control of internodal spacing as one of Regulator's uses, particularly where temperature stress or unbalanced nutrition is contributing to excessive vertical growth.
Does Aptus Regulator help with salt stress?
Yes. Aptus states that Regulator increases plant resistance to salinity associated with nutrient salt build-up.
Does Aptus Regulator reduce transpiration?
Yes. Aptus lists reduced transpiration, meaning reduced moisture loss through the leaves, among the benefits of Regulator.
Can Aptus Regulator be used with other nutrients?
Yes. Regulator is designed to work alongside a wider nutrient programme. Always mix Regulator thoroughly into clean water first, then add the other fertilisers and boosters.
Aptus Regulator Mono-Silicic Acid Plant Enhancer – 50ml
844
£8.44
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Aptus Regulator Mono-Silicic Acid Plant Enhancer – 50ml
844
£8.44
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A highly concentrated mono-silicic acid plant enhancer that improves nutrient utilisation, strengthens plant structure and helps crops cope with environmental stress at just 1.5ml per 10L.
Aptus Regulator is a concentrated nutrition manager and anti-stress plant enhancer designed to improve the way plants absorb and utilise the nutrients already present in their feeding programme. Aptus describes it as the cornerstone of its plant nutrition system because it works alongside other nutrients rather than simply adding another conventional fertiliser to the reservoir.
The formula combines mono-silicic acid with boron and molybdenum. Mono-silicic acid acts as an efficient nutrient transporter, while boron supports calcium uptake and fibre production. Molybdenum plays an important role in nitrogen metabolism and the movement of nitrogen from older leaves towards developing growth.
Regulator also supports stronger cell structure and a tougher epidermal layer, helping produce sturdier plants and thicker stems. This structural support can help crops cope with environmental stresses including heat, wind and drought, as well as salinity caused by nutrient salt accumulation.
Because Regulator is exceptionally concentrated, only a very small amount is required. The standard rate is 1.5ml per 10 litres of water, giving a 50ml bottle enough concentrate to treat approximately 333 litres.
Why choose Aptus Regulator?
- Mono-silicic acid formula – provides silicon in mono-silicic acid form to act as a nutrient transporter.
- Improves nutrient utilisation – designed to increase the uptake, absorption and utilisation of nutrients already available to the plant.
- Supports stronger plant structure – encourages stronger cell structure, a tougher epidermal layer and thicker stems.
- Helps crops handle environmental stress – supports resistance to abiotic stresses including high temperatures, wind and drought.
- Supports natural plant resilience – stronger plant structure helps crops cope with biotic pressures from pests and pathogens.
- Contains boron – supports calcium uptake and the production of plant fibres.
- Contains molybdenum – contributes to nitrogen metabolism and movement within the plant.
- Helps manage internodal spacing – Aptus uses Regulator to encourage more compact plant development where excessive stretching occurs.
- Supports salinity tolerance – helps plants cope with stress associated with nutrient salt accumulation.
- Reduces transpiration – helps reduce moisture loss through the leaves.
- Extremely concentrated – the standard dose is only 1.5ml per 10L.
- Excellent coverage – a 50ml bottle treats approximately 333L at the standard application rate.
What is Aptus Regulator suitable for?
Regulator is designed to work throughout the crop cycle as part of an ongoing nutrition programme. Unlike products aimed solely at rooting or flowering, its role is to support nutrient utilisation, plant structure and stress tolerance as new plant tissue develops.
It is particularly useful where growers want stronger stems, more compact development and better control of excessive internodal stretching. Aptus also recommends Regulator where environmental conditions such as heat, wind or drought place additional stress on the crop.
Regulator can also be useful where nutrient availability is present but uptake is less efficient than expected. Rather than simply increasing fertiliser concentration, its mono-silicic acid-based formulation is designed to improve the bioavailability and utilisation of the existing nutrient programme.
Aptus recommends maintaining a continuous supply because silicon deposited into plant cell membranes remains there, while newly developing cells still require an ongoing supply as the plant continues to grow.
How to use Aptus Regulator
Use 1.5ml of Aptus Regulator per 10 litres of water, equivalent to 0.15ml/L or a dilution of approximately 1:6660.
For 10L of water, use 1.5ml. For 50L, use 7.5ml. For 100L, use 15ml. For a 250L reservoir, use 37.5ml.
At the standard 0.15ml/L rate, a 50ml bottle treats approximately 333 litres of water.
Always add Regulator first. Fill the reservoir with clean water, add the measured quantity of Regulator and mix thoroughly until it is evenly dispersed. Only then add base nutrients, boosters or other compatible crop inputs.
Accurate measurement is important because Regulator is highly concentrated. For very small reservoirs, Aptus states that one drop is approximately 0.05ml. This means a 1L solution requires approximately 0.15ml, or 3 drops, at the standard rate.
Keep the concentrate clean. Do not allow water or dirt to enter the bottle and use only clean, dry syringes, pipettes or measuring equipment when dispensing Regulator.
Aptus Regulator 50ml product details
| Product | Aptus Regulator |
|---|---|
| Product type | Nutrition manager & anti-stress plant enhancer |
| Product size | 50ml |
| Format | Highly concentrated liquid |
| Key silicon form | Mono-silicic acid |
| Other key elements | Boron (B) & molybdenum (Mo) |
| Standard application rate | 1.5ml per 10L |
| Application rate per litre | 0.15ml/L |
| Standard dilution | Approximately 1:6660 |
| Application stage | Throughout active plant development |
| 10L solution | 1.5ml |
| 50L solution | 7.5ml |
| 100L solution | 15ml |
| 250L solution | 37.5ml |
| Approximate coverage from 50ml | 333L at the standard rate |
| Small-volume measurement | Approximately 0.15ml or 3 drops per 1L |
| Mixing order | Add first to a reservoir filled with clean water, before nutrients, boosters or other compatible crop inputs |
| Primary functions | Nutrient utilisation, structural support, stress tolerance & compact plant development |
Aptus Regulator FAQs
What is Aptus Regulator?
Aptus Regulator is a highly concentrated nutrition manager and anti-stress plant enhancer. It is designed to improve nutrient uptake and utilisation while supporting stronger plant structure and greater tolerance to environmental stress.
What does Aptus Regulator contain?
Regulator contains mono-silicic acid as its key nutrient-transport component, together with boron and molybdenum.
Is Aptus Regulator a silicon supplement?
Regulator contains silicon in the form of mono-silicic acid, but its role extends beyond simply supplying silicon. Aptus positions it as a nutrition manager that supports nutrient uptake, plant structure and resistance to environmental stress.
What does mono-silicic acid do in Aptus Regulator?
Aptus describes mono-silicic acid as a nutrient transporter. It supports the absorption and utilisation of other nutrients while contributing to stronger cell structure.
Why does Aptus Regulator contain boron?
Boron supports calcium uptake and stimulates the production of plant fibres, contributing to stronger structural development.
Why does Aptus Regulator contain molybdenum?
Molybdenum plays an important role in nitrogen metabolism. Aptus explains that it supports the movement of nitrogen from older lower leaves towards newer developing foliage when required.
How much Aptus Regulator should I use?
Use 1.5ml of Regulator per 10 litres of water. This is equivalent to 0.15ml/L or approximately a 1:6660 dilution.
How much Aptus Regulator do I need for 50 litres?
Use 7.5ml of Regulator for 50 litres of water at the standard application rate.
How much Aptus Regulator do I need for 100 litres?
Use 15ml of Regulator for a 100L reservoir.
How much water will 50ml of Aptus Regulator treat?
At the standard 0.15ml/L rate, a 50ml bottle treats approximately 333 litres.
Should Aptus Regulator be added before nutrients?
Yes. This mixing order is important. Add Regulator to a reservoir filled with clean water first and mix thoroughly. Add the base fertiliser, boosters and other compatible products afterwards.
Can Aptus Regulator be used at every feeding?
Yes. Aptus recommends maintaining a continuous supply of Regulator as plants develop because silicon already deposited within cell membranes remains there, while newly formed cells still require an ongoing supply.
Does Aptus Regulator help plants cope with heat?
Yes. Aptus specifically recommends Regulator to help plants cope with environmental stresses such as excessive heat. The standard application rate is suitable for this purpose.
Can Aptus Regulator help with nutrient deficiencies?
Regulator can help where nutrients are already present but their availability or utilisation is limiting plant performance. Aptus notes that it can often help correct nutrient deficiencies by making existing nutrients more bioavailable.
Does Aptus Regulator reduce plant stretching?
Regulator can help control excessive internodal spacing and encourage more compact plant development. Aptus identifies internode management as one of the practical uses of the product.
Does Aptus Regulator help with salt stress?
Yes. Aptus identifies improved resistance to salinity caused by nutrient salt build-up as one of the benefits of Regulator.
Does Aptus Regulator reduce water loss?
Aptus states that Regulator helps reduce transpiration, which means reducing moisture loss through the leaves.
How do I measure Aptus Regulator for a small reservoir?
Because Regulator is extremely concentrated, use a clean, dry syringe or pipette for accurate measurement. Aptus also gives approximately 0.05ml per drop as a guide, so 1 litre of water requires around 3 drops at the standard rate.
Aptus Startbooster Organic Root & Growth Stimulator – 250ml
1200
£12.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Aptus Startbooster Organic Root & Growth Stimulator – 250ml
1200
£12.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A highly concentrated organic root and growth stimulator that supports vigorous root development, vegetative growth and beneficial microbial activity at just 2.5ml per 10L.
Aptus Startbooster is a 100% biological root and vegetative growth stimulator designed to help plants establish a strong, active root system and healthy vegetative structure. Its concentrated formula combines organic nitrogen chelated with L-amino acids, beneficial microlife biomass, humic acid from Leonardite and high-grade fulvic acid.
Startbooster works both around the root zone and within the plant. It encourages root and root-hair development while supporting stems and vegetative plant tissue, helping crops establish the structure they need before moving into active flowering.
The L-amino acids provide organic nitrogen and biostimulation while supporting beneficial bacterial populations. Microlife biomass helps break down nutrients around the roots, while humic acid supports water retention, root-zone conditioning and nutrient exchange.
With a standard application rate of only 2.5ml per 10 litres, Startbooster is extremely concentrated. A 250ml bottle provides enough concentrate to prepare approximately 1,000 litres of nutrient solution at the normal feeding rate.
Why choose Aptus Startbooster?
- Powerful root & growth stimulator – designed to encourage vigorous root development and vegetative growth.
- 100% biological formulation – made with active organic ingredients.
- Encourages root-hair development – supports the formation of an active root system during establishment.
- Supports stems & plant tissue – helps build strong vegetative structure before active flowering.
- Organic nitrogen with L-amino acids – combines organic nitrogen nutrition with amino-acid biostimulation.
- Beneficial microlife biomass – supports microbial populations and nutrient breakdown around the root zone.
- Humic acid from Leonardite – supports water retention, root-zone conditioning and cation and anion exchange.
- High-grade fulvic acid – included as part of the concentrated biological formulation.
- Highly concentrated – standard feeding requires just 2.5ml per 10L.
- Excellent coverage – a 250ml bottle treats approximately 1,000L at the standard rate.
What is Aptus Startbooster suitable for?
Startbooster is primarily designed for propagation, establishment and vegetative development. These are the stages when establishing a healthy root system and strong vegetative structure is particularly important.
During normal crop feeding, use Startbooster throughout vegetative growth alongside an appropriate NPK fertiliser. The Aptus UK programme also carries Startbooster into early flowering for the first watering only, after which it is withdrawn as the crop moves into active flowering.
Startbooster also has dedicated applications for new clones and transplant establishment. Aptus specifies different concentrations for these uses, allowing the same product to support crops from propagation through established vegetative growth.
It can be incorporated into a complete Aptus feeding programme or used alongside another suitable liquid NPK base fertiliser. On pre-fertilised growing media, Aptus also allows Startbooster to be used without an additional vegetative fertiliser where sufficient base nutrition is already present.
How to use Aptus Startbooster
For normal feeding, use 2.5ml of Startbooster per 10 litres of water, equivalent to 0.25ml/L or a 1:4000 dilution. Use throughout vegetative development and for the first watering as the crop enters early flowering.
For 10L of nutrient solution, use 2.5ml. For 50L, use 12.5ml. For 100L, use 25ml. For a 500L reservoir, use 125ml. For 1,000L, use 250ml.
At the standard 0.25ml/L rate, a 250ml bottle prepares approximately 1,000 litres of nutrient solution.
When preparing the nutrient solution, add the NPK base nutrients first and measure the EC. Add Startbooster afterwards and mix thoroughly.
For new clones, Aptus recommends a separate dilution of 1ml per litre of water. This is a propagation-specific application rather than the normal reservoir feeding rate.
For transplanting, Aptus recommends dipping the roots in a solution containing 10ml per litre of water. This stronger concentration is specifically intended as a transplant root dip.
Startbooster is an organic product. Do not leave mixed Startbooster standing in a reservoir for longer than 2 – 3 days, as biological activity can contribute to organic biofilm and irrigation-line blockages.
When Startbooster is applied through drip irrigation, use Aptus System-Clean alongside it to help manage organic build-up and keep drippers and irrigation lines clear.
Aptus Startbooster 250ml product details
| Product | Aptus Startbooster |
|---|---|
| Product type | Organic root & growth stimulator |
| Product size | 250ml |
| Format | Highly concentrated liquid |
| Formulation | 100% biological with active organic ingredients |
| Standard application rate | 2.5ml per 10L |
| Standard rate per litre | 0.25ml/L |
| Standard dilution | 1:4000 |
| Main application stage | Establishment & vegetative growth |
| Early flowering | Use for the first watering in early flowering |
| Key components | Organic nitrogen chelated with L-amino acids, microlife biomass, humic acid & fulvic acid |
| Humic acid source | Leonardite |
| 10L solution | 2.5ml |
| 50L solution | 12.5ml |
| 100L solution | 25ml |
| 500L solution | 125ml |
| 1,000L solution | 250ml |
| Approximate solution from 250ml | 1,000L at the standard rate |
| New clone application | 1ml/L |
| Transplant root dip | 10ml/L |
| Mixing order | Add after the NPK nutrients & after measuring EC |
| Reservoir guidance | Do not leave mixed Startbooster in the reservoir for longer than 2 – 3 days |
| Drip irrigation | Use alongside Aptus System-Clean to help manage organic biofilm & blocked irrigation lines |
Aptus Startbooster FAQs
What is Aptus Startbooster?
Aptus Startbooster is a highly concentrated biological root and vegetative growth stimulator. It supports root development, root hairs, vegetative growth and beneficial microbial activity around the root zone.
Is Aptus Startbooster organic?
Aptus describes Startbooster as a 100% biological product made with active organic ingredients.
What is in Aptus Startbooster?
Startbooster contains organic nitrogen chelated with L-amino acids, microlife biomass from controlled fermentation of selected beneficial strains, humic acid from Leonardite and high-grade fulvic acid.
What does Aptus Startbooster do?
Startbooster encourages root and root-hair development while supporting stems and vegetative plant tissue. Its biological components also support microbial populations and nutrient availability around the root zone.
How much Aptus Startbooster should I use?
For normal feeding, use 2.5ml per 10 litres of water. This is equivalent to 0.25ml/L or a dilution of 1:4000.
How much Startbooster do I need for 50 litres?
Use 12.5ml of Aptus Startbooster for 50 litres of nutrient solution.
How much Startbooster do I need for 100 litres?
Use 25ml of Startbooster for a 100L reservoir at the standard rate.
How much Startbooster do I need for a 500L reservoir?
Use 125ml of Startbooster for a 500L reservoir at the standard application rate.
How much nutrient solution will 250ml of Aptus Startbooster make?
At the standard 0.25ml/L application rate, a 250ml bottle treats approximately 1,000 litres of nutrient solution.
When should I use Aptus Startbooster?
Use Startbooster during establishment and vegetative growth. Under the Aptus UK programme, it is also used for the first watering in early flowering before being withdrawn as the crop progresses further into bloom.
Can Aptus Startbooster be used for clones?
Yes. Aptus recommends a separate 1:1000 dilution for new clones, equivalent to 1ml of Startbooster per litre of water.
Can Aptus Startbooster be used when transplanting?
Yes. For transplanting, Aptus recommends dipping the roots in a 1:100 Startbooster solution, equivalent to 10ml per litre of water.
Is Aptus Startbooster a base nutrient?
No. Startbooster is a root and growth biostimulant. For normal crop feeding, use it alongside an appropriate NPK base fertiliser.
Can Startbooster be used with another brand of base nutrient?
Yes. The Aptus UK programme allows another suitable liquid NPK base fertiliser to be used, so Startbooster does not depend on Aptus All-in-One Liquid as the base feed.
Can Startbooster be used with pre-fertilised soil?
Yes. Aptus states that Startbooster can be used on pre-fertilised soil without an additional growth fertiliser where the growing medium already provides sufficient base nutrition.
When should Startbooster be added to the nutrient solution?
Add the NPK nutrients first and measure the EC. Add Startbooster afterwards and mix the solution thoroughly.
Can Aptus Startbooster be used in drip irrigation?
Yes, but because Startbooster is organic, Aptus recommends using System-Clean alongside it in drip irrigation systems to help manage organic build-up and blocked lines.
How long can mixed Startbooster stay in a reservoir?
Aptus recommends keeping Startbooster in a mixed reservoir for no longer than 2 – 3 days to reduce organic biofilm build-up and the risk of blocked irrigation lines.
What is the difference between Aptus Startbooster and Topbooster?
Startbooster focuses on roots, establishment and vegetative development. Topbooster is the Aptus bloom and maturation stimulator used once the crop moves further into flowering.
Aptus Startbooster Organic Root & Growth Stimulator – 500ml
2000
£20.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Aptus Startbooster Organic Root & Growth Stimulator – 500ml
2000
£20.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A highly concentrated organic root and growth stimulator that supports vigorous root development, vegetative growth and beneficial microbial activity at just 2.5ml per 10L.
Aptus Startbooster is a 100% biological root and vegetative growth stimulator developed to help plants establish a strong foundation before flowering. Its concentrated formulation combines organic nitrogen chelated with L-amino acids, beneficial microlife biomass, humic acid and high-grade fulvic acid.
Startbooster works both with the plant and around its root zone. It encourages root and root-hair development while supporting stems and vegetative plant tissue, helping crops establish the structure needed for productive later growth.
Its L-amino acids provide organic nitrogen and biostimulation while supporting beneficial bacterial populations. The microlife biomass helps break down nutrients within the growing medium, while humic acid contributes to water retention, root-zone conditioning and nutrient exchange.
Startbooster is exceptionally concentrated. The standard Aptus application rate is only 2.5ml per 10 litres of water, giving the 500ml bottle enough concentrate to prepare approximately 2,000 litres of nutrient solution.
Why choose Aptus Startbooster?
- Powerful root & growth stimulator – designed to encourage root development and vigorous vegetative growth.
- 100% biological formulation – contains active organic ingredients rather than functioning as another mineral base fertiliser.
- Supports root-hair development – helps plants establish a more active root system during early development.
- Supports stems & plant tissue – formulated to encourage strong vegetative structure as plants establish.
- Organic nitrogen with L-amino acids – supplies organic nitrogen alongside amino-acid biostimulation.
- Beneficial microlife biomass – supports microbial populations and nutrient breakdown around the root zone.
- Humic acid from Leonardite – supports water retention, root-zone conditioning and cation and anion exchange.
- High-grade fulvic acid – included as part of the concentrated biological formulation.
- Highly concentrated – the standard rate is only 2.5ml per 10L.
- Excellent coverage – a 500ml bottle treats approximately 2,000L at the standard application rate.
What is Aptus Startbooster suitable for?
Startbooster is primarily designed for propagation, establishment and vegetative development, when building a healthy root system and strong plant structure is a priority.
During normal crop feeding, use Startbooster throughout vegetative growth alongside an appropriate NPK fertiliser. The Aptus UK feeding programme then carries Startbooster into early flowering for the first watering only, after which it is withdrawn as the crop moves further into flowering.
Startbooster also has dedicated applications for new clones and transplant establishment. These use different concentrations from the normal reservoir rate, allowing the same product to support crops from propagation through established vegetative development.
It can be incorporated into the wider Aptus feeding programme or used alongside another suitable liquid NPK base fertiliser. On pre-fertilised growing media, Aptus also allows Startbooster to be used without an additional vegetative fertiliser where the medium already supplies sufficient base nutrition.
How to use Aptus Startbooster
For normal feeding, use 2.5ml of Startbooster per 10 litres of water, equivalent to 0.25ml/L or a 1:4000 dilution. Use throughout vegetative development and for the first watering as the crop enters early flowering.
For 10L of nutrient solution, use 2.5ml. For 50L, use 12.5ml. For 100L, use 25ml. For a 500L reservoir, use 125ml. For 1,000L, use 250ml.
At the standard 0.25ml/L rate, a 500ml bottle prepares approximately 2,000 litres of nutrient solution.
When preparing the nutrient solution, add the base NPK fertiliser first and measure the EC. Add Startbooster afterwards and mix thoroughly.
For new clones, Aptus recommends a separate dilution of 1ml per litre of water. This is a propagation-specific rate and should not be confused with the standard 0.25ml/L feeding rate.
During transplanting, Aptus recommends dipping the roots in a solution containing 10ml per litre of water. This stronger concentration is specifically for the root-dip treatment rather than routine reservoir feeding.
Startbooster is an organic product. Do not leave mixed Startbooster in a reservoir for longer than 2 – 3 days, as biological activity can contribute to organic biofilm and irrigation-line blockages.
When applying Startbooster through drip irrigation, use Aptus System-Clean alongside it to help keep drippers and irrigation lines clear.
Aptus Startbooster 500ml product details
| Product | Aptus Startbooster |
|---|---|
| Product type | Organic root & growth stimulator |
| Product size | 500ml |
| Format | Highly concentrated liquid |
| Formulation | 100% biological with active organic ingredients |
| Standard application rate | 2.5ml per 10L |
| Standard rate per litre | 0.25ml/L |
| Standard dilution | 1:4000 |
| Main application stage | Establishment & vegetative growth |
| Early flowering | Use for the first watering in early flowering |
| Key components | Organic nitrogen chelated with L-amino acids, microlife biomass, humic acid & fulvic acid |
| Humic acid source | Leonardite |
| 10L solution | 2.5ml |
| 50L solution | 12.5ml |
| 100L solution | 25ml |
| 500L solution | 125ml |
| 1,000L solution | 250ml |
| Approximate solution from 500ml | 2,000L at the standard rate |
| New clone application | 1ml/L |
| Transplant root dip | 10ml/L |
| Mixing order | Add after the NPK nutrients & after measuring EC |
| Reservoir guidance | Do not leave mixed Startbooster in the reservoir for longer than 2 – 3 days |
| Drip irrigation | Use alongside Aptus System-Clean to help manage organic biofilm & blocked irrigation lines |
Aptus Startbooster FAQs
What is Aptus Startbooster?
Aptus Startbooster is a highly concentrated biological root and vegetative growth stimulator. It is designed to encourage root development, root hairs, vegetative growth and beneficial microbial activity around the root zone.
Is Aptus Startbooster organic?
Aptus describes Startbooster as a 100% biological product containing active organic ingredients.
What is in Aptus Startbooster?
Startbooster contains organic nitrogen chelated with L-amino acids, microlife biomass produced through controlled fermentation of selected beneficial strains, humic acid from Leonardite and high-grade fulvic acid.
What does Aptus Startbooster do?
Startbooster supports root and root-hair development, stems and vegetative plant tissue while encouraging beneficial microbial activity around the root zone.
How much Aptus Startbooster should I use?
For normal feeding, use 2.5ml of Startbooster per 10 litres of water. This is equivalent to 0.25ml/L or a 1:4000 dilution.
How much Startbooster do I need for 50 litres?
Use 12.5ml of Startbooster for 50 litres of nutrient solution at the standard application rate.
How much Startbooster do I need for 100 litres?
Use 25ml of Startbooster for a 100L reservoir.
How much Startbooster do I need for a 500L reservoir?
Use 125ml of Startbooster for a 500L reservoir at the standard 0.25ml/L rate.
How much Startbooster do I need for a 1,000L reservoir?
Use 250ml of Startbooster for a 1,000L reservoir at the standard application rate.
How much nutrient solution will 500ml of Aptus Startbooster make?
At the standard 0.25ml/L application rate, a 500ml bottle treats approximately 2,000 litres of nutrient solution.
When should I use Aptus Startbooster?
Use Startbooster during establishment and vegetative development. Under the Aptus UK programme, it is also used for the first watering during early flowering before being withdrawn as the crop progresses into active flowering.
Can Aptus Startbooster be used for clones?
Yes. Aptus recommends a separate 1:1000 dilution for feeding new clones, equivalent to 1ml of Startbooster per litre of water.
Can I use Startbooster when transplanting?
Yes. Aptus recommends dipping the roots in a 1:100 solution when transplanting, equivalent to 10ml of Startbooster per litre of water.
Is Aptus Startbooster a base nutrient?
No. Startbooster is a root and growth biostimulant. For normal crop feeding it is used alongside an appropriate NPK base fertiliser.
Can Startbooster be used with another brand of base nutrient?
Yes. The Aptus UK programme permits the use of another suitable liquid NPK base fertiliser, so Startbooster does not depend on Aptus All-in-One Liquid being used as the base feed.
Can Startbooster be used with pre-fertilised soil?
Yes. Aptus states that on pre-fertilised soil, Startbooster can be used without an additional vegetative fertiliser where the growing medium already provides sufficient base nutrition.
When should Startbooster be added to the nutrient solution?
Add the NPK nutrients first and measure the EC. Add Startbooster afterwards and mix the nutrient solution thoroughly.
Can Aptus Startbooster be used in drip irrigation?
Yes, but Startbooster is organic and can increase the risk of organic build-up in drip systems. Aptus therefore instructs growers to use System-Clean alongside Startbooster in drip irrigation systems.
How long can mixed Startbooster stay in a reservoir?
Aptus recommends keeping Startbooster in a mixed reservoir for no longer than 2 – 3 days to reduce organic biofilm build-up and the risk of blocked irrigation lines.
What is the difference between Aptus Startbooster and Topbooster?
Startbooster is the Aptus root and vegetative growth stimulator, while Topbooster is the bloom and maturation stimulator used during flowering. They perform different roles at different stages of crop development.
Aptus Startbooster Organic Root & Growth Stimulator – 50ml
100
£1.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Aptus Startbooster Organic Root & Growth Stimulator – 50ml
100
£1.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A highly concentrated organic root and growth stimulator that supports vigorous root development, vegetative growth and beneficial microbial activity at just 2.5ml per 10L.
Aptus Startbooster is a 100% biological root and vegetative growth stimulator designed to get young plants established quickly and support strong development before flowering. Its concentrated formula combines organic nitrogen chelated with L-amino acids, beneficial microlife biomass, humic acid and high-grade fulvic acid.
Rather than simply supplying more mineral fertiliser, Startbooster works around the root zone as well as within the plant. L-amino acids provide organic nitrogen and biostimulation, while the microbial biomass helps break down nutrients and supports a healthy biological environment around developing roots.
Humic and fulvic components complement this activity around the root zone. Aptus specifically identifies improved water retention, root-zone conditioning and cation and anion exchange among the functions of the humic acid in Startbooster.
The standard dose is only 2.5ml per 10 litres of water. This means the compact 50ml bottle provides enough concentrate for approximately 200 litres of nutrient solution at the normal application rate.
Why choose Aptus Startbooster?
- Root & growth stimulator – developed specifically to encourage root-system development and vigorous vegetative growth.
- 100% biological formulation – made with active organic ingredients rather than being positioned as another mineral base fertiliser.
- Supports root hair development – helps young plants establish an active, well-developed root system.
- Organic nitrogen with L-amino acids – supplies an easily utilised form of nitrogen while supporting vegetative growth and biostimulation.
- Beneficial microlife biomass – contains biomass produced through controlled fermentation of selected beneficial strains.
- Humic acid from Leonardite – supports water retention, root-zone conditioning and nutrient exchange.
- High-grade fulvic acid – forms part of the concentrated organic root and growth formula.
- Supports microbial populations – L-amino acids and microlife biomass help encourage biological activity around the root zone.
- Highly concentrated – the normal application rate is only 2.5ml per 10L of water.
- Excellent coverage from a small bottle – 50ml treats approximately 200L at the standard rate.
What is Aptus Startbooster suitable for?
Startbooster is primarily intended for the establishment and vegetative stages, when developing a healthy root system and strong plant structure is a priority. Use it throughout vegetative growth alongside an appropriate NPK feeding programme.
Aptus continues Startbooster into the beginning of flowering, but only briefly. In its UK feeding programme, Startbooster is used for the first watering during early flowering and is then withdrawn as the crop moves into active flowering.
Startbooster also has specific applications for propagation and transplant establishment. Aptus publishes a separate dilution for feeding new clones and a stronger root-dip solution for transplanting.
It can be used alongside Aptus All-in-One Liquid or another suitable NPK base fertiliser. Aptus also states that Startbooster can be used on pre-fertilised soil without an additional vegetative fertiliser where the growing medium already contains sufficient base nutrition.
How to use Aptus Startbooster
For normal feeding, use 2.5ml of Startbooster per 10 litres of water, equivalent to 0.25ml/L or a 1:4000 dilution. Use throughout vegetative development and for the first watering as the crop enters early flowering.
For 10L of nutrient solution, use 2.5ml. For 50L, use 12.5ml. For 100L, use 25ml. At this rate, a 50ml bottle prepares approximately 200 litres of nutrient solution.
When mixing a feed solution, add the base NPK nutrients first and measure the EC. Add Startbooster afterwards and mix thoroughly.
For new clones, Aptus recommends a separate dilution of 1ml per litre of water. This is a specific propagation application and should not be confused with the normal 0.25ml/L feeding rate.
For transplanting, Aptus recommends dipping the roots in a solution mixed at 10ml per litre of water. Again, this is a specific root-dip treatment rather than the normal reservoir dosage.
Startbooster is an organic product. Do not leave mixed Startbooster standing in a reservoir for longer than 2 – 3 days, as biological activity can lead to organic biofilm developing within the tank and irrigation equipment.
When Startbooster is applied through drip irrigation, use Aptus System-Clean alongside it to help reduce the risk of organic build-up and blocked drippers.
Aptus Startbooster 50ml product details
| Product | Aptus Startbooster |
|---|---|
| Product type | Organic root & growth stimulator |
| Product size | 50ml |
| Format | Highly concentrated liquid |
| Formulation | 100% biological |
| Standard application rate | 2.5ml per 10L |
| Standard rate per litre | 0.25ml/L |
| Standard dilution | 1:4000 |
| Main application stage | Establishment & vegetative growth |
| Early flowering | Use for the first watering in early flowering |
| Key components | Organic nitrogen chelated with L-amino acids, microlife biomass, humic acid & fulvic acid |
| Humic acid source | Leonardite |
| 10L solution | 2.5ml |
| 50L solution | 12.5ml |
| 100L solution | 25ml |
| Approximate solution from 50ml | 200L at the standard rate |
| New clone application | 1ml/L |
| Transplant root dip | 10ml/L |
| Mixing order | Add after the NPK base nutrients & after measuring EC |
| Reservoir guidance | Do not leave mixed Startbooster in the reservoir for longer than 2 – 3 days |
| Drip irrigation | Use alongside Aptus System-Clean to help prevent organic biofilm & blocked irrigation lines |
Aptus Startbooster FAQs
What is Aptus Startbooster?
Aptus Startbooster is a concentrated organic root and vegetative growth stimulator. It is designed to support root development, root hairs, vegetative growth and beneficial microbial activity around the root zone.
Is Aptus Startbooster organic?
Aptus describes Startbooster as a 100% biological product containing active organic ingredients.
What is in Aptus Startbooster?
Startbooster contains organic nitrogen chelated with L-amino acids, microlife biomass produced through controlled fermentation of selected strains, humic acid from Leonardite and high-grade fulvic acid.
What does Aptus Startbooster do?
Startbooster supports the development of roots, root hairs, stems and vegetative plant tissue. Its organic components also help condition the root zone and support beneficial microbial populations.
How much Aptus Startbooster should I use?
For normal feeding, use 2.5ml per 10 litres of water. This is equivalent to 0.25ml/L or a dilution of 1:4000.
How much Startbooster do I need for 50 litres?
Use 12.5ml of Aptus Startbooster for 50 litres of nutrient solution at the standard application rate.
How much Startbooster do I need for 100 litres?
Use 25ml of Startbooster for a 100L reservoir at the standard rate.
How much nutrient solution will 50ml of Aptus Startbooster make?
At the standard 0.25ml/L application rate, a 50ml bottle treats approximately 200 litres of nutrient solution.
When should I use Aptus Startbooster?
Use Startbooster during establishment and vegetative growth. The Aptus UK feeding programme also uses it for the first watering during early flowering before withdrawing it for the remainder of flowering.
Can Aptus Startbooster be used for clones?
Yes. Aptus recommends a 1:1000 dilution for feeding new clones, which is equivalent to 1ml of Startbooster per litre of water.
Can Aptus Startbooster be used when transplanting?
Yes. Aptus recommends a separate root-dip treatment for transplanting, using 10ml of Startbooster per litre of water.
Is Aptus Startbooster a base nutrient?
No. Startbooster is primarily a root and growth biostimulant. For normal cultivation, use it alongside an appropriate NPK base fertiliser.
Can Startbooster be used with another brand of base nutrient?
Yes. The Aptus UK programme allows Startbooster to be used alongside Aptus All-in-One Liquid or another suitable base NPK fertiliser.
Can Startbooster be used with pre-fertilised soil?
Yes. Aptus states that Startbooster can be used on pre-fertilised soil without an additional vegetative fertiliser where the growing medium already provides the required base nutrition.
When should Startbooster be added to the nutrient solution?
Add the base NPK fertiliser first and measure the EC. Add Startbooster afterwards and mix the solution thoroughly.
Can Aptus Startbooster be used in drip irrigation?
Yes, but Startbooster is organic and can contribute to biofilm inside irrigation equipment. Aptus therefore recommends using System-Clean alongside Startbooster in drip irrigation systems.
How long can mixed Startbooster stay in a reservoir?
Aptus recommends keeping Startbooster in a mixed reservoir for no longer than 2 – 3 days. Longer storage increases the risk of organic biofilm and blocked irrigation lines.
Why can Startbooster create biofilm in a reservoir?
Startbooster contains biological material, including spore-forming bacteria. Once mixed with water these organisms become active, and bacterial activity can produce biofilm. This biological activity is useful around the root zone but undesirable inside tanks and irrigation lines.
Can Aptus Startbooster burn young plants?
Aptus states that the organic nitrogen supplied through L-amino acids supports vegetative growth without the normal risk of fertiliser burn associated with excessive mineral nutrient concentration. The standard feeding rate should still be followed for routine use.
Aptus System-Clean Irrigation System Cleaner – 1L
1000
£10.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Aptus System-Clean Irrigation System Cleaner – 1L
1000
£10.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A highly concentrated irrigation system cleaner that helps prevent biofilm, nutrient deposits and blocked drip lines while keeping water, oxygen and nutrients moving freely through the system.
Aptus System-Clean is a concentrated irrigation cleaner developed to keep nutrient tanks, pipework, drippers and irrigation systems operating efficiently throughout the crop cycle. It is particularly useful where nutrient residues and organic additives can contribute to biofilm and deposits inside irrigation equipment.
Unabsorbed nutrients can accumulate within irrigation systems, encouraging biofilm and creating conditions in which unwanted microbial activity can develop. System-Clean acts as a powerful oxidiser to help control this build-up before it restricts water and nutrient delivery.
Keeping irrigation pathways clean also helps water, dissolved oxygen and nutrients reach the root zone more effectively. This makes System-Clean particularly valuable in drip irrigation and other systems where narrow pipework, emitters and drippers are vulnerable to gradual blockage.
The Aptus Holland UK programme uses System-Clean at just 2.5ml per 10 litres of water. At this concentration, a 1L bottle is sufficient for approximately 4,000 litres of nutrient solution.
Why use Aptus System-Clean?
- Helps keep irrigation lines clean – designed to prevent deposits and blockages developing inside irrigation equipment.
- Controls biofilm build-up – helps prevent nutrient residues from contributing to biological deposits within the system.
- Supports efficient nutrient delivery – clean irrigation pathways allow water and dissolved nutrients to move freely towards the root zone.
- Supports oxygen availability – Aptus identifies increased oxygen around the root area as one of the benefits of maintaining a clean irrigation system.
- Helps remove sources of pathogens – reduces the residues and biological build-up that can provide favourable conditions for unwanted microbes.
- Ideal for drip irrigation – particularly useful where small drippers and emitters are susceptible to blockages.
- Useful with organic Aptus additives – recommended within Aptus programmes using products such as Startbooster and Topbooster through drip systems.
- Highly concentrated – the Aptus Holland UK application rate is only 2.5ml per 10L.
- Excellent coverage – a 1L bottle treats approximately 4,000L of nutrient solution at the standard rate.
- Designed for ongoing system maintenance – can be incorporated into the feeding programme rather than waiting until irrigation lines have already become restricted.
What is Aptus System-Clean suitable for?
System-Clean is designed for irrigation systems where fertiliser residues, organic additives and biological deposits can gradually accumulate within tanks, pipes, drippers and other components.
It is particularly useful in drip irrigation systems. Narrow emitters can be vulnerable to organic biofilm and nutrient deposits, which can gradually restrict flow and cause uneven irrigation across a crop.
System-Clean also plays an important role when organic Aptus products are delivered through drip irrigation. Products such as Startbooster and Topbooster contain organic material, so Aptus recommends using System-Clean alongside them to help reduce the risk of organic build-up and blocked irrigation lines.
Rather than treating irrigation cleanliness as an occasional maintenance job, System-Clean allows growers to incorporate line hygiene into normal reservoir management throughout the crop cycle.
How to use Aptus System-Clean
Add 2.5ml of Aptus System-Clean per 10 litres of water, equivalent to 0.25ml/L. Aptus recommends adding it to the nutrient tank preferably just before each watering.
For 10L of nutrient solution, use 2.5ml. For 50L, use 12.5ml. For 100L, use 25ml. For a 500L reservoir, use 125ml. For 1,000L, use 250ml.
When preparing a nutrient tank, first mix the normal nutrient programme and adjust the pH. Add System-Clean last, after the pH has been adjusted.
Aptus states that System-Clean remains effective in the nutrient solution for a maximum of approximately 3 days. Where mixed nutrient solution remains in the reservoir for longer than this, add System-Clean again to the complete volume of water to continue helping minimise biofilm and residue build-up.
At the standard Aptus Holland UK rate of 2.5ml per 10L, a 1L bottle treats approximately 4,000 litres of nutrient solution.
Aptus System-Clean 1L product details
| Product | Aptus System-Clean |
|---|---|
| Product type | Irrigation system cleaner |
| Product size | 1L |
| Format | Concentrated liquid |
| Primary use | Maintaining clean irrigation lines & helping prevent biofilm, nutrient deposits & blockages |
| Standard UK application rate | 2.5ml per 10L |
| Application rate per litre | 0.25ml/L |
| When to add | Preferably just before watering |
| Mixing order | Add last to the nutrient tank after adjusting pH |
| 10L reservoir | 2.5ml |
| 50L reservoir | 12.5ml |
| 100L reservoir | 25ml |
| 500L reservoir | 125ml |
| 1,000L reservoir | 250ml |
| Approximate coverage from 1L | 4,000L at the standard UK rate |
| Nutrient solution stability | System-Clean remains active for a maximum of approximately 3 days in mixed nutrient solution |
| Drip irrigation | Particularly suitable for helping maintain clean drippers, emitters & irrigation lines |
| Aptus programme compatibility | Recommended when organic Aptus additives such as Startbooster & Topbooster are used through drip irrigation |
Aptus System-Clean FAQs
What is Aptus System-Clean?
Aptus System-Clean is a concentrated irrigation system cleaner designed to help prevent biofilm, nutrient deposits and blockages from developing inside irrigation equipment.
What does Aptus System-Clean do?
System-Clean acts as a powerful oxidiser within the irrigation system. It helps control biological and nutrient build-up so water, dissolved oxygen and nutrients can continue moving effectively through irrigation lines towards the root zone.
Is Aptus System-Clean a nutrient?
No. System-Clean is an irrigation system maintenance product rather than a base nutrient, fertiliser or plant booster.
How much Aptus System-Clean should I use?
The Aptus Holland UK programme specifies 2.5ml of System-Clean per 10 litres of water, equivalent to 0.25ml/L.
How much System-Clean do I need for 50 litres?
Use 12.5ml of System-Clean for 50 litres of nutrient solution.
How much System-Clean do I need for 100 litres?
Use 25ml of System-Clean for a 100L reservoir at the standard Aptus Holland UK rate.
How much System-Clean do I need for a 500L reservoir?
Use 125ml of System-Clean for a 500L reservoir.
How much System-Clean do I need for a 1,000L reservoir?
Use 250ml of System-Clean for a 1,000L reservoir at the standard application rate.
How much water will 1L of Aptus System-Clean treat?
At 2.5ml per 10L, a 1L bottle treats approximately 4,000 litres of nutrient solution.
When should I add System-Clean to my nutrient tank?
Aptus recommends adding System-Clean preferably just before watering. Prepare the nutrient solution and adjust the pH first, then add System-Clean last.
Should System-Clean be added before or after adjusting pH?
Add System-Clean after the nutrient solution has been mixed and the pH has been adjusted. It should be the final product added to the nutrient tank.
How long does Aptus System-Clean last in a reservoir?
Aptus states that System-Clean lasts for a maximum of approximately 3 days in nutrient solution. If the solution remains in the tank for longer, System-Clean should be added again to the complete reservoir volume.
Does Aptus System-Clean help prevent blocked drippers?
Yes. Preventing biofilm and nutrient deposits is one of the main reasons for using System-Clean, making it particularly useful for drip irrigation systems where narrow emitters are vulnerable to blockages.
Does Aptus System-Clean remove biofilm?
Yes. Aptus specifically identifies the removal and prevention of biofilm build-up within irrigation systems as one of System-Clean's core functions.
Why use System-Clean with Aptus Startbooster?
Startbooster is an organic product, and organic material can increase the risk of biofilm and blocked drip lines. Aptus therefore recommends using System-Clean when Startbooster is applied through drip irrigation.
Why use System-Clean with Aptus Topbooster?
Topbooster is also an organic product. When it is delivered through drip irrigation, System-Clean helps manage the organic and nutrient build-up that could otherwise contribute to restricted drippers and irrigation lines.
Does System-Clean affect nutrient-solution pH?
Aptus Holland states that maintaining a clean irrigation system with System-Clean allows oxygen and nutrients to reach the plant without affecting pH. The manufacturer instructs growers to adjust the nutrient solution pH before adding System-Clean.
Can Aptus System-Clean be used throughout the crop cycle?
Yes. The Aptus feeding programme incorporates System-Clean during vegetative growth and throughout flowering, making it an ongoing irrigation-maintenance product rather than something reserved only for the end of a crop.
Aptus Topbooster Organic Bloom & Maturation Booster – 250ml
1000
£10.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Aptus Topbooster Organic Bloom & Maturation Booster – 250ml
1000
£10.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A highly concentrated 100% organic bloom and maturation booster designed to support flowering, fruit development and final crop quality at just 2ml per 10L.
Aptus Topbooster is a concentrated flowering biostimulant developed to support plants through established flowering and maturation. It works alongside a base NPK fertiliser rather than replacing it, providing a carefully selected combination of organic compounds and trace elements during one of the most demanding stages of crop development.
The formula combines L-amino acids and polysaccharides with boron, iron and molybdenum, natural flowering stimulants and vitamin complexes produced through natural fermentation. Aptus uses this combination to support floral development and maturation while encouraging efficient nutrient uptake and beneficial microbial activity around the root zone.
Topbooster is also designed to support the natural production of fibres, resins and sugars as flowering develops, helping growers focus not simply on crop size but on the quality, appearance and natural characteristics of the finished crop.
Because the formula is highly concentrated, very little product is required. At the standard 2ml per 10L rate, a 250ml bottle provides enough concentrate to prepare approximately 1,250 litres of nutrient solution.
Why choose Aptus Topbooster?
- 100% organic formulation – a concentrated organic bloom and maturation stimulator.
- Exceptionally concentrated – the standard application rate is only 2ml per 10L of water.
- Supports flowering & maturation – designed for use through almost the complete flowering phase.
- Contains L-amino acids – used to support floral development and maturation.
- Rich in polysaccharides – sugars help support nutrient uptake and beneficial microbial populations.
- Trace element support – supplies boron, iron and molybdenum.
- Natural flowering stimulants – formulated to support the plant's natural flowering response.
- Fermentation-derived vitamin complexes – included to support processes involved in plant development.
- Supports final crop quality – designed to encourage fibres, resins and sugars while supporting natural flavour and appearance.
- Excellent concentrate economy – 250ml prepares approximately 1,250L at the standard rate.
What is Aptus Topbooster suitable for?
Aptus Topbooster is intended for flowering and fruiting crops once they have moved beyond vegetative development and into established flowering. It is used as an additive alongside an appropriate NPK base fertiliser rather than as a standalone feed.
In crop-stage terms, introduce Topbooster once the initial flowering transition has passed and flowering is becoming established. Continue through active flower or fruit development and maturation, stopping before the final flushing stage.
Topbooster can be incorporated into a complete Aptus feeding programme or used alongside another appropriate NPK base fertiliser. Its concentrated formulation makes the 250ml bottle particularly practical for smaller reservoirs and growers who want to introduce Topbooster without moving straight to a larger pack size.
How to use Aptus Topbooster
Use 2ml of Aptus Topbooster per 10 litres of water, equivalent to 0.2ml/L or a dilution of 1:5000. Introduce it once flowering is established and continue through active flowering and maturation before the final flush.
For 10L of nutrient solution, use 2ml. For 50L, use 10ml. For 100L, use 20ml. For a 500L reservoir, use 100ml. For 1,000L, use 200ml.
At the standard 2ml per 10L application rate, a 250ml bottle prepares approximately 1,250 litres of nutrient solution.
Aptus states that Topbooster can also be increased gradually for healthy, vigorous crops, from the standard 2ml up to a maximum of 4ml per 10L as flowering and maturation progress. The standard 2ml per 10L rate remains the appropriate starting point.
Topbooster is a 100% organic product. In drip irrigation systems, organic material can increase the risk of biofilm and blocked drippers, so Aptus recommends using System-Clean alongside Topbooster.
Do not leave diluted Topbooster standing in a reservoir for longer than 2 – 3 days. Prepare fresh nutrient solution regularly to reduce organic biofilm build-up within irrigation equipment.
Topbooster is a flowering additive rather than a complete base nutrient. Always use it alongside an appropriate NPK fertiliser.
Aptus Topbooster 250ml product details
| Product | Aptus Topbooster |
|---|---|
| Product type | Organic bloom & maturation booster |
| Product size | 250ml |
| Format | Highly concentrated liquid |
| Organic formulation | 100% organic |
| Standard application rate | 2ml per 10L |
| Application rate per litre | 0.2ml/L |
| Standard dilution | 1:5000 |
| Higher-intensity application | Can be progressively increased up to 4ml per 10L for healthy, vigorous crops |
| Application stage | Established flowering through active flowering & maturation |
| Key components | L-amino acids, polysaccharides, natural flowering stimulants & fermentation-derived vitamin complexes |
| Trace elements | Boron (B), iron (Fe) & molybdenum (Mo) |
| 10L solution | 2ml |
| 50L solution | 10ml |
| 100L solution | 20ml |
| 500L solution | 100ml |
| 1,000L solution | 200ml |
| Approximate solution from 250ml | 1,250L at the standard rate |
| Base nutrient requirement | Use alongside an appropriate NPK base fertiliser |
| Drip irrigation | Use alongside Aptus System-Clean to help manage organic build-up |
| Mixed reservoir guidance | Do not leave diluted Topbooster in the reservoir for more than 2 – 3 days |
Aptus Topbooster FAQs
What is Aptus Topbooster?
Aptus Topbooster is a highly concentrated organic bloom and maturation booster. It complements an NPK base fertiliser and is designed to support flowering, fruit development and maturation.
Is Aptus Topbooster organic?
Yes. Aptus describes Topbooster as a 100% organic product containing naturally derived active ingredients.
What is in Aptus Topbooster?
Topbooster contains L-amino acids, polysaccharides, boron, iron, molybdenum, natural flowering stimulants and vitamin complexes produced through natural fermentation.
What does Aptus Topbooster do?
Topbooster supports the flowering and maturation process. Its formulation is designed to assist floral development, nutrient uptake and beneficial microbial populations while encouraging the fibres, resins and sugars associated with crop development and final quality.
How much Aptus Topbooster should I use?
The standard Aptus application rate is 2ml per 10 litres of water. This is equivalent to 0.2ml/L or a 1:5000 dilution.
How much Topbooster do I need for 50 litres?
Use 10ml of Topbooster for 50 litres of nutrient solution at the standard application rate.
How much Topbooster do I need for 100 litres?
Use 20ml of Topbooster for a 100L reservoir at the standard rate.
How much Topbooster do I need for a 500L reservoir?
Use 100ml of Topbooster for a 500L reservoir at the standard 2ml per 10L application rate.
How much nutrient solution will 250ml of Aptus Topbooster make?
At the standard 0.2ml/L application rate, a 250ml bottle prepares approximately 1,250 litres of nutrient solution.
When should I start using Aptus Topbooster?
Introduce Topbooster once the initial flowering transition has passed and flowering is becoming established. Continue through active flowering and maturation before stopping for the final flush.
Can I increase the Aptus Topbooster dosage?
Yes. Aptus states that healthy, vigorous plants can receive a progressively higher dose, increasing from the standard 2ml up to 4ml per 10L as the flowering cycle progresses.
Is Aptus Topbooster a PK booster?
Topbooster is primarily a bloom and maturation biostimulant rather than Aptus's dedicated PK fertiliser. Its formulation centres on amino acids, polysaccharides, trace elements, natural flowering stimulants and vitamin complexes.
Is Aptus Topbooster a base nutrient?
No. Topbooster is an additive. Aptus specifies that it should be used alongside an appropriate NPK base fertiliser.
Can Aptus Topbooster be used with other base nutrients?
Yes. Topbooster can be incorporated alongside an appropriate NPK base fertiliser, so growers do not need to use it exclusively with an Aptus base nutrient.
Can Aptus Topbooster be used in drip irrigation?
Yes, but because Topbooster is organic, Aptus recommends using System-Clean alongside it in drip irrigation systems to help manage the risk of organic build-up and blocked lines.
How long can mixed Aptus Topbooster stay in a reservoir?
Do not leave diluted Topbooster in the reservoir for longer than 2 – 3 days. Aptus gives this guidance to reduce organic biofilm build-up and the risk of blocked irrigation lines.
Does Aptus Topbooster contain sugars?
Yes. Topbooster contains polysaccharides. Aptus explains that these sugars support nutrient uptake and beneficial microbial populations, and its FAQ states that additional sugars are not required when using Topbooster.
What is the difference between Aptus Topbooster and Super-PK?
Topbooster is an organic bloom and maturation biostimulant based around amino acids, polysaccharides, trace elements, flowering stimulants and vitamins. Super-PK is Aptus's concentrated phosphorus and potassium flowering product, so the two perform different roles within an Aptus feeding programme.
Aptus Topbooster Organic Bloom & Maturation Booster – 500ml
2000
£20.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Aptus Topbooster Organic Bloom & Maturation Booster – 500ml
2000
£20.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A highly concentrated 100% organic bloom and maturation booster designed to support flowering, fruit development, natural flavour and final crop quality at just 2ml per 10L.
Aptus Topbooster is a concentrated flowering biostimulant developed to support plants through the main bloom and maturation stages. Rather than acting as a base fertiliser, it is added alongside an appropriate NPK feeding programme to stimulate the natural processes involved in flower and fruit development.
Its formulation combines L-amino acids, polysaccharides, naturally derived flowering stimulants, fermentation-produced vitamin complexes and trace elements including boron, iron and molybdenum. Together, these components support flower formation and maturation while helping plants make effective use of the nutrition already available to them.
Aptus also uses Topbooster to support the transition between different stages of plant development. During flowering, its amino acids contribute to floral development and maturation, while polysaccharides support nutrient uptake and beneficial microbial populations within the growing medium.
Topbooster is exceptionally concentrated. The standard application rate is just 2ml per 10 litres of water, meaning a 500ml bottle can prepare approximately 2,500 litres of feed solution at the standard rate.
Why choose Aptus Topbooster?
- 100% organic bloom booster – formulated with organic active ingredients to support flowering and maturation.
- Highly concentrated – the standard application rate is just 2ml per 10L of water.
- Supports flowering & maturation – developed for use through almost the complete flowering phase.
- L-amino acids – support floral development and maturation.
- Polysaccharides – provide sugars that support nutrient uptake and microbial populations in the growing medium.
- Trace element support – contains boron, iron and molybdenum.
- Natural flowering stimulants – supports the plant's natural flowering response.
- Fermentation-derived vitamins – includes vitamin complexes produced through natural fermentation.
- Supports final crop quality – formulated to promote fibres, resins and sugars while supporting natural flavour and appearance.
- Excellent concentrate economy – a 500ml bottle prepares approximately 2,500L at the standard 1:5000 dilution.
What is Aptus Topbooster suitable for?
Topbooster is designed for flowering and fruiting crops that have moved beyond vegetative growth and are entering their reproductive stage. Aptus recommends using it through almost the complete bloom phase alongside an appropriate base NPK fertiliser.
In crop-stage terms, introduce Topbooster once the initial flowering transition has passed and flowering is becoming established. Continue through active flowering, fruit or flower development and maturation, stopping before the final flush.
Topbooster can be incorporated into Aptus feeding programmes or used alongside another suitable base NPK fertiliser. This makes it a flexible flowering additive for growers who want the benefits of the Aptus biostimulant programme without necessarily changing their complete base feed.
How to use Aptus Topbooster
Use 2ml of Topbooster per 10 litres of water, equivalent to 0.2ml/L or a 1:5000 dilution. Aptus recommends application through almost the complete flowering phase, beginning once flowering is established and continuing through maturation before the final flush.
For 10L of solution, use 2ml. For 50L, use 10ml. For 100L, use 20ml. For a 500L reservoir, use 100ml. For 1,000L, use 200ml.
At the standard 2ml per 10L rate, a 500ml bottle prepares approximately 2,500 litres of nutrient solution.
Aptus also publishes an advanced feeding programme in which Topbooster is progressively increased through flowering. This rises from 2.5ml per 10L during early flowering to 3ml per 10L during active flowering and 4ml per 10L during maturation. The manufacturer specifies this higher-intensity programme for healthy, vigorous plants rather than as the standard starting rate.
Topbooster is an organic product. When using it in drip irrigation, organic material can increase the risk of biofilm and blocked drippers. Aptus recommends using System-Clean alongside Topbooster in drip systems and advises against leaving diluted Topbooster in a reservoir for longer than 2 – 3 days.
Topbooster is an additive rather than a complete base nutrient. Use it alongside an appropriate NPK fertiliser throughout the recommended flowering stages.
Aptus Topbooster 500ml product details
| Product | Aptus Topbooster |
|---|---|
| Product type | Organic bloom & maturation booster |
| Product size | 500ml |
| Format | Concentrated liquid |
| Organic formulation | 100% organic |
| Standard application rate | 2ml per 10L |
| Application rate per litre | 0.2ml/L |
| Dilution | 1:5000 |
| Application stage | Established flowering through active flowering & maturation |
| Key components | L-amino acids, polysaccharides, natural flowering stimulants & fermentation-derived vitamin complexes |
| Trace elements | Boron (B), iron (Fe) & molybdenum (Mo) |
| 10L solution | 2ml |
| 50L solution | 10ml |
| 100L solution | 20ml |
| 500L solution | 100ml |
| 1,000L solution | 200ml |
| Approximate solution from 500ml | 2,500L at the standard rate |
| Base nutrient requirement | Use alongside an appropriate NPK base fertiliser |
| Drip irrigation | Use with Aptus System-Clean to help manage organic build-up |
| Reservoir guidance | Do not leave diluted Topbooster in the reservoir for more than 2 – 3 days |
Aptus Topbooster FAQs
What is Aptus Topbooster?
Aptus Topbooster is a highly concentrated organic bloom and maturation booster. It is designed to complement a base NPK fertiliser and support plants through flowering, fruit development and maturation.
Is Aptus Topbooster organic?
Yes. Aptus describes Topbooster as a 100% organic product containing naturally derived active ingredients.
What does Aptus Topbooster contain?
Topbooster contains L-amino acids, polysaccharides, natural flowering stimulants, fermentation-derived vitamin complexes and the trace elements boron, iron and molybdenum.
What does Aptus Topbooster do?
Topbooster supports the complete flowering and maturation process. Its formulation is designed to support floral development, nutrient uptake, microbial populations and the production of fibres, resins and sugars associated with crop development and final quality.
How much Aptus Topbooster should I use?
The standard Aptus rate is 2ml per 10 litres of water, equivalent to 0.2ml/L or a 1:5000 dilution.
How much Topbooster do I need for 50 litres?
At the standard rate, use 10ml of Aptus Topbooster for 50 litres of nutrient solution.
How much Topbooster do I need for 100 litres?
Use 20ml of Topbooster for a 100L reservoir at the standard 2ml per 10L application rate.
How much Topbooster do I need for a 500L reservoir?
Use 100ml of Topbooster for a 500L reservoir at the standard rate.
How much nutrient solution will 500ml of Aptus Topbooster make?
At the standard 0.2ml/L application rate, a 500ml bottle prepares approximately 2,500 litres of nutrient solution.
When should I start using Aptus Topbooster?
Introduce Topbooster once the crop has moved through its initial flowering transition and flowering is becoming established. Continue through active flowering and maturation, stopping before the final flush.
Can I increase the Topbooster dosage?
Yes. Aptus states that the dosage can be increased for healthy, vigorous plants. Its higher-intensity programme progressively increases Topbooster through flowering, reaching up to 4ml per 10L during maturation.
Is Aptus Topbooster a base nutrient?
No. Topbooster is a flowering additive and biostimulant. Use it alongside an appropriate NPK base fertiliser rather than as the plant's sole source of nutrition.
Can Aptus Topbooster be used with other base nutrients?
Yes. Aptus states that Topbooster should be used alongside a base NPK fertiliser, so it does not depend on Aptus All-in-One Liquid being the base feed.
Can Aptus Topbooster be used in drip irrigation?
Yes, but Topbooster is organic and can increase the risk of organic build-up in drip irrigation systems. Aptus recommends using System-Clean alongside Topbooster when feeding through drip lines.
How long can mixed Aptus Topbooster stay in a reservoir?
Aptus recommends not leaving diluted Topbooster in a reservoir for longer than 2 – 3 days because organic biofilm can develop and increase the risk of blocked irrigation lines.
Does Aptus Topbooster support beneficial microbes?
Yes. The polysaccharides within Topbooster are designed to support both nutrient uptake and microbial populations within the growing medium.
Aqua Culture Natural Seaweed Plant Growth Stimulant 10L - 100% Natural Cornish Seaweed Plant Feed
6900
£69.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Aqua Culture Natural Seaweed Plant Growth Stimulant 10L - 100% Natural Cornish Seaweed Plant Feed
6900
£69.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Aqua Culture Natural Seaweed Plant Growth Stimulant 10L is a professional-size, 100% natural seaweed plant feed produced from sustainably collected Cornish seaweed and designed to support healthy roots, shoots, soil and overall plant vitality.
Naturally rich in more than 60 plant nutrients and vital micronutrients, Aqua Culture provides growers with a versatile way to incorporate the benefits of seaweed into propagation, nursery production and general crop-management programmes.
The product is produced from cast seaweed collected from the Cornish shoreline. Rather than allowing this naturally washed-ashore material to become waste, Aqua Culture collects and gently processes it into useful plant nutrition with nothing artificial added.
The 10 litre professional format is particularly well suited to nurseries, landscapers, commercial growers and other higher-volume users. It can be applied as a root drench, foliar feed, propagation soak or general plant feed across a wide variety of plant types.
Why choose Aqua Culture Natural Seaweed?
- 100% natural seaweed - naturally derived plant nutrition with no artificial additives.
- More than 60 naturally occurring nutrients - provides a diverse range of plant nutrients and micronutrients.
- Supports healthy roots - particularly useful during propagation, transplanting and plant establishment.
- Supports shoot development - suitable throughout periods of active plant growth.
- Supports soil health - useful as part of soil-based growing and professional plant-care programmes.
- Multiple application methods - use as a root drench, foliar feed, propagation soak or general plant feed.
- Suitable for a wide range of plants - useful across nursery stock, ornamentals, fruit, vegetables, container plants and general garden crops.
- Professional 10L format - economical and convenient for higher-volume applications.
- Cornish seaweed - produced from seaweed sustainably collected from the Cornwall coastline.
- Circular production - gives naturally washed-ashore seaweed a productive second use.
- Renewable-energy production - manufactured using solar energy and local spring water.
- Zero-waste approach - sustainability is incorporated throughout the Aqua Culture production process.
Natural seaweed nutrition for professional plant production
Seaweed has been used in horticulture for generations because of the naturally diverse range of minerals, trace elements and plant-supporting compounds it contains.
Aqua Culture transforms Cornish seaweed into an easy-to-apply liquid that can be incorporated into an existing crop-management programme without unnecessarily complicating the feeding regime.
Rather than being formulated simply around nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium, the value of a natural seaweed product lies in its broader nutritional profile. Aqua Culture contains more than 60 naturally occurring plant nutrients and micronutrients.
10L format for nurseries & professional growers
The 10L size is designed for users who need substantially more product than a standard retail bottle provides.
This makes it particularly useful for nurseries, propagation facilities, commercial horticulture, landscaping operations, larger gardens and other environments where seaweed is incorporated routinely into plant-care programmes.
Keeping a larger volume on site can also simplify repeated applications across multiple crops or production batches without requiring numerous smaller containers.
Four versatile ways to use Aqua Culture
Root drench
Diluted Aqua Culture can be applied around the root zone as part of the irrigation programme. This provides a straightforward application method for container crops, nursery stock, beds, borders and other substrate or soil-based production.
Foliar feed
Aqua Culture can be applied to foliage at the appropriate dilution, providing professional growers with another way to integrate seaweed into an established crop-management programme.
Propagation soak
The product can be incorporated into propagation programmes as a diluted soak, making it useful during the establishment of cuttings, seedlings and young plants.
General plant feeding
Aqua Culture can be used throughout the growing season as part of a wider plant nutrition programme, supplying the naturally occurring nutrients and micronutrients associated with seaweed.
Useful from propagation to established plants
Young plants undergo rapid changes as new roots and shoots develop. Aqua Culture's suitability for propagation soaking and root-zone application makes it particularly useful during this important establishment period.
The same product can then remain part of the programme as plants move through potting-on and into established production, avoiding the need to restrict the seaweed treatment to one specific crop stage.
For nurseries producing multiple varieties and plant types, this versatility can make stock management and feeding programmes considerably simpler.
Suitable for a wide range of crops & plants
Aqua Culture is designed for broad plant use rather than one specific crop, making the 10L format particularly useful for mixed horticultural operations.
- Nursery stock
- Propagation and young plants
- Ornamental plants
- Container-grown crops
- Fruit crops
- Vegetable crops
- Herbs and edible plants
- Flowering plants
- Shrubs and perennials
- Beds and borders
- General garden plants
100% circular approach to seaweed
Aqua Culture's production starts with seaweed that has naturally washed ashore on the Cornish coastline. Material that could otherwise become waste is collected and given a new purpose as plant nutrition.
The seaweed is then gently processed using traditional methods, with solar energy and local spring water forming part of the manufacturing process.
Aqua Culture operates a zero-waste process and describes its production as carbon negative, creating a plant-growth product with sustainability built into both the raw material and the way it is manufactured.
Using Aqua Culture with a fertiliser programme
Aqua Culture can be used alongside an established fertiliser programme rather than requiring the entire crop nutrition strategy to be changed.
Its naturally broad nutrient profile and seaweed-derived compounds complement conventional plant nutrition, while crops with significant nitrogen, phosphorus, potassium or other specific nutritional requirements should continue to receive an appropriately balanced base fertiliser.
This makes Aqua Culture particularly useful as a supplementary plant feed and growth stimulant within professional crop-management programmes.
Application guidance
Application concentration can vary according to whether Aqua Culture is being used as a root drench, foliar feed, propagation soak or general plant feed.
Always follow the current product label for the correct dilution and application frequency for the intended use. Where Aqua Culture is being introduced into a professional feeding programme for the first time, monitor crop response and incorporate it consistently alongside the existing irrigation and nutrition strategy.
Aqua Culture Natural Seaweed Plant Growth Stimulant 10L product details
| Brand | Aqua Culture |
|---|---|
| Product type | Natural seaweed plant growth stimulant and supplementary plant feed |
| Pack size | 10L |
| Formulation | 100% natural seaweed |
| Nutrient profile | More than 60 naturally occurring plant nutrients and micronutrients |
| Seaweed source | Cast seaweed collected from the Cornish coastline |
| Application methods | Root drench, foliar feed, propagation soak and general plant feeding |
| Suitable for | Propagation, nursery stock, ornamentals, fruit, vegetables, container plants and general garden plants |
| Production | Produced using solar energy and local spring water |
| Manufacturing approach | Circular, carbon-negative and zero-waste production process |
| Format | Professional high-volume 10L container |
Aqua Culture Natural Seaweed Plant Growth Stimulant 10L FAQs
Who is the 10L Aqua Culture size designed for?
The 10L format is particularly useful for nurseries, commercial growers, propagation facilities, landscapers and larger gardens where seaweed plant feed is used regularly or across substantial numbers of plants. Is Aqua Culture made entirely from seaweed?
Yes. Aqua Culture describes the formulation as 100% natural seaweed, produced without artificial additives. Where is the seaweed sourced?
The raw material is cast seaweed collected from the Cornish coastline, giving naturally washed-ashore seaweed a productive second use. Can professional nurseries use Aqua Culture during propagation?
Yes. Propagation soaking is one of the stated application methods, and the product can continue to be incorporated into the programme as young plants establish and move through subsequent production stages. Can it be used as a root drench?
Yes. Root-zone application is one of the product's main uses and makes it suitable for container crops, nursery stock and other soil or substrate-grown plants. Can Aqua Culture be applied to foliage?
Yes. It can be used as a foliar feed at the appropriate dilution. Follow the current product instructions for the correct concentration and application method. Does Aqua Culture replace a complete base fertiliser?
Not necessarily. It supplies a broad range of naturally occurring nutrients and micronutrients, but crops with specific nutritional demands may still require an appropriate balanced base fertiliser. Aqua Culture can be incorporated as a supplementary feed and growth stimulant. Can the same product be used on different crops?
Yes. Its broad application makes it useful for mixed nurseries and growing operations handling ornamentals, fruit, vegetables, container plants and numerous other plant types. Why use cast seaweed rather than harvesting fresh seaweed?
Aqua Culture makes use of seaweed that has naturally washed ashore, allowing an existing material to be repurposed as plant nutrition as part of the company's circular production approach. How is Aqua Culture produced?
The seaweed is gently processed using traditional methods. Aqua Culture states that its production uses solar energy and local spring water and operates through a zero-waste process. Is the 10L product different from the 1L Aqua Culture Seaweed Stimulant?
The 10L product provides the same type of natural seaweed plant growth stimulant in a substantially larger format, making it more practical for regular professional and high-volume applications. How should Aqua Culture be stored?
Keep the container securely closed and store it according to the instructions on the current product label. For professional stock rotation, keep containers clearly identified and use older stock first.
Aqua Culture Natural Seaweed Plant Growth Stimulant 1L - 100% Natural Cornish Seaweed Plant Feed
1000
£10.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Aqua Culture Natural Seaweed Plant Growth Stimulant 1L - 100% Natural Cornish Seaweed Plant Feed
1000
£10.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Aqua Culture Natural Seaweed Plant Growth Stimulant is a 100% natural seaweed-based plant feed produced from sustainably collected seaweed from the Cornish coastline, providing plants with a broad spectrum of naturally occurring nutrients and micronutrients.
Containing more than 60 naturally occurring plant nutrients and micronutrients, Aqua Culture is designed to support healthy roots, vigorous shoots, soil health and overall plant vitality across a wide range of crops and ornamental plants.
Rather than harvesting living seaweed specifically for production, Aqua Culture makes use of cast seaweed that has naturally washed ashore. This valuable natural material is collected and gently processed into a versatile liquid plant growth stimulant, giving an existing resource a productive second use.
The resulting liquid can be incorporated into regular plant-care programmes as a root drench, foliar application, propagation soak or general plant feed, making it useful from early propagation through to established plant production.
Why choose Aqua Culture Natural Seaweed?
- 100% natural seaweed - made from naturally sourced seaweed without artificial additives.
- More than 60 naturally occurring nutrients - provides a diverse range of plant nutrients and micronutrients.
- Supports root development - useful throughout propagation and establishment.
- Promotes healthy shoot growth - a versatile addition to regular plant nutrition programmes.
- Supports soil health - suitable for soil-based growing and general plant-care programmes.
- Versatile application - suitable as a root drench, foliar feed, propagation soak and general plant feed.
- Suitable for many plant types - useful for ornamentals, nursery stock, container plants, fruit, vegetables and general garden crops.
- Cornish seaweed - produced from seaweed collected from the Cornwall coastline.
- Circular production approach - makes productive use of cast seaweed that has naturally washed ashore.
- Renewable-energy production - produced using solar energy and local spring water.
- Zero-waste process - sustainability is built into the Aqua Culture production system.
Natural seaweed nutrition for healthier plants
Seaweed has a long history of use in horticulture because it naturally contains a complex mixture of minerals, trace elements and bioactive compounds.
Unlike a conventional fertiliser formulated primarily around nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium, a seaweed plant stimulant is valued for the broader contribution it can make to plant development and overall crop management.
Aqua Culture contains a naturally occurring blend of more than 60 plant nutrients and micronutrients, providing a simple way to incorporate the benefits of seaweed into an existing feeding programme.
Root, shoot & soil support
Aqua Culture can be used throughout the plant lifecycle, but it is particularly useful where strong establishment and healthy root development are priorities.
During propagation and potting-on, developing plants are building new root systems while adapting to their growing environment. Incorporating a natural seaweed stimulant into the programme can support this period of active development.
For established plants, regular seaweed applications can complement the main nutrition programme and support continued root and shoot development, plant vitality and soil biological activity.
Four versatile ways to use Aqua Culture
Root drench
Apply diluted Aqua Culture around the root zone as part of the normal irrigation programme. This is a straightforward way to incorporate seaweed into container production, beds, borders and other soil or substrate-based growing systems.
Foliar application
Aqua Culture can also be applied as an appropriately diluted foliar treatment, providing another route for incorporating seaweed into a professional crop-management programme.
Propagation soak
The product can be used during propagation as a diluted soak, making it useful when establishing young plants and developing new root systems.
General plant feeding
Use throughout the growing season alongside an appropriate crop nutrition programme to provide the naturally occurring nutrients and plant-stimulating compounds associated with seaweed.
Suitable for a wide range of plants
Aqua Culture is not restricted to one crop type, making it a useful product for mixed nurseries, professional growers and gardeners managing a diverse range of plants.
- Nursery stock and ornamentals
- Young plants and propagation
- Container-grown plants
- Fruit and vegetable crops
- Herbs and edible plants
- Flowering plants
- Shrubs and perennials
- Houseplants
- Beds and borders
- General garden plants
A circular approach to seaweed plant nutrition
One of the features that distinguishes Aqua Culture is the way its raw material is sourced. Seaweed naturally washed onto the Cornish coastline is collected and repurposed rather than simply being treated as waste.
Aqua Culture then processes this material using traditional methods, solar energy and local spring water. The company operates a zero-waste production process and describes its manufacturing approach as carbon negative.
This creates a circular system in which an existing natural resource is transformed into useful plant nutrition while keeping processing and waste to a minimum.
Using seaweed alongside your main fertiliser
Aqua Culture is best understood as a natural plant growth stimulant and supplementary plant feed. Its broad range of naturally occurring nutrients and micronutrients makes it an excellent addition to a feeding programme, but crop nutrition should still be matched to the specific requirements of the plants being grown.
Where crops have significant nitrogen, phosphorus or potassium requirements, continue using an appropriate base fertiliser and incorporate Aqua Culture as part of the wider plant-health programme.
Always follow the current Aqua Culture label for dilution and application guidance appropriate to the intended method of use.
For professional & home growing
The versatility of the formulation makes Aqua Culture equally useful in commercial nursery production and smaller-scale plant care.
Professional growers can integrate it into propagation, establishment and routine crop-management programmes, while gardeners can use the same product across multiple plant groups rather than requiring a separate seaweed stimulant for each crop.
The 1L size provides a practical format for regular use, while the product is also available in larger formats for higher-volume applications.
Aqua Culture Natural Seaweed Plant Growth Stimulant product details
| Brand | Aqua Culture |
|---|---|
| Product type | Natural seaweed plant growth stimulant and supplementary plant feed |
| Pack size | 1L |
| Formulation | 100% natural seaweed |
| Nutrient profile | More than 60 naturally occurring plant nutrients and micronutrients |
| Seaweed source | Cast seaweed collected from the Cornish coastline |
| Application methods | Root drench, foliar application, propagation soak and general plant feeding |
| Suitable for | Propagation, nursery stock, ornamentals, fruit, vegetables, container plants and general garden plants |
| Production | Produced using solar energy and local spring water |
| Manufacturing approach | Carbon-negative, circular and zero-waste production process |
| Outer case quantity | 40 x 1L bottles |
Aqua Culture Natural Seaweed Plant Growth Stimulant FAQs
Is Aqua Culture a fertiliser or a plant growth stimulant?
Aqua Culture is a 100% natural seaweed plant growth stimulant that also supplies a broad range of naturally occurring plant nutrients and micronutrients. It can be incorporated into a wider crop nutrition programme alongside an appropriate base fertiliser where required. Where does the seaweed come from?
Aqua Culture uses cast seaweed collected from the Cornish coastline. This gives seaweed that has naturally washed ashore a productive second use. Does Aqua Culture contain artificial additives?
The formulation is based on 100% natural seaweed without artificial additives, providing a naturally derived option for growers wanting to incorporate seaweed into their plant-care programme. Can Aqua Culture be used during propagation?
Yes. Propagation soaking is one of the stated application methods, making Aqua Culture useful during the establishment of cuttings, seedlings and other young plants. Can it be applied as a foliar feed?
Yes. Aqua Culture can be used as a diluted foliar application as well as a root drench. Follow the current product label for the appropriate dilution and application instructions. Can I use Aqua Culture on vegetables and edible crops?
Aqua Culture is suitable for a broad range of plant types, including fruit, vegetables and herbs. Always follow the current product label when using any plant nutrition product on edible crops. Is it suitable for container plants?
Yes. It can be incorporated into the irrigation and feeding programme for container-grown plants as a root drench, subject to the manufacturer's current dilution guidance. Does seaweed replace my normal base fertiliser?
Not necessarily. Aqua Culture provides naturally occurring nutrients and plant-stimulating compounds, but crops with defined nutritional requirements may still require an appropriate base fertiliser. It works particularly well as part of a wider plant nutrition programme. Why use seaweed during plant establishment?
Seaweed products are widely used during establishment because they provide naturally occurring nutrients and bioactive compounds while supporting root and shoot development during an important stage of plant growth. Can professional nurseries use Aqua Culture?
Yes. Its root drench, foliar and propagation applications make it suitable for integration into professional nursery and young-plant production programmes as well as general garden use. What makes Aqua Culture's production process different?
The product makes use of cast Cornish seaweed and is produced using solar energy and local spring water. Aqua Culture operates a circular, zero-waste manufacturing process and describes its production as carbon negative. How many 1L bottles are supplied in an outer case?
The 1L Aqua Culture Natural Seaweed Plant Growth Stimulant is packed 40 bottles per outer case for wholesale and professional supply.
AquaKing pump adaptor for connecting compatible pumps to 13mm or 25mm irrigation hose and flexible pipework.
The AquaKing 25mm to 13mm Pump Hose Adaptor provides a straightforward way to connect compatible AquaKing pumps to two commonly used irrigation pipe sizes. It is designed to accommodate 13mm or 25mm internal-diameter tubing, giving growers greater flexibility when incorporating an AquaKing pump into an irrigation or nutrient delivery system.
A useful AquaKing pump accessory for new installations, system alterations and replacement fittings, the adaptor allows the pump outlet to be connected to the required hose size without having to redesign the surrounding irrigation pipework.
Why choose the AquaKing 25mm to 13mm Pump Hose Adaptor?
- Designed for AquaKing pumps – a dedicated adaptor for connecting compatible AquaKing pumps to irrigation pipework.
- 13mm hose connection – accommodates 13mm internal-diameter tubing, a widely used size for horticultural irrigation.
- 25mm hose connection – also accommodates larger 25mm internal-diameter pipework.
- Flexible system setup – makes it easier to incorporate an AquaKing pump into irrigation systems using different hose sizes.
- Useful replacement fitting – ideal when replacing a missing or damaged AquaKing hose adaptor.
- Simple connection – designed to fit onto the pump outlet before the appropriate hose is connected.
What is the AquaKing 25mm to 13mm Adaptor used for?
This adaptor is used to connect compatible AquaKing water pumps to either 13mm or 25mm internal-diameter hose. It provides the transition between the pump outlet and the irrigation pipework carrying water or nutrient solution around the growing system.
It is particularly useful in hydroponic and horticultural irrigation installations where AquaKing pumps are being connected to commonly used flexible pipe sizes.
How to fit the AquaKing Pump Hose Adaptor
Fit the adaptor securely onto the compatible AquaKing pump outlet, then connect the appropriate 13mm or 25mm internal-diameter hose to the corresponding connection on the adaptor.
Make sure the adaptor and pipework are seated securely before operating the pump. Once installed, run the system and inspect the connection to make sure the hose remains securely positioned and water is being delivered correctly.
Product details
| Brand | AquaKing |
|---|---|
| Product | Pump Hose Adaptor |
| Product type | Water pump hose adaptor |
| Hose sizes | 13mm & 25mm internal diameter |
| 13mm connection | Suitable for 13mm internal-diameter hose |
| 25mm connection | Suitable for 25mm internal-diameter hose |
| Compatibility | Compatible AquaKing water pumps |
| Typical applications | Hydroponic irrigation, horticultural watering systems & nutrient delivery pipework |
| Manufacturer SKU | ES-8097 |
AquaKing 25mm to 13mm Pump Adaptor FAQs
What is the AquaKing 25mm to 13mm Adaptor used for?
The adaptor is used to connect compatible AquaKing water pumps to different sizes of irrigation hose, allowing the pump to work with 13mm or 25mm internal-diameter pipework.
What size hose does the AquaKing Pump Adaptor fit?
The adaptor is designed for use with 13mm and 25mm internal-diameter hose, giving growers a choice between two commonly used irrigation pipe sizes.
Can I connect 13mm irrigation hose to an AquaKing pump?
Yes. This adaptor allows compatible AquaKing pumps to be connected to 13mm internal-diameter hose.
Can the adaptor be used with 25mm irrigation pipe?
Yes. The adaptor also accommodates 25mm internal-diameter pipework for systems using a larger irrigation line.
Is 13mm hose the same size as standard garden hose?
13mm internal-diameter tubing corresponds to a commonly used standard garden hose size, making the adaptor useful where this size of flexible pipe is being incorporated into an irrigation system.
Is this an AquaKing pump replacement adaptor?
Yes. It can be used as a replacement AquaKing hose adaptor where the existing fitting has been lost or damaged, as well as for new irrigation installations.
Does this product include an AquaKing pump?
No. This product is the 25mm to 13mm hose adaptor only. The AquaKing water pump and irrigation hose are separate components.
Compact 2 litre handheld pressure sprayer with an adjustable nozzle for controlled plant spraying, misting and foliar applications.
The AquaKing 2L Pressure Sprayer is a handy choice for smaller spraying jobs where a full-size lance sprayer would be unnecessary. Its 2 litre capacity gives you useful working volume while keeping the sprayer compact enough to carry and operate by hand.
Pressure is built using the piston pump on top of the bottle. Once pressurised, the sprayer provides a continuous supply to the nozzle without requiring you to squeeze a conventional trigger bottle repeatedly.
The adjustable nozzle allows the spray intensity to be altered to suit the job, making the AquaKing 2L particularly useful for plant care, foliar feeding and general horticultural spraying around smaller growing areas.
Why choose the AquaKing 2L Pressure Sprayer?
- 2 litre capacity – ideal for smaller spraying jobs without the bulk of a larger tank sprayer.
- Hand-pumped pressure system – build pressure using the piston pump on top of the bottle.
- Adjustable spray nozzle – alter the spray intensity to suit different plant care applications.
- Overpressure control valve – designed to prevent excessive pressure building inside the sprayer.
- Compact handheld design – convenient for working around individual plants and smaller growing areas.
- Reusable horticultural sprayer – a practical alternative to repeatedly using small trigger bottles.
Ideal for smaller plant spraying jobs
The AquaKing 2L sits neatly between a small trigger bottle and a larger shoulder-carried pressure sprayer. It provides enough capacity for treating groups of plants while remaining compact and easy to move around a grow room, greenhouse or propagation area.
It is particularly useful for foliar feeding and other compatible plant treatments where controlled coverage is required. The adjustable nozzle lets you alter the spray to suit the application rather than relying on a single fixed output.
For larger growing areas or applications that require an extended lance, the AquaKing 5L and 8L pressure sprayers provide greater capacity. For smaller jobs and regular plant care, the 2L model offers a more compact solution.
How to use the AquaKing 2L Pressure Sprayer
Add the required liquid to the bottle and securely refit the pump assembly. Use the piston on top of the sprayer to pressurise the container before spraying.
Adjust the nozzle to achieve the spray intensity required, then use the handle control to apply the solution to the target area. Repressurise the bottle with the pump as required during use.
When applying foliar feeds or plant treatment products, follow the dilution, application and safety instructions supplied with the product being used.
Once spraying is complete, release the pressure before opening the container. Empty the sprayer appropriately and rinse the bottle and nozzle thoroughly with clean water to help prevent residues building up between uses.
AquaKing 2L Pressure Sprayer specifications
| Brand | AquaKing |
|---|---|
| Product type | Handheld pressure sprayer |
| Capacity | 2 litres |
| Pressure system | Manual piston pump |
| Spray adjustment | Adjustable nozzle |
| Pressure control | Overpressure control valve |
| Typical applications | Plant spraying, foliar feeding, misting & general horticultural use |
| Outer case quantity | 15 |
AquaKing 2L Pressure Sprayer FAQs
What is the capacity of the AquaKing Pressure Sprayer?
This model has a 2 litre capacity, making it a compact option for smaller plant spraying jobs and regular horticultural use.
How does the AquaKing 2L Pressure Sprayer work?
The container is pressurised using the piston pump on top of the sprayer. Once sufficient pressure has been created, the liquid can be sprayed through the adjustable nozzle.
Does the AquaKing 2L Sprayer have an adjustable nozzle?
Yes. The spray intensity can be altered using the adjustable nozzle, allowing the output to be adapted to different plant care jobs.
Is the AquaKing 2L Sprayer suitable for foliar feeding?
Yes. Its compact size and adjustable nozzle make it useful for applying compatible foliar feeds to plants. Always follow the application and dilution instructions for the product being sprayed.
Does the AquaKing 2L Pressure Sprayer have a safety valve?
Yes. AquaKing specifies an overpressure control valve on its pressure sprayers to help prevent excessive pressure building inside the container.
What is the difference between the AquaKing 2L and 5L Pressure Sprayers?
The 2L model is a compact handheld pressure sprayer designed for smaller jobs. The 5L model provides greater capacity and uses a separate hose and application lance, making it better suited to larger growing areas and longer spraying sessions.
How should I clean the AquaKing 2L Pressure Sprayer?
Depressurise and empty the sprayer after use, then rinse the container and nozzle thoroughly with clean water. Keeping the nozzle free from dried residue will help maintain consistent spray performance.
AquaKing 5L Pressure Sprayer with Adjustable Lance
1500
£15.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
AquaKing 5L Pressure Sprayer with Adjustable Lance
1500
£15.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A versatile 5 litre pressure sprayer with adjustable lance, jet-to-mist nozzle and shoulder strap for controlled foliar feeding and plant treatments.
The AquaKing 5L Pressure Sprayer is a practical all-round sprayer for growers who need more capacity than a handheld spray bottle without stepping up to a larger, heavier unit. Its 5 litre tank makes it well suited to small and medium-sized growing areas, greenhouses, nurseries and gardens.
The tank is pressurised using the built-in hand pump, giving you a steady spray through the hose and application lance. An adjustable nozzle lets you alter the output from a concentrated jet through to a fine mist, making the sprayer useful for a range of horticultural applications.
A lockable spray trigger helps make longer applications more comfortable, while the adjustable shoulder strap leaves your hands free to control the lance as you work around plants.
Why choose the AquaKing 5L Pressure Sprayer?
- 5 litre capacity – a useful balance between spraying capacity and portability.
- Adjustable spray nozzle – change the output from a concentrated jet through to a fine mist.
- Application lance – makes it easier to direct spray around plant canopies and onto harder-to-reach areas.
- Lockable spray trigger – provides continuous spraying without having to hold the trigger throughout the application.
- Pressure-release valve – provides a straightforward way to depressurise the tank after use.
- Adjustable shoulder strap – makes the sprayer more comfortable to carry while working.
- Graduated tank – visible volume markings help when measuring and preparing spray solutions.
Ideal for foliar feeding and plant treatments
The AquaKing 5L Pressure Sprayer is particularly useful for foliar applications where even coverage across leaves is important. Adjusting the nozzle towards a fine mist helps distribute liquid across the plant canopy, while the lance makes it easier to reach around and underneath foliage.
Its 5 litre capacity makes this model a good middle ground for growers who have outgrown small trigger bottles but do not need the additional capacity of the AquaKing 8L Pressure Sprayer. It is easy to move around smaller grow rooms and propagation areas while still holding enough solution for more substantial spraying jobs.
As well as foliar feeds, the sprayer can be used to apply compatible plant treatment products and for general horticultural spraying and watering tasks.
How to use the AquaKing 5L Pressure Sprayer
Add the required liquid to the tank, using the graduated markings to help measure the volume. Secure the pump assembly firmly, then operate the hand pump to build pressure inside the sprayer.
Use the trigger on the lance to begin spraying and adjust the nozzle until you achieve the required output. The nozzle can be changed from a concentrated jet through to a fine mist, allowing the spray to be adapted to the job.
For longer applications, the trigger can be locked to maintain continuous spraying. The shoulder strap allows the tank to be carried while leaving both hands available to position and control the lance.
When using foliar feeds or plant treatment products, always follow the dilution, application and safety instructions supplied with the product being applied.
After spraying, release the remaining pressure using the pressure-release valve. Empty the tank appropriately and rinse the tank, hose, lance and nozzle thoroughly with clean water to help prevent residues and blockages.
AquaKing 5L Pressure Sprayer specifications
| Brand | AquaKing |
|---|---|
| Product type | Manual pressure sprayer |
| Tank capacity | 5 litres |
| Spray adjustment | Adjustable from concentrated jet to fine mist |
| Application lance | Yes |
| Trigger lock | Yes |
| Pressure-release valve | Yes |
| Shoulder strap | Adjustable |
| Tank markings | Graduated volume scale |
| Height | Approx. 42cm |
| Diameter | Approx. 18cm |
| Weight | Approx. 1.3kg |
| Typical applications | Foliar feeding, plant treatments, general spraying & plant watering |
| Outer case quantity | 6 |
AquaKing 5L Pressure Sprayer FAQs
What is the capacity of the AquaKing Pressure Sprayer?
This AquaKing model has a 5 litre tank, giving it more working capacity than a small handheld sprayer while remaining convenient to carry around the growing area.
Can the AquaKing 5L Pressure Sprayer produce a fine mist?
Yes. The adjustable nozzle allows the spray to be changed from a concentrated jet through to a fine mist.
Is the AquaKing 5L Sprayer suitable for foliar feeding?
Yes. Its adjustable nozzle and application lance make it particularly useful for foliar feeding, including spraying around plant canopies and reaching the undersides of leaves.
Does the AquaKing 5L Pressure Sprayer have a shoulder strap?
Yes. The 5 litre model is supplied with an adjustable shoulder strap, making it easier to carry while spraying.
Can the spray trigger be locked on?
Yes. The AquaKing 5L Pressure Sprayer has a trigger lock for continuous spraying, which is particularly useful during longer applications.
Does the AquaKing 5L Sprayer have a pressure-release valve?
Yes. A pressure-release valve is fitted so the tank can be safely depressurised after spraying.
What is the difference between the AquaKing 5L and 8L Pressure Sprayers?
The main difference is tank capacity. The 5L model is more compact at approximately 42cm high, making it a convenient choice for small and medium-sized growing areas. The larger 8L version provides three additional litres of capacity for longer spraying sessions where fewer refills are preferred.
How should I clean the AquaKing 5L Pressure Sprayer?
Release the pressure and empty the tank after use, then rinse it thoroughly with clean water. Run clean water through the hose, lance and nozzle as well to help prevent dried residues and blockages before storing the sprayer depressurised.
AquaKing 8L Pressure Sprayer with Adjustable Lance
1750
£17.50
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
AquaKing 8L Pressure Sprayer with Adjustable Lance
1750
£17.50
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Cover larger growing areas with fewer refills using this 8 litre pressure sprayer with application lance, adjustable spray nozzle and shoulder strap.
The AquaKing 8L Pressure Sprayer is a practical choice for growers who regularly apply foliar feeds, plant treatments or water across larger groups of plants. Its generous 8 litre tank provides plenty of working capacity while remaining portable enough to carry around greenhouses, nurseries, grow rooms and gardens.
A hand-operated pump pressurises the tank, allowing you to spray through the flexible hose and application lance without continuously pumping. The adjustable nozzle can be changed from a concentrated jet through to a fine mist, giving you control over the way liquid is applied.
An adjustable shoulder strap makes the sprayer easier to carry while working, while the lockable spray handle is particularly useful during longer applications where holding the trigger continuously would quickly become tiring.
Why choose the AquaKing 8L Pressure Sprayer?
- 8 litre capacity – spend more time spraying and less time returning to refill the tank.
- Adjustable spray nozzle – change the output from a concentrated jet through to a fine mist.
- Application lance – helps you reach into plant canopies and direct spray where it is needed.
- Lockable spray handle – maintains continuous spraying without having to keep the trigger pressed.
- Pressure-release valve – allows pressure to be released from the tank after use.
- Adjustable shoulder strap – makes the 8L sprayer easier to carry around larger growing areas.
- Graduated tank – visible volume markings help when preparing measured spray solutions.
Ideal for foliar feeding and plant treatments
With its 8 litre capacity, hose and application lance, this AquaKing pressure sprayer is particularly useful when treating more than a handful of plants. The lance lets you work around foliage and reach further into the canopy, including areas that can be awkward to cover with a small hand-held trigger sprayer.
For foliar feeding, the nozzle can be adjusted towards a fine mist to achieve controlled coverage across leaf surfaces. The adjustable output also gives the sprayer the versatility needed for general plant watering and other compatible liquid applications.
The combination of a larger tank and shoulder strap makes the 8L version particularly well suited to commercial growing areas, greenhouses and larger indoor gardens where a smaller spray bottle would require frequent refilling.
How to use the AquaKing 8L Pressure Sprayer
Add the required liquid to the tank, using the graduated markings to help measure the volume. Leave sufficient space for the tank to be pressurised and secure the pump assembly firmly before use.
Operate the pump to build pressure inside the tank. Once pressurised, use the trigger on the application lance to begin spraying and adjust the nozzle until you achieve the required spray pattern.
When applying foliar feeds or plant treatment products, always follow the application rate and safety instructions supplied with the product being used. Avoid mixing products in the sprayer unless their instructions specifically allow them to be combined.
After use, release the pressure using the pressure-release valve. Empty the sprayer appropriately and rinse the tank, hose, lance and nozzle with clean water. Running clean water through the lance helps prevent residues drying inside the nozzle and causing blockages.
AquaKing 8L Pressure Sprayer specifications
| Brand | AquaKing |
|---|---|
| Product type | Manual pressure sprayer |
| Tank capacity | 8 litres |
| Spray adjustment | Adjustable from concentrated jet to fine mist |
| Application lance | Yes |
| Trigger lock | Yes |
| Pressure-release valve | Yes |
| Shoulder strap | Adjustable |
| Tank markings | Graduated volume scale |
| Height | 57cm |
| Diameter | 18cm |
| Weight | Approx. 1.3kg |
| Typical applications | Foliar feeding, plant treatments, general spraying & plant watering |
| Outer case quantity | 6 |
AquaKing 8L Pressure Sprayer FAQs
What is the capacity of the AquaKing Pressure Sprayer?
This model has an 8 litre tank, making it particularly useful for larger growing areas where a smaller hand sprayer would need frequent refilling.
Can the AquaKing 8L Pressure Sprayer produce a fine mist?
Yes. The adjustable nozzle can be changed from a concentrated jet through to a fine mist, allowing the spray pattern to be adapted to different applications.
Is the AquaKing 8L Sprayer suitable for foliar feeding?
Yes. The adjustable nozzle and application lance make it well suited to foliar feeding, allowing spray to be directed around plant canopies and across leaf surfaces.
Does the AquaKing 8L Pressure Sprayer have a shoulder strap?
Yes. It has an adjustable shoulder strap to make the sprayer easier to carry while moving around the growing area.
Can I lock the AquaKing sprayer trigger on?
Yes. The spray handle can be locked for continuous spraying, reducing the need to hold the trigger throughout longer applications.
Does the AquaKing 8L Sprayer have a pressure-release valve?
Yes. The 8 litre model incorporates a pressure-release valve so pressure can be released from the tank after spraying.
How big is the AquaKing 8L Pressure Sprayer?
The 8 litre model measures approximately 57cm high and 18cm in diameter, with an empty weight of approximately 1.3kg.
How should I clean the AquaKing Pressure Sprayer?
Empty the sprayer after use and rinse the tank thoroughly with clean water. Run clean water through the hose, lance and nozzle as well, particularly after using foliar feeds or plant treatment products, to reduce residue build-up and nozzle blockages.
AquaKing AKF-1000 5L Electric Fogger - Adjustable Fine Mist
13950
£139.50
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
AquaKing AKF-1000 5L Electric Fogger - Adjustable Fine Mist
13950
£139.50
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
The AquaKing AKF-1000 is a 5L electric fine-mist fogger with a 1000W motor, adjustable 10–150 micron droplet size and flexible delivery hose.
Designed to disperse compatible liquids as a fine mist, it can support suitable greenhouse, horticultural and facility treatment tasks where the chosen liquid is specifically approved for the equipment and application method.
The 5-litre tank and shoulder strap support mobile operation, while the adjustable mist output lets operators select an appropriate droplet setting for the task. This Shopify SKU is for one fogger.
Why choose the AquaKing AKF-1000?
- 5L tank capacity
- 1000W motor
- Adjustable 10–150 micron droplet size
- Flexible misting hose
- 10m power cable
- Shoulder strap for portable use
- Single-unit SKU
Professional misting applications
The AKF-1000 is suitable for compatible misting applications in controlled growing and working environments. For plant treatments, foliar products or disinfectants, always verify that the liquid label and equipment instructions specifically permit fogging and the intended setting. Do not assume every pesticide or disinfectant can be aerosolised safely.
Understanding adjustable droplet size
The reported droplet adjustment range is 10–150 microns. Finer droplets remain airborne for longer and increase inhalation and drift considerations; coarser settings behave differently. Choose settings according to the authorised product instructions, target surface, ventilation and risk assessment.
Safe preparation and operation
Use the equipment manual, inspect the tank and cable before use, and keep people and animals clear where required by the treatment instructions. Wear any protective equipment required by the liquid label and risk assessment. Never use flammable liquids unless expressly approved by the equipment manufacturer; avoid operating around ignition sources.
Cleaning and storage
After use, empty and clean the tank and delivery components in accordance with the manual and the chemical product instructions. Do not mix residues of incompatible products. Store clean and dry, with the power cable protected from damage.
For professional growers and facilities
The combination of adjustable fine mist, portable operation and a 5L tank can be useful where a compatible liquid must be dispersed across a suitable area. Effective coverage depends on the liquid, room conditions, droplet setting and application technique.
Product specifications
| Brand | AquaKing |
|---|---|
| Model | AKF-1000 |
| Product type | Electric fine-mist fogger |
| Tank capacity | 5L |
| Motor power | 1000W |
| Droplet size | 10–150 microns, adjustable |
| Power cable | 10m (published specification) |
| Selling unit | 1 fogger |
Frequently asked questions
What is the tank capacity?
The AKF-1000 has a 5-litre tank. What droplet sizes can it produce?
The published adjustable range is 10–150 microns. Is this sold individually?
Yes. This Shopify SKU represents one fogger. Can I use it with pesticides?
Only where the specific product label and equipment instructions authorise fogging, and all legal and safety requirements are met. Can it be used with disinfectants?
Only with liquids specifically approved for this application method and equipment. Does it have a shoulder strap?
Yes, a shoulder strap is listed in the published product information. What power does it use?
The published motor rating is 1000W. How do I clean it?
Follow the manufacturer instructions and the liquid product label; avoid mixing residues of incompatible chemicals.
AquaKing Q2007 Submersible Water Pump - 3,600L/h
3985
£39.85
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
AquaKing Q2007 Submersible Water Pump - 3,600L/h
3985
£39.85
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
The AquaKing Q2007 is a submersible water pump rated at up to 3,600 litres per hour, with a 200W motor and a maximum head of approximately 5 metres.
Designed for moving water in suitable reservoirs, drainage and horticultural irrigation arrangements, the pump provides a practical way to transfer water between tanks or supply compatible distribution systems.
This model prioritises dependable bulk water movement. The published maximum flow is a free-flow rating; actual delivery decreases as pumping height, hose length and system resistance increase.
The supplied Shopify SKU represents one pump, not a case. An adaptor is listed as included in the existing product export. The trade case contains 6 pumps, for logistics only.
Why choose the AquaKing Q2007?
- 3,600L/h published maximum flow
- 200W motor
- Submersible design for suitable water-transfer duties
- Approx. 5m maximum head
- Practical for appropriate reservoirs and irrigation installations
- One pump per Shopify SKU; trade case is not the selling unit
- Adaptor included according to the existing catalogue
Understanding flow rate and head pressure
The stated 3,600L/h is the manufacturer’s maximum rated capacity under favourable conditions. Maximum head of 5m is a separate performance limit, not a promise that the pump delivers its full rated flow at that height. As lift and pipe friction increase, usable flow falls. Select pipework, fittings and any emitters against the actual pump curve and the installation requirements.
Suitable horticultural applications
This pump can be considered for moving water between suitable tanks, reservoir circulation, drainage or irrigation feed duties where the required head and flow are within its operating range. For pressure-sensitive drip emitters or long pipe runs, check working pressure at the emitters rather than selecting on litres per hour alone.
Installation and connection guidance
The manufacturer lists the connection arrangement as 20/25mm hose connection; 1-inch external thread. Confirm the supplied adaptor, hose size and thread compatibility before installation. Place the pump on a stable surface, keep the intake clear of debris and follow the product instructions for permitted water quality, immersion depth and electrical safety. Do not run dry unless the model documentation expressly allows it.
Choosing between AquaKing pump models
The Q2007 and Q2503 suit lower-flow duties, while the Q4003, Q50011 and Q5503 offer progressively higher nominal flow. The Q800103 differs by providing substantially greater maximum head. A higher L/h rating does not necessarily mean a pump is better for a pressurised irrigation network.
Maintenance and reliable operation
Inspect the intake regularly and remove accumulated debris as directed by the manufacturer. Check hoses, connections and cable condition before use. Disconnect power before cleaning or maintenance, and follow the supplied manual for permitted liquids and operating conditions.
Trade packing and ordering
Selling unit: one pump. Case quantity: 6 pumps (logistics only). Pallet quantities have not been assumed. Order quantities on the website refer to individual pumps, not full cases.
Product specifications
| Brand | AquaKing |
|---|---|
| Model | Q2007 |
| Product type | Submersible water pump |
| Maximum rated flow | 3,600 L/h |
| Power | 200W |
| Maximum head | 5m |
| Connection | 20/25mm hose connection; 1-inch external thread |
| Plug adaptor | Included (existing catalogue) |
| Selling unit | 1 pump |
| Case quantity | 6 pumps |
Frequently asked questions
What is the maximum flow rate?
The published maximum is 3,600 litres per hour; actual flow depends on lift and pipe resistance. What is the maximum head?
The published maximum head is approximately 5 metres. Full flow is not available at maximum head. Is the pump sold individually?
Yes. This Shopify SKU is for one pump. Any case figure is for trade packing only. Can I use it with drip irrigation?
Only if the pump provides the required operating pressure and flow after allowing for pipework and fittings. Check the emitter specification and pump curve. Does it include an adaptor?
The existing product listing states an adaptor is included. Check the connection type before installation. Can it run dry?
Do not run the pump dry unless the specific manufacturer instructions expressly permit it. How do I choose between the Q-series models?
Compare required flow at your actual lift and pressure, not maximum L/h alone. How should I maintain it?
Disconnect power and clean the intake as directed in the manufacturer instructions; check hoses and cable condition regularly.
AquaKing Q2503 Submersible Water Pump - 5,000L/h
4164
£41.64
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
AquaKing Q2503 Submersible Water Pump - 5,000L/h
4164
£41.64
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
The AquaKing Q2503 is a submersible water pump rated at up to 5,000 litres per hour, with a 250W motor and a maximum head of approximately 6 metres.
Designed for moving water in suitable reservoirs, drainage and horticultural irrigation arrangements, the pump provides a practical way to transfer water between tanks or supply compatible distribution systems.
This model prioritises dependable bulk water movement. The published maximum flow is a free-flow rating; actual delivery decreases as pumping height, hose length and system resistance increase.
The supplied Shopify SKU represents one pump, not a case. An adaptor is listed as included in the existing product export. The trade case contains 4 pumps, for logistics only.
Why choose the AquaKing Q2503?
- 5,000L/h published maximum flow
- 250W motor
- Submersible design for suitable water-transfer duties
- Approx. 6m maximum head
- Practical for appropriate reservoirs and irrigation installations
- One pump per Shopify SKU; trade case is not the selling unit
- Adaptor included according to the existing catalogue
Understanding flow rate and head pressure
The stated 5,000L/h is the manufacturer’s maximum rated capacity under favourable conditions. Maximum head of 6m is a separate performance limit, not a promise that the pump delivers its full rated flow at that height. As lift and pipe friction increase, usable flow falls. Select pipework, fittings and any emitters against the actual pump curve and the installation requirements.
Suitable horticultural applications
This pump can be considered for moving water between suitable tanks, reservoir circulation, drainage or irrigation feed duties where the required head and flow are within its operating range. For pressure-sensitive drip emitters or long pipe runs, check working pressure at the emitters rather than selecting on litres per hour alone.
Installation and connection guidance
The manufacturer lists the connection arrangement as 25/30mm hose connection; 1-inch external thread. Confirm the supplied adaptor, hose size and thread compatibility before installation. Place the pump on a stable surface, keep the intake clear of debris and follow the product instructions for permitted water quality, immersion depth and electrical safety. Do not run dry unless the model documentation expressly allows it.
Choosing between AquaKing pump models
The Q2007 and Q2503 suit lower-flow duties, while the Q4003, Q50011 and Q5503 offer progressively higher nominal flow. The Q800103 differs by providing substantially greater maximum head. A higher L/h rating does not necessarily mean a pump is better for a pressurised irrigation network.
Maintenance and reliable operation
Inspect the intake regularly and remove accumulated debris as directed by the manufacturer. Check hoses, connections and cable condition before use. Disconnect power before cleaning or maintenance, and follow the supplied manual for permitted liquids and operating conditions.
Trade packing and ordering
Selling unit: one pump. Case quantity: 4 pumps (logistics only). Pallet quantities have not been assumed. Order quantities on the website refer to individual pumps, not full cases.
Product specifications
| Brand | AquaKing |
|---|---|
| Model | Q2503 |
| Product type | Submersible water pump |
| Maximum rated flow | 5,000 L/h |
| Power | 250W |
| Maximum head | 6m |
| Connection | 25/30mm hose connection; 1-inch external thread |
| Plug adaptor | Included (existing catalogue) |
| Selling unit | 1 pump |
| Case quantity | 4 pumps |
Frequently asked questions
What is the maximum flow rate?
The published maximum is 5,000 litres per hour; actual flow depends on lift and pipe resistance. What is the maximum head?
The published maximum head is approximately 6 metres. Full flow is not available at maximum head. Is the pump sold individually?
Yes. This Shopify SKU is for one pump. Any case figure is for trade packing only. Can I use it with drip irrigation?
Only if the pump provides the required operating pressure and flow after allowing for pipework and fittings. Check the emitter specification and pump curve. Does it include an adaptor?
The existing product listing states an adaptor is included. Check the connection type before installation. Can it run dry?
Do not run the pump dry unless the specific manufacturer instructions expressly permit it. How do I choose between the Q-series models?
Compare required flow at your actual lift and pressure, not maximum L/h alone. How should I maintain it?
Disconnect power and clean the intake as directed in the manufacturer instructions; check hoses and cable condition regularly.
AquaKing Q4003 Submersible Water Pump - 7,000L/h
4252
£42.52
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
AquaKing Q4003 Submersible Water Pump - 7,000L/h
4252
£42.52
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
The AquaKing Q4003 is a submersible water pump rated at up to 7,000 litres per hour, with a 400W motor and a maximum head of approximately 8 metres.
Designed for moving water in suitable reservoirs, drainage and horticultural irrigation arrangements, the pump provides a practical way to transfer water between tanks or supply compatible distribution systems.
This model prioritises dependable bulk water movement. The published maximum flow is a free-flow rating; actual delivery decreases as pumping height, hose length and system resistance increase.
The supplied Shopify SKU represents one pump, not a case. An adaptor is listed as included in the existing product export. The trade case contains 6 pumps, for logistics only.
Why choose the AquaKing Q4003?
- 7,000L/h published maximum flow
- 400W motor
- Submersible design for suitable water-transfer duties
- Approx. 8m maximum head
- Practical for appropriate reservoirs and irrigation installations
- One pump per Shopify SKU; trade case is not the selling unit
- Adaptor included according to the existing catalogue
Understanding flow rate and head pressure
The stated 7,000L/h is the manufacturer’s maximum rated capacity under favourable conditions. Maximum head of 8m is a separate performance limit, not a promise that the pump delivers its full rated flow at that height. As lift and pipe friction increase, usable flow falls. Select pipework, fittings and any emitters against the actual pump curve and the installation requirements.
Suitable horticultural applications
This pump can be considered for moving water between suitable tanks, reservoir circulation, drainage or irrigation feed duties where the required head and flow are within its operating range. For pressure-sensitive drip emitters or long pipe runs, check working pressure at the emitters rather than selecting on litres per hour alone.
Installation and connection guidance
The manufacturer lists the connection arrangement as 25/30mm hose connection; 1-inch external thread. Confirm the supplied adaptor, hose size and thread compatibility before installation. Place the pump on a stable surface, keep the intake clear of debris and follow the product instructions for permitted water quality, immersion depth and electrical safety. Do not run dry unless the model documentation expressly allows it.
Choosing between AquaKing pump models
The Q2007 and Q2503 suit lower-flow duties, while the Q4003, Q50011 and Q5503 offer progressively higher nominal flow. The Q800103 differs by providing substantially greater maximum head. A higher L/h rating does not necessarily mean a pump is better for a pressurised irrigation network.
Maintenance and reliable operation
Inspect the intake regularly and remove accumulated debris as directed by the manufacturer. Check hoses, connections and cable condition before use. Disconnect power before cleaning or maintenance, and follow the supplied manual for permitted liquids and operating conditions.
Trade packing and ordering
Selling unit: one pump. Case quantity: 6 pumps (logistics only). Pallet quantities have not been assumed. Order quantities on the website refer to individual pumps, not full cases.
Product specifications
| Brand | AquaKing |
|---|---|
| Model | Q4003 |
| Product type | Submersible water pump |
| Maximum rated flow | 7,000 L/h |
| Power | 400W |
| Maximum head | 8m |
| Connection | 25/30mm hose connection; 1-inch external thread |
| Plug adaptor | Included (existing catalogue) |
| Selling unit | 1 pump |
| Case quantity | 6 pumps |
Frequently asked questions
What is the maximum flow rate?
The published maximum is 7,000 litres per hour; actual flow depends on lift and pipe resistance. What is the maximum head?
The published maximum head is approximately 8 metres. Full flow is not available at maximum head. Is the pump sold individually?
Yes. This Shopify SKU is for one pump. Any case figure is for trade packing only. Can I use it with drip irrigation?
Only if the pump provides the required operating pressure and flow after allowing for pipework and fittings. Check the emitter specification and pump curve. Does it include an adaptor?
The existing product listing states an adaptor is included. Check the connection type before installation. Can it run dry?
Do not run the pump dry unless the specific manufacturer instructions expressly permit it. How do I choose between the Q-series models?
Compare required flow at your actual lift and pressure, not maximum L/h alone. How should I maintain it?
Disconnect power and clean the intake as directed in the manufacturer instructions; check hoses and cable condition regularly.
AquaKing Q50011 Submersible Water Pump - 10,000L/h
5580
£55.80
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
AquaKing Q50011 Submersible Water Pump - 10,000L/h
5580
£55.80
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
The AquaKing Q50011 is a submersible water pump rated at up to 10,000 litres per hour, with a 500W motor and a maximum head of approximately 8.5 metres.
Designed for moving water in suitable reservoirs, drainage and horticultural irrigation arrangements, the pump provides a practical way to transfer water between tanks or supply compatible distribution systems.
This model prioritises dependable bulk water movement. The published maximum flow is a free-flow rating; actual delivery decreases as pumping height, hose length and system resistance increase.
The supplied Shopify SKU represents one pump, not a case. An adaptor is listed as included in the existing product export. The trade case contains 4 pumps, for logistics only.
Why choose the AquaKing Q50011?
- 10,000L/h published maximum flow
- 500W motor
- Submersible design for suitable water-transfer duties
- Approx. 8.5m maximum head
- Practical for appropriate reservoirs and irrigation installations
- One pump per Shopify SKU; trade case is not the selling unit
- Adaptor included according to the existing catalogue
Understanding flow rate and head pressure
The stated 10,000L/h is the manufacturer’s maximum rated capacity under favourable conditions. Maximum head of 8.5m is a separate performance limit, not a promise that the pump delivers its full rated flow at that height. As lift and pipe friction increase, usable flow falls. Select pipework, fittings and any emitters against the actual pump curve and the installation requirements.
Suitable horticultural applications
This pump can be considered for moving water between suitable tanks, reservoir circulation, drainage or irrigation feed duties where the required head and flow are within its operating range. For pressure-sensitive drip emitters or long pipe runs, check working pressure at the emitters rather than selecting on litres per hour alone.
Installation and connection guidance
The manufacturer lists the connection arrangement as 25mm hose connection; 1-inch external thread. Confirm the supplied adaptor, hose size and thread compatibility before installation. Place the pump on a stable surface, keep the intake clear of debris and follow the product instructions for permitted water quality, immersion depth and electrical safety. Do not run dry unless the model documentation expressly allows it.
Choosing between AquaKing pump models
The Q2007 and Q2503 suit lower-flow duties, while the Q4003, Q50011 and Q5503 offer progressively higher nominal flow. The Q800103 differs by providing substantially greater maximum head. A higher L/h rating does not necessarily mean a pump is better for a pressurised irrigation network.
Maintenance and reliable operation
Inspect the intake regularly and remove accumulated debris as directed by the manufacturer. Check hoses, connections and cable condition before use. Disconnect power before cleaning or maintenance, and follow the supplied manual for permitted liquids and operating conditions.
Trade packing and ordering
Selling unit: one pump. Case quantity: 4 pumps (logistics only). Pallet quantities have not been assumed. Order quantities on the website refer to individual pumps, not full cases.
Product specifications
| Brand | AquaKing |
|---|---|
| Model | Q50011 |
| Product type | Submersible water pump |
| Maximum rated flow | 10,000 L/h |
| Power | 500W |
| Maximum head | 8.5m |
| Connection | 25mm hose connection; 1-inch external thread |
| Plug adaptor | Included (existing catalogue) |
| Selling unit | 1 pump |
| Case quantity | 4 pumps |
Frequently asked questions
What is the maximum flow rate?
The published maximum is 10,000 litres per hour; actual flow depends on lift and pipe resistance. What is the maximum head?
The published maximum head is approximately 8.5 metres. Full flow is not available at maximum head. Is the pump sold individually?
Yes. This Shopify SKU is for one pump. Any case figure is for trade packing only. Can I use it with drip irrigation?
Only if the pump provides the required operating pressure and flow after allowing for pipework and fittings. Check the emitter specification and pump curve. Does it include an adaptor?
The existing product listing states an adaptor is included. Check the connection type before installation. Can it run dry?
Do not run the pump dry unless the specific manufacturer instructions expressly permit it. How do I choose between the Q-series models?
Compare required flow at your actual lift and pressure, not maximum L/h alone. How should I maintain it?
Disconnect power and clean the intake as directed in the manufacturer instructions; check hoses and cable condition regularly.
AquaKing Q5503 Submersible Water Pump - 11,000L/h
4751
£47.51
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
AquaKing Q5503 Submersible Water Pump - 11,000L/h
4751
£47.51
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
The AquaKing Q5503 is a submersible water pump rated at up to 11,000 litres per hour, with a 550W motor and a maximum head of approximately 8.5 metres.
Designed for moving water in suitable reservoirs, drainage and horticultural irrigation arrangements, the pump provides a practical way to transfer water between tanks or supply compatible distribution systems.
This model prioritises dependable bulk water movement. The published maximum flow is a free-flow rating; actual delivery decreases as pumping height, hose length and system resistance increase.
The supplied Shopify SKU represents one pump, not a case. An adaptor is listed as included in the existing product export. The trade case contains 4 pumps, for logistics only.
Why choose the AquaKing Q5503?
- 11,000L/h published maximum flow
- 550W motor
- Submersible design for suitable water-transfer duties
- Approx. 8.5m maximum head
- Practical for appropriate reservoirs and irrigation installations
- One pump per Shopify SKU; trade case is not the selling unit
- Adaptor included according to the existing catalogue
Understanding flow rate and head pressure
The stated 11,000L/h is the manufacturer’s maximum rated capacity under favourable conditions. Maximum head of 8.5m is a separate performance limit, not a promise that the pump delivers its full rated flow at that height. As lift and pipe friction increase, usable flow falls. Select pipework, fittings and any emitters against the actual pump curve and the installation requirements.
Suitable horticultural applications
This pump can be considered for moving water between suitable tanks, reservoir circulation, drainage or irrigation feed duties where the required head and flow are within its operating range. For pressure-sensitive drip emitters or long pipe runs, check working pressure at the emitters rather than selecting on litres per hour alone.
Installation and connection guidance
The manufacturer lists the connection arrangement as 25/30mm hose connection; 1-inch external thread. Confirm the supplied adaptor, hose size and thread compatibility before installation. Place the pump on a stable surface, keep the intake clear of debris and follow the product instructions for permitted water quality, immersion depth and electrical safety. Do not run dry unless the model documentation expressly allows it.
Choosing between AquaKing pump models
The Q2007 and Q2503 suit lower-flow duties, while the Q4003, Q50011 and Q5503 offer progressively higher nominal flow. The Q800103 differs by providing substantially greater maximum head. A higher L/h rating does not necessarily mean a pump is better for a pressurised irrigation network.
Maintenance and reliable operation
Inspect the intake regularly and remove accumulated debris as directed by the manufacturer. Check hoses, connections and cable condition before use. Disconnect power before cleaning or maintenance, and follow the supplied manual for permitted liquids and operating conditions.
Trade packing and ordering
Selling unit: one pump. Case quantity: 4 pumps (logistics only). Pallet quantities have not been assumed. Order quantities on the website refer to individual pumps, not full cases.
Product specifications
| Brand | AquaKing |
|---|---|
| Model | Q5503 |
| Product type | Submersible water pump |
| Maximum rated flow | 11,000 L/h |
| Power | 550W |
| Maximum head | 8.5m |
| Connection | 25/30mm hose connection; 1-inch external thread |
| Plug adaptor | Included (existing catalogue) |
| Selling unit | 1 pump |
| Case quantity | 4 pumps |
Frequently asked questions
What is the maximum flow rate?
The published maximum is 11,000 litres per hour; actual flow depends on lift and pipe resistance. What is the maximum head?
The published maximum head is approximately 8.5 metres. Full flow is not available at maximum head. Is the pump sold individually?
Yes. This Shopify SKU is for one pump. Any case figure is for trade packing only. Can I use it with drip irrigation?
Only if the pump provides the required operating pressure and flow after allowing for pipework and fittings. Check the emitter specification and pump curve. Does it include an adaptor?
The existing product listing states an adaptor is included. Check the connection type before installation. Can it run dry?
Do not run the pump dry unless the specific manufacturer instructions expressly permit it. How do I choose between the Q-series models?
Compare required flow at your actual lift and pressure, not maximum L/h alone. How should I maintain it?
Disconnect power and clean the intake as directed in the manufacturer instructions; check hoses and cable condition regularly.
AquaKing Q800103 Submersible Water Pump - 5,500L/h High Pressure
16495
£164.95
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
AquaKing Q800103 Submersible Water Pump - 5,500L/h High Pressure
16495
£164.95
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
The AquaKing Q800103 is a submersible water pump rated at up to 5,500 litres per hour, with a 800W motor and a maximum head of approximately 30 metres.
Designed for moving water in suitable reservoirs, drainage and horticultural irrigation arrangements, the pump provides a practical way to transfer water between tanks or supply compatible distribution systems.
The Q800103 is the high-pressure model in this selection: its approximately 30m maximum head makes it materially different from the higher-flow, lower-head Q-series pumps.
The supplied Shopify SKU represents one pump, not a case. An adaptor is listed as included in the existing product export. No case quantity is confirmed for this SKU.
Why choose the AquaKing Q800103?
- 5,500L/h published maximum flow
- 800W motor
- Submersible design for suitable water-transfer duties
- Approx. 30m maximum head
- Practical for appropriate reservoirs and irrigation installations
- One pump per Shopify SKU; trade case is not the selling unit
- Adaptor included according to the existing catalogue
- High-head performance for applications requiring greater delivery pressure
Understanding flow rate and head pressure
The stated 5,500L/h is the manufacturer’s maximum rated capacity under favourable conditions. Maximum head of 30m is a separate performance limit, not a promise that the pump delivers its full rated flow at that height. As lift and pipe friction increase, usable flow falls. Select pipework, fittings and any emitters against the actual pump curve and the installation requirements.
Suitable horticultural applications
This pump can be considered for moving water between suitable tanks, reservoir circulation, drainage or irrigation feed duties where the required head and flow are within its operating range. For pressure-sensitive drip emitters or long pipe runs, check working pressure at the emitters rather than selecting on litres per hour alone.
Installation and connection guidance
The manufacturer lists the connection arrangement as 1-inch internal thread. Confirm the supplied adaptor, hose size and thread compatibility before installation. Place the pump on a stable surface, keep the intake clear of debris and follow the product instructions for permitted water quality, immersion depth and electrical safety. Do not run dry unless the model documentation expressly allows it.
Choosing between AquaKing pump models
The Q2007 and Q2503 suit lower-flow duties, while the Q4003, Q50011 and Q5503 offer progressively higher nominal flow. The Q800103 differs by providing substantially greater maximum head. A higher L/h rating does not necessarily mean a pump is better for a pressurised irrigation network.
Maintenance and reliable operation
Inspect the intake regularly and remove accumulated debris as directed by the manufacturer. Check hoses, connections and cable condition before use. Disconnect power before cleaning or maintenance, and follow the supplied manual for permitted liquids and operating conditions.
Trade packing and ordering
Selling unit: one pump. Pallet quantities have not been assumed. Order quantities on the website refer to individual pumps, not full cases.
Product specifications
| Brand | AquaKing |
|---|---|
| Model | Q800103 |
| Product type | Submersible water pump |
| Maximum rated flow | 5,500 L/h |
| Power | 800W |
| Maximum head | 30m |
| Connection | 1-inch internal thread |
| Plug adaptor | Included (existing catalogue) |
| Selling unit | 1 pump |
Frequently asked questions
What is the maximum flow rate?
The published maximum is 5,500 litres per hour; actual flow depends on lift and pipe resistance. What is the maximum head?
The published maximum head is approximately 30 metres. Full flow is not available at maximum head. Is the pump sold individually?
Yes. This Shopify SKU is for one pump. Any case figure is for trade packing only. Can I use it with drip irrigation?
Only if the pump provides the required operating pressure and flow after allowing for pipework and fittings. Check the emitter specification and pump curve. Does it include an adaptor?
The existing product listing states an adaptor is included. Check the connection type before installation. Can it run dry?
Do not run the pump dry unless the specific manufacturer instructions expressly permit it. How do I choose between the Q-series models?
Compare required flow at your actual lift and pressure, not maximum L/h alone. How should I maintain it?
Disconnect power and clean the intake as directed in the manufacturer instructions; check hoses and cable condition regularly.
AquaKing Telescopic Spray Lance – 90 to 140cm
1068
£10.68
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
AquaKing Telescopic Spray Lance – 90 to 140cm
1068
£10.68
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Reach plants at the back of beds, benches and grow spaces with an AquaKing watering lance that extends from 90 to 140cm.
The AquaKing Telescopic Spray Lance makes hand watering easier when plants are packed closely together or positioned beyond comfortable reach. Starting at approximately 90cm long and extending to 140cm, it gives you up to half a metre of additional reach without having to move pots or lean across growing benches.
This makes the lance particularly useful in narrow, deep growing spaces where getting a standard hose nozzle close to every plant can be difficult. The extended shaft allows the spray head to be positioned closer to the plants you want to water, giving you better access to the back of the growing area.
The lance connects to a garden hose using an Xcellent or Gardena-compatible coupling, making it a straightforward addition to an existing hand-watering setup.
Why choose the AquaKing Telescopic Spray Lance?
- Extends from 90 to 140cm – provides up to 50cm of additional reach when watering.
- Made for awkward growing spaces – reach plants at the back of deep benches, beds and closely packed growing areas.
- Telescopic design – extend the lance when extra reach is needed and retract it for easier handling and storage.
- Garden hose connection – compatible with Xcellent and Gardena-style couplings.
- Better access around plants – position the spray head closer to the area being watered rather than spraying from the edge of the crop.
- Versatile horticultural tool – suitable for grow rooms, greenhouses, nurseries, container plants and general garden watering.
Water deep and difficult-to-reach growing areas
The real advantage of a telescopic watering lance becomes apparent once a growing area starts to fill out. Reaching containers at the back of a bench or behind established plants with an ordinary hose nozzle can mean moving pots, stretching across plants or watering from too far away.
Extending the AquaKing lance to as much as 140cm allows the spray head to reach further into the growing area while you remain at the front. This makes routine hand watering more practical in narrow and deep grow spaces, as well as on greenhouse and nursery benches.
It is also useful for raised beds and groups of container plants where additional reach helps you direct water where it is needed without repeatedly repositioning the hose.
How to use the AquaKing Telescopic Spray Lance
Connect the lance to a suitable garden hose using an Xcellent or Gardena-compatible coupling. With the water supply switched off, adjust the telescopic shaft to the reach required for the area you are watering.
The lance measures approximately 90cm in its standard position and can be extended to approximately 140cm. Use the additional reach to position the spray head closer to plants at the back of beds, benches or densely arranged container areas.
Keep the hose clear of plants and growing equipment as you move through the area. Working from the front of the crop and using the lance to provide the additional reach can reduce the amount of disturbance caused by repeatedly moving a hose between pots.
Once watering is complete, turn off the water supply, release the remaining water and retract the lance to make it easier to store.
AquaKing Telescopic Spray Lance specifications
| Brand | AquaKing |
|---|---|
| Product type | Telescopic watering and spray lance |
| Retracted length | Approx. 90cm |
| Maximum extended length | Approx. 140cm |
| Additional reach | Up to 50cm |
| Hose connection | Xcellent or Gardena-compatible coupling |
| Typical applications | Grow rooms, greenhouses, nurseries, growing benches, raised beds & container plants |
AquaKing Telescopic Spray Lance FAQs
How long is the AquaKing Telescopic Spray Lance?
The AquaKing Telescopic Spray Lance measures approximately 90cm in its standard position and extends to approximately 140cm, providing up to 50cm of additional reach.
What is a telescopic spray lance used for?
A telescopic spray lance makes it easier to water plants that are difficult to reach with a conventional hose nozzle. The longer shaft is particularly useful for deep growing areas, greenhouse benches and closely arranged containers.
Is the AquaKing Telescopic Spray Lance suitable for grow rooms?
Yes. The lance is particularly useful in narrow and deep grow spaces, allowing plants towards the back of the growing area to be reached without moving surrounding pots.
Can I use the AquaKing Spray Lance in a greenhouse?
Yes. Its extendable design makes it useful for greenhouse benches and groups of container plants where the extra reach makes routine hand watering easier.
What hose connection does the AquaKing Telescopic Spray Lance use?
The lance can be connected to a garden hose using an Xcellent or Gardena-compatible coupling.
How far does the AquaKing Telescopic Spray Lance extend?
It extends from approximately 90cm to 140cm, adding up to 50cm of reach when fully extended.
Why use a long watering lance instead of a standard hose nozzle?
The longer shaft lets you bring the water outlet closer to plants that would otherwise be difficult to reach. This is especially useful where plants are arranged several rows deep or access around the growing area is limited.
AquaKing Threaded Tap Connector – Snap-Fit Hose Adaptor
109
£1.09
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
AquaKing Threaded Tap Connector – Snap-Fit Hose Adaptor
109
£1.09
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Connect a threaded water outlet to a snap-fit garden hose system quickly and securely with this AquaKing Tap Connector.
The AquaKing Tap Connector provides a simple connection between a compatible threaded water outlet and a standard snap-fit hose connector. Screw the threaded end onto the outlet and the opposite end provides the connection point for your hose-end fitting.
It is a useful addition to horticultural watering and irrigation setups where a hose needs to be connected and disconnected regularly. The snap-fit arrangement avoids having to unscrew the complete fitting each time the hose is removed.
Compact and straightforward to use, the connector is suitable for greenhouse, nursery, grow room and general garden watering systems using compatible snap-fit hose fittings.
Why choose the AquaKing Tap Connector?
- Threaded tap connection – screws directly onto a compatible threaded water outlet.
- Snap-fit hose connection – allows a compatible hose-end connector to be attached quickly.
- Quick hose changes – disconnect the hose without repeatedly removing the threaded adaptor.
- Simple irrigation fitting – an uncomplicated way to link threaded outlets with garden hose systems.
- Compact design – takes up very little space around taps and irrigation connections.
- Versatile watering accessory – suitable for horticultural, greenhouse, nursery and garden irrigation systems.
Connect threaded outlets to snap-fit hose systems
The AquaKing Tap Connector acts as the link between a threaded water outlet and a compatible snap-fit hose-end connector. Once installed, the threaded adaptor can remain in position while the hose is connected or removed as required.
This makes it particularly convenient in growing areas where the same hose is moved between different watering points, or where hoses, spray lances and other watering equipment need to be disconnected after use.
It can form part of a straightforward hand-watering setup for nurseries, greenhouses, grow rooms and gardens, as well as other irrigation installations using compatible snap-fit connections.
How to use the AquaKing Tap Connector
Screw the threaded side of the connector onto the compatible threaded water outlet and tighten it sufficiently to create a secure connection.
Attach a compatible snap-fit hose-end connector to your garden hose, then push the hose connector onto the AquaKing Tap Connector until it is securely engaged.
Once connected, turn on the water supply and inspect the joint. The hose can then be used with compatible watering equipment such as spray lances, nozzles and other hose-connected irrigation accessories.
When the hose needs to be removed, release the snap-fit hose connector rather than unscrewing the tap adaptor. This allows the AquaKing connector to remain fitted ready for the next watering session.
AquaKing Tap Connector specifications
| Brand | AquaKing |
|---|---|
| Product type | Threaded tap to snap-fit hose connector |
| Inlet connection | Female threaded |
| Outlet connection | Male snap-fit hose connection |
| Typical applications | Garden hoses, hand watering, greenhouses, nurseries & horticultural irrigation |
AquaKing Tap Connector FAQs
What does the AquaKing Tap Connector do?
It converts a compatible threaded water outlet into a snap-fit connection for a garden hose. This allows a hose fitted with a compatible hose-end connector to be attached and removed quickly.
Does the AquaKing Tap Connector screw onto the tap?
Yes. One side of the connector has a female threaded fitting designed to screw onto a compatible male threaded water outlet.
How does a hose connect to the AquaKing Tap Connector?
The opposite end provides a male snap-fit connection. A compatible snap-fit hose-end connector fitted to the hose pushes onto this connection.
Do I need to remove the tap connector every time I disconnect the hose?
No. The threaded connector can remain attached to the water outlet while the hose is connected and disconnected using the snap-fit coupling.
Can the AquaKing Tap Connector be used for greenhouse watering?
Yes. It is suitable for connecting compatible garden hose systems used for hand watering in greenhouses, nurseries, grow rooms and other horticultural environments.
Can I connect a spray lance using this fitting?
Yes. Once a compatible hose is connected, the hose can be used with suitable snap-fit watering accessories such as spray lances and watering nozzles.
Arctic Fish Organic Fish Fertiliser 5-1-1 – 5L
4250
£42.50
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Arctic Fish Organic Fish Fertiliser 5-1-1 – 5L
4250
£42.50
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A fish-based organic liquid fertiliser with an NPK of 5-1-1, providing nitrogen-rich nutrition for healthy plant growth indoors and outdoors.
Arctic Fish Fertiliser is a concentrated liquid plant feed made from fish-derived organic matter. With an NPK ratio of 5-1-1, it provides a nitrogen-led nutrient profile that makes it particularly useful for supporting healthy vegetative growth.
Fish has a long history of use as a natural source of plant nutrition. As the organic matter in Arctic Fish breaks down within the growing medium, nutrients become available to plants while the organic material contributes to a biologically active root environment.
Suitable for a wide range of indoor and outdoor plants, Arctic Fish offers growers a straightforward way to incorporate a fish-based organic fertiliser into their regular plant feeding programme.
Why choose Arctic Fish Fertiliser?
- NPK 5-1-1 – a nitrogen-rich nutrient profile suited to supporting healthy vegetative plant growth.
- Fish-based fertiliser – supplies plant nutrition from a natural source of organic matter.
- Supports soil biology – organic matter provides a food source for microbial life as it breaks down in the growing medium.
- Indoor and outdoor use – suitable for feeding a broad range of plants in different growing environments.
- Versatile plant nutrition – suitable for plants, vegetable gardens, roses, trees and shrubs.
- 5 litre size – a practical larger-volume option for growers feeding plants regularly.
What is Arctic Fish Fertiliser suitable for?
With an NPK of 5-1-1, Arctic Fish has considerably more nitrogen than phosphorus or potassium. That makes it particularly useful during periods when plants are actively producing leaves, stems and other vegetative growth.
It can be used with a broad range of indoor and outdoor plants, including ornamental plants, vegetable gardens, roses, trees and shrubs. This versatility makes it useful for growers who want a fish-based liquid fertiliser that can be used across several different plant types.
Arctic Fish is also well suited to soil-focused growing programmes where organic matter and biological activity form an important part of the approach to plant nutrition.
How to use Arctic Fish Fertiliser
Shake the bottle thoroughly before every use. Natural separation can occur while fish fertiliser is standing in storage, so thorough mixing helps ensure the product is evenly distributed before measuring.
Dilute Arctic Fish Fertiliser with water according to the application instructions on the product label and the requirements of the plants being grown. Mix thoroughly before applying the prepared feed.
When incorporating Arctic Fish into an existing feeding programme, take the nutrients already being supplied into account rather than treating every fertiliser as an isolated addition. Its 5-1-1 analysis means Arctic Fish makes a meaningful contribution to the nitrogen supplied to the crop.
Store the container securely with the cap firmly closed and shake thoroughly again before the next application.
Arctic Fish Fertiliser specifications
| Product | Arctic Fish Fertiliser |
|---|---|
| Product type | Fish-based organic liquid fertiliser |
| Size | 5 litres |
| NPK | 5-1-1 |
| Primary nutrient | Nitrogen |
| Form | Liquid |
| Suitable for | Indoor & outdoor plants |
| Typical applications | Vegetative plant growth, general plant feeding & soil-focused growing programmes |
| Other suitable plants | Vegetable gardens, roses, trees & shrubs |
| Preparation | Shake well before use |
Arctic Fish Fertiliser FAQs
What is Arctic Fish Fertiliser?
Arctic Fish is a fish-based organic liquid fertiliser designed to provide nutrients and organic matter to plants. It has an NPK analysis of 5-1-1.
What is the NPK of Arctic Fish Fertiliser?
Arctic Fish Fertiliser has an NPK of 5-1-1, meaning nitrogen is the most prominent of the three primary plant nutrients in its analysis.
Is Arctic Fish Fertiliser good for vegetative growth?
Its nitrogen-led 5-1-1 nutrient profile makes Arctic Fish particularly useful during periods of active vegetative growth, when plants are developing leaves and stems.
Can Arctic Fish Fertiliser be used on indoor plants?
Yes. Arctic Fish is suitable for both indoor and outdoor plants, making it a versatile option for growers working across different growing environments.
Can Arctic Fish Fertiliser be used in the garden?
Yes. Arctic Fish can be used for outdoor plant feeding and is suitable for applications including vegetable gardens, roses, trees and shrubs.
Why does Arctic Fish Fertiliser need to be shaken?
Ingredient separation can occur naturally while the product is standing in storage. Shake the bottle thoroughly before use so the contents are properly mixed before measuring and diluting the fertiliser.
Does Arctic Fish Fertiliser support soil microbes?
Fish fertiliser introduces organic matter into the growing medium. As this material breaks down, it provides a food source for microbial activity within biologically active soils and growing media.
Is Arctic Fish Fertiliser a flowering booster?
Arctic Fish is better described as a general fish-based fertiliser with a nitrogen-led NPK of 5-1-1 rather than a dedicated high-phosphorus or high-potassium flowering booster.
The Arrow Dripper Stake is designed for delivering irrigation water at the pot or plant position in professional nursery, greenhouse and horticultural irrigation systems.
Reliable irrigation depends on matching emitters, stakes, pipework and installation tools correctly so water is delivered consistently and connections remain secure.
Key benefits
- Designed for delivering irrigation water at the pot or plant position
- Suitable for professional nursery and greenhouse irrigation
- Useful for installation, maintenance or crop watering as appropriate
Point irrigation at container level
Dripper stakes position the water outlet close to the crop root zone, helping keep individual container irrigation organised. Insert the stake securely without damaging important roots and route the connected microtube so it is not kinked or under tension.
Actual delivered water depends on the upstream dripper, pressure, pipework and system design. Where a flow figure is stated for the product, verify irrigation uniformity under the operating conditions of the complete system.
Checking irrigation uniformity
Periodically compare output across representative pots, particularly at the beginning and end of irrigation lines. Investigate blocked outlets, damaged tube, pressure differences or displaced stakes if crop moisture becomes uneven.
Irrigation system management
Good components cannot compensate for poor system design. Size pipework, zones and water supply for the required flow and pressure, and use suitable filtration where emitters or small waterways are vulnerable to debris.
Flush and inspect irrigation systems as appropriate to water quality and crop hygiene requirements.
Maintenance & storage
Inspect components periodically for blockage, wear, leaks or physical damage. Keep installation tools clean and dry between jobs and replace damaged components rather than relying on temporary fixes in production systems.
Arrow Dripper Stake product details
| Product type | Arrow Dripper Stake |
|---|---|
| Primary use | delivering irrigation water at the pot or plant position |
| Application | Professional horticultural irrigation |
Arrow Dripper Stake FAQs
What is this product used for?
Delivering irrigation water at the pot or plant position. Is it suitable for professional irrigation systems?
Yes, where the component is compatible with the pipework, emitters and system configuration being used. What should I check before installation?
Confirm component and pipe compatibility, inspect the parts for damage and plan the connection so pipework is not kinked or under unnecessary tension. Should the system be tested after fitting?
Yes. Pressurise or run the irrigation zone and check for leaks, secure connections and expected water delivery. How can I maintain irrigation uniformity?
Inspect representative outlets, maintain filtration and flushing as required and investigate blocked or damaged components promptly. Can one irrigation run time suit every crop?
No. Irrigation duration and frequency depend on crop size, container volume, substrate, weather and emitter output. How should spare components or tools be stored?
Keep them clean, dry and organised so sealing surfaces, cutting edges and small waterways are protected from damage and contamination. Where should the stake be positioned?
Place it securely in the container or root-zone area so water reaches the growing medium without the tube being kinked or strained.
The Arrow-S Dripper Stake is designed for delivering irrigation water at the pot or plant position in professional nursery, greenhouse and horticultural irrigation systems.
Reliable irrigation depends on matching emitters, stakes, pipework and installation tools correctly so water is delivered consistently and connections remain secure.
Key benefits
- Designed for delivering irrigation water at the pot or plant position
- Suitable for professional nursery and greenhouse irrigation
- Useful for installation, maintenance or crop watering as appropriate
Point irrigation at container level
Dripper stakes position the water outlet close to the crop root zone, helping keep individual container irrigation organised. Insert the stake securely without damaging important roots and route the connected microtube so it is not kinked or under tension.
Actual delivered water depends on the upstream dripper, pressure, pipework and system design. Where a flow figure is stated for the product, verify irrigation uniformity under the operating conditions of the complete system.
Checking irrigation uniformity
Periodically compare output across representative pots, particularly at the beginning and end of irrigation lines. Investigate blocked outlets, damaged tube, pressure differences or displaced stakes if crop moisture becomes uneven.
Irrigation system management
Good components cannot compensate for poor system design. Size pipework, zones and water supply for the required flow and pressure, and use suitable filtration where emitters or small waterways are vulnerable to debris.
Flush and inspect irrigation systems as appropriate to water quality and crop hygiene requirements.
Maintenance & storage
Inspect components periodically for blockage, wear, leaks or physical damage. Keep installation tools clean and dry between jobs and replace damaged components rather than relying on temporary fixes in production systems.
Arrow-S Dripper Stake product details
| Product type | Arrow-S Dripper Stake |
|---|---|
| Primary use | delivering irrigation water at the pot or plant position |
| Application | Professional horticultural irrigation |
Arrow-S Dripper Stake FAQs
What is this product used for?
Delivering irrigation water at the pot or plant position. Is it suitable for professional irrigation systems?
Yes, where the component is compatible with the pipework, emitters and system configuration being used. What should I check before installation?
Confirm component and pipe compatibility, inspect the parts for damage and plan the connection so pipework is not kinked or under unnecessary tension. Should the system be tested after fitting?
Yes. Pressurise or run the irrigation zone and check for leaks, secure connections and expected water delivery. How can I maintain irrigation uniformity?
Inspect representative outlets, maintain filtration and flushing as required and investigate blocked or damaged components promptly. Can one irrigation run time suit every crop?
No. Irrigation duration and frequency depend on crop size, container volume, substrate, weather and emitter output. How should spare components or tools be stored?
Keep them clean, dry and organised so sealing surfaces, cutting edges and small waterways are protected from damage and contamination. Where should the stake be positioned?
Place it securely in the container or root-zone area so water reaches the growing medium without the tube being kinked or strained.
Atami ATA Atazyme 10L - Enzyme Root & Substrate Conditioner
5598
£55.98
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA Atazyme 10L - Enzyme Root & Substrate Conditioner
5598
£55.98
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA Atazyme 10L is an NPK-free enzyme additive designed to break down old and dead root material, help maintain a cleaner and more aerated root environment and make valuable minerals and sugars from decomposing organic material available within the growing medium.
Healthy roots depend on more than nutrient concentration alone. As plants develop, older roots naturally die back and organic root material can accumulate within the growing medium. Atazyme uses enzymes to support the breakdown of this material and help maintain favourable conditions around the active root system.
Enzymes act as biological catalysts, accelerating biochemical reactions without functioning as conventional NPK fertilisers. By helping decompose old root material, Atazyme supports a cleaner and more open growing environment throughout the crop cycle.
Atami recommends Atazyme for soil, coco and hydroponic cultivation. It can be incorporated alongside the normal nutrient programme during both vegetative growth and flowering and is particularly useful where suitable growing media are being partially reused.
Applied at 1-3ml/L, the commercial 10L format provides enough concentrate to prepare approximately 3,333-10,000 litres of solution, depending on the application strength.
Why choose Atami ATA Atazyme?
- Enzyme-based root-zone additive - supports biochemical processes within the growing medium.
- Breaks down old root material - helps decompose old and dead roots remaining within the substrate.
- Supports a cleaner root environment - helps reduce the accumulation of dead root material around actively growing roots.
- Helps maintain substrate aeration - decomposition of old root material helps keep the growing environment more open.
- Supports continued root development - a well-aerated root environment provides better conditions for healthy root growth.
- Releases minerals & sugars - decomposition makes valuable materials from old roots available within the growing environment.
- Very little effect on EC - useful alongside an established feeding programme without substantially increasing nutrient strength.
- NPK-free - performs an enzyme and substrate-conditioning role rather than replacing base fertiliser.
- Suitable for soil - compatible with soil and peat-based cultivation.
- Suitable for coco - useful throughout coco cultivation alongside the normal nutrient programme.
- Suitable for hydroponics - compatible with hydroponic cultivation and nutrient solutions.
- Growth & flowering use - useful throughout vegetative and generative development.
- Useful when reusing substrates - particularly relevant where suitable growing media are being partially reused.
- Commercial 10L format - ideal for larger reservoirs, multiple crops and regular professional use.
- High treatment capacity - prepares approximately 3,333-10,000L of solution depending on dosage.
What do enzymes do in the root zone?
Enzymes act as catalysts for biochemical reactions. Rather than functioning as a conventional source of NPK nutrition, they help accelerate processes that would otherwise occur more slowly.
In Atazyme, one of the most important functions is supporting the decomposition of old and dead root material within the growing medium.
Root systems are constantly developing. New roots and root hairs form while older tissue naturally becomes less active and eventually dies. This material can remain within the substrate unless it is broken down.
Atazyme supports this breakdown process, helping maintain a cleaner and more open environment around the active root system.
Breaks down old & dead root material
Atami specifically formulates Atazyme to help break down old and dead root material in the substrate.
As this material is decomposed, minerals and sugars contained within the old roots can become available within the growing environment.
Clearing old root material also helps create more space within the substrate, contributing to a lighter and better-aerated root zone.
This becomes increasingly relevant as a crop matures and the root system has extensively colonised the available growing medium.
Helps maintain an airy growing medium
Root-zone aeration is fundamental to healthy plant development because roots require access to oxygen as well as water and mineral nutrition.
By supporting the breakdown of old root material, Atazyme helps maintain a more open structure around actively growing roots.
Atami associates this improved root environment with better root development and continued plant health.
Atazyme does not replace correct irrigation, drainage or an appropriately structured growing medium, but it provides useful ongoing support for root-zone management.
NPK-free with minimal effect on EC
ATA Atazyme is an NPK-free additive. It does not replace a complete base fertiliser or supply the primary nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium requirements of the crop.
Its role centres on enzyme activity, decomposition of old root material and maintenance of the growing environment.
Atami states that adding Atazyme to the nutrient solution hardly affects its EC value.
This makes Atazyme particularly useful within established feeding programmes where growers want enzyme support without substantially increasing the overall mineral concentration of the nutrient solution.
Suitable for soil, coco & hydro
Atazyme is a versatile enzyme additive suitable for soil, coco and hydroponic cultivation.
In soil and peat-based substrates it supports the breakdown of old root material while helping maintain an aerated growing environment.
In coco it can be incorporated alongside the normal coco base nutrient and crop-stage additives throughout the growing cycle.
In hydroponic programmes it provides enzyme activity without acting as another high-EC fertiliser, allowing it to complement the normal mineral nutrient solution.
How to use Atami ATA Atazyme
Atami recommends using 1-3ml of Atazyme per litre of water. It can be incorporated alongside the regular nutrient programme during vegetative growth and flowering.
At the recommended concentration, use 100-300ml for 100L, 500ml-1.5L for 500L and 1-3L for 1,000L of solution.
A 10L container prepares approximately 10,000L at 1ml/L, 5,000L at 2ml/L or 3,333L at 3ml/L.
Atami recommends regular use throughout the crop cycle. Final application should be adapted to the crop, growing medium, environmental conditions and wider feeding programme.
Enzyme support throughout growth & flowering
Atazyme is not restricted to either vegetative growth or flowering. Its root-zone function remains relevant throughout the crop cycle.
Root turnover continues as plants develop. Even when the visible parts of the crop are concentrating heavily on flower and fruit production, the root system remains responsible for water and nutrient uptake.
Atazyme can therefore remain part of the programme as the crop progresses from active vegetative development into flowering and ripening.
Useful when reusing growing substrates
Atami highlights Atazyme as being particularly effective when partially reusing growing substrates.
Used growing media can contain significant amounts of root material from the previous crop. Supporting the decomposition of this material can help improve the root environment before and during subsequent cultivation.
This can be particularly valuable in larger growing operations where appropriate growing media are reused as part of a managed cultivation system.
Atazyme does not make every used substrate automatically suitable for another crop. Physical structure, salinity, nutrient status, disease risk and general hygiene should also be assessed before reuse.
Using Atazyme with Atami nutrients
Atazyme is designed as an addition to the normal nutrient programme, rather than a replacement for base fertiliser.
Atami incorporates Atazyme into soil, coco and hydroponic feeding programmes, allowing it to work alongside the appropriate base nutrient and specialist crop-stage additives.
Growers can therefore maintain the primary mineral nutrition required by the crop while Atazyme performs its specialist enzyme function within the root environment.
Because Atazyme contributes very little to EC, it can be incorporated without the substantial nutrient-strength increase associated with concentrated NPK or PK fertilisers.
10L Atazyme for commercial growing systems
The 10L format is particularly well suited to commercial growers, larger hydroponic reservoirs, multi-zone irrigation systems and businesses using Atazyme regularly across multiple crops.
Its concentrated 1-3ml/L application rate provides substantial treatment capacity from a single container.
At the middle application rate of 2ml/L, one 10L container is sufficient to prepare approximately 5,000 litres of solution.
At the lower 1ml/L concentration, the same container can prepare approximately 10,000 litres, reducing the frequency with which larger growers need to replace enzyme concentrate.
Atami ATA Atazyme 10L product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | ATA |
| Product | Atazyme |
| Product type | Enzyme-based root & substrate additive |
| Size | 10L |
| Primary function | Breakdown of old and dead root material & root-zone conditioning |
| NPK | NPK-free |
| Growing media | Soil, coco & hydroponics |
| Crop stages | Vegetative growth & flowering |
| Dosage | 1-3ml/L |
| 100L solution | 100-300ml |
| 500L solution | 500ml-1.5L |
| 1,000L solution | 1-3L |
| Approximate solution at 1ml/L | 10,000L |
| Approximate solution at 2ml/L | 5,000L |
| Approximate solution at 3ml/L | 3,333L |
| Effect on EC | Very little effect on nutrient-solution EC |
| Substrate reuse | Particularly useful when suitable growing media are being partially reused |
Atami ATA Atazyme 10L FAQs
What does Atami Atazyme do?
Atazyme is an enzyme-based additive that helps break down old and dead root material while supporting a cleaner and better-aerated growing environment.
What are enzymes used for in the root zone?
Enzymes act as catalysts for biochemical reactions. In Atazyme, their key role is supporting the decomposition of old root material within the growing medium.
How much Atazyme should I use?
Atami recommends 1-3ml/L. A 10L container therefore prepares approximately 3,333-10,000 litres of solution depending on the concentration used.
Can Atazyme be used in coco?
Yes. Atazyme is suitable for coco cultivation and can be incorporated alongside the normal coco nutrient programme.
Can Atazyme be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Atazyme is suitable for hydroponic cultivation as well as soil and coco.
Can Atazyme be used in soil?
Yes. It can be used in soil and peat-based growing media to support decomposition of old roots and maintenance of the root environment.
Does Atazyme contain NPK fertiliser?
No. Atazyme is NPK-free and is designed to complement rather than replace the crop's normal base nutrient.
Does Atazyme increase nutrient EC?
Atami states that Atazyme has very little effect on the EC of the nutrient solution, making it straightforward to integrate into an established feeding programme.
Can Atazyme be used during flowering?
Yes. Atazyme can be used throughout vegetative growth and flowering as root turnover continues throughout the crop cycle.
Can Atazyme help when reusing growing media?
Yes. Atami particularly highlights Atazyme for partially reused growing media because its enzymes help break down old root material remaining within the substrate.
Does Atazyme replace a root stimulator?
No. Atazyme primarily performs an enzyme and root-zone conditioning role, while a root stimulator is formulated specifically to support new root development.
Can Atazyme be used with other Atami nutrients?
Yes. Atazyme is designed to complement the normal nutrient programme and can be incorporated alongside appropriate Atami base nutrients and crop-stage additives.
Why choose the 10L Atazyme size?
The 10L format is particularly suitable for commercial growers, large reservoirs and regular users. Depending on dosage, one container can prepare approximately 3,333-10,000L of solution.
Atami ATA Atazyme 1L - Enzyme Root & Substrate Conditioner
700
£7.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA Atazyme 1L - Enzyme Root & Substrate Conditioner
700
£7.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA Atazyme 1L is an NPK-free enzyme additive designed to break down old and dead root material, help maintain a cleaner and more aerated root environment and make valuable minerals and sugars from decomposing organic material available within the growing medium.
Healthy roots depend on more than nutrient concentration alone. As plants develop, older roots naturally die back and organic root material can accumulate within the growing medium. Atazyme uses enzymes to support the breakdown of this material and help maintain favourable conditions around the active root system.
Enzymes act as biological catalysts, accelerating biochemical reactions without functioning as conventional NPK fertilisers. By helping decompose old root material, Atazyme supports a cleaner and more open growing environment throughout the crop cycle.
Atami recommends Atazyme for soil, coco and hydroponic cultivation. It can be incorporated alongside the normal nutrient programme during both vegetative growth and flowering and is particularly useful where suitable growing media are being partially reused.
Atazyme is used at 1-3ml/L and has very little effect on the EC of the nutrient solution. A 1L bottle can therefore prepare approximately 333-1,000 litres of solution, depending on the concentration used.
Why choose Atami ATA Atazyme?
- Enzyme-based root-zone additive - uses enzymes to support biochemical processes within the growing medium.
- Breaks down old root material - helps decompose old and dead roots remaining within the substrate.
- Supports a cleaner root environment - helps prevent unnecessary dead root material accumulating around actively growing roots.
- Helps maintain substrate aeration - decomposition of old root material helps keep the growing environment more open.
- Supports continued root development - a well-aerated root zone provides better conditions for healthy root growth.
- Releases minerals & sugars - decomposition makes valuable materials from old roots available within the growing environment.
- Very little effect on EC - useful alongside an established nutrient programme without substantially increasing nutrient strength.
- NPK-free - performs an enzyme and substrate-conditioning role rather than replacing base fertiliser.
- Suitable for soil - can be incorporated into soil and peat-based growing programmes.
- Suitable for coco - useful throughout coco cultivation alongside the normal nutrient programme.
- Suitable for hydroponics - compatible with hydroponic cultivation and nutrient solutions.
- Growth & flowering use - suitable throughout vegetative and generative development.
- Useful when reusing substrates - particularly relevant where suitable growing media are being partially reused.
- Trade-ready pack size - supplied in outer cases of 12 x 1L bottles.
What do enzymes do in the root zone?
Enzymes act as catalysts for biochemical reactions. Rather than functioning as a conventional source of NPK nutrition, they help accelerate processes that would otherwise occur more slowly.
In Atazyme, one of the most important functions is supporting the decomposition of old and dead root material within the growing medium.
Root systems are constantly developing. New roots and root hairs form while older tissue naturally becomes less active and eventually dies. This material can remain within the substrate unless it is broken down.
Atazyme supports this breakdown process, helping maintain a cleaner and more open environment around the active root system.
Breaks down old & dead root material
Atami specifically formulates Atazyme to help break down old and dead root material in the substrate.
As this material is decomposed, minerals and sugars contained within the old roots can become available within the growing environment.
Clearing old root material also helps create more space within the substrate, contributing to a lighter and better-aerated root zone.
This becomes increasingly relevant as a crop matures and the root system has extensively colonised the available growing medium.
Helps maintain an airy growing medium
Root-zone aeration is fundamental to healthy plant development because roots require access to oxygen as well as water and mineral nutrition.
By supporting the breakdown of old root material, Atazyme helps maintain a more open structure around actively growing roots.
Atami associates this improved root environment with better root development and continued plant health.
Atazyme does not replace correct irrigation, drainage or an appropriately structured growing medium, but it provides useful ongoing support for root-zone management.
NPK-free with minimal effect on EC
ATA Atazyme is an NPK-free additive. It does not replace a complete base fertiliser or supply the primary nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium requirements of the crop.
Its role centres on enzyme activity, decomposition of old root material and maintenance of the growing environment.
Atami states that adding Atazyme to the nutrient solution hardly affects its EC value.
This makes Atazyme particularly useful within established feeding programmes where growers want enzyme support without substantially increasing the overall mineral concentration of the nutrient solution.
Suitable for soil, coco & hydro
Atazyme is a versatile additive suitable for soil, coco and hydroponic cultivation.
In soil and peat-based substrates it supports the breakdown of old root material while helping maintain an aerated growing environment.
In coco it can be incorporated alongside the normal coco base nutrient and crop-stage additives throughout the growing cycle.
In hydroponic programmes it provides enzyme activity without acting as another high-EC fertiliser, allowing it to complement the normal mineral nutrient solution.
How to use Atami ATA Atazyme
Atami recommends using 1-3ml of Atazyme per litre of water. It can be used alongside the regular nutrient programme throughout vegetative growth and flowering.
At the recommended concentration, use 10-30ml for 10L, 50-150ml for 50L and 100-300ml for 100L of solution.
A 1L bottle prepares approximately 1,000L at 1ml/L, 500L at 2ml/L or 333L at 3ml/L.
Atami recommends regular use through the crop cycle. Final application should be adapted to the crop, growing medium, environmental conditions and wider feeding programme.
Enzyme support throughout growth & flowering
Atazyme is not restricted to either vegetative growth or flowering. Its root-zone function remains relevant throughout the crop cycle.
Root turnover continues as plants develop. Even when the visible parts of the crop are concentrating heavily on flower and fruit production, the root system remains responsible for water and nutrient uptake.
Atazyme can therefore remain part of the programme as the crop progresses from active vegetative development into flowering and ripening.
Useful when reusing growing substrates
Atami highlights Atazyme as being particularly effective when partially reusing growing substrates.
Used growing media can contain significant amounts of root material from the previous crop. Supporting the decomposition of this material can help improve the root environment before and during subsequent cultivation.
Atazyme does not make every used substrate automatically suitable for another crop. Physical structure, salinity, nutrient status, disease risk and general hygiene should also be considered before a growing medium is reused.
Using Atazyme with Atami nutrients
Atazyme is designed as an addition to the normal nutrient programme, rather than a replacement for base fertiliser.
Atami incorporates Atazyme into soil, coco and hydroponic feeding programmes, allowing it to work alongside the appropriate base nutrient and specialist crop-stage additives.
This means growers can maintain the primary mineral nutrition required by the crop while Atazyme performs its specialist enzyme function within the root environment.
Because it contributes very little to EC, it can be incorporated without the substantial nutrient-strength increase associated with concentrated NPK or PK fertilisers.
Practical 1L enzyme treatment
The 1L format provides a useful balance between treatment capacity and convenient handling for growers using Atazyme regularly.
Depending on application strength, a single bottle can prepare approximately 333-1,000 litres of solution.
At the middle application rate of 2ml/L, each 1L bottle treats approximately 500 litres.
The 1L format is supplied in outer cases of 12 bottles, providing 12 litres of Atazyme concentrate per full case.
Atami ATA Atazyme 1L product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | ATA |
| Product | Atazyme |
| Product type | Enzyme-based root & substrate additive |
| Size | 1L |
| Primary function | Breakdown of old and dead root material & root-zone conditioning |
| NPK | NPK-free |
| Growing media | Soil, coco & hydroponics |
| Crop stages | Vegetative growth & flowering |
| Dosage | 1-3ml/L |
| 10L solution | 10-30ml |
| 50L solution | 50-150ml |
| 100L solution | 100-300ml |
| Approximate solution from 1L | 333-1,000L depending on dosage |
| Effect on EC | Very little effect on nutrient-solution EC |
| Substrate reuse | Particularly useful when suitable growing media are being partially reused |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 1L bottles |
Atami ATA Atazyme 1L FAQs
What does Atami Atazyme do?
Atazyme is an enzyme-based additive that helps break down old and dead root material while supporting a cleaner and better-aerated growing environment.
What are enzymes used for in the root zone?
Enzymes act as catalysts for biochemical reactions. In Atazyme, their key role is supporting the decomposition of old root material within the growing medium.
How much Atazyme should I use?
Atami recommends 1-3ml/L. A 1L bottle therefore prepares approximately 333-1,000 litres of solution depending on the concentration used.
Can Atazyme be used in coco?
Yes. Atazyme is suitable for coco cultivation and can be incorporated alongside the normal coco nutrient programme.
Can Atazyme be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Atazyme is suitable for hydroponic cultivation as well as soil and coco.
Can Atazyme be used in soil?
Yes. It can be used in soil and peat-based growing media to support decomposition of old roots and maintenance of the root environment.
Does Atazyme contain NPK fertiliser?
No. Atazyme is NPK-free and is designed to complement rather than replace the crop's normal base nutrient.
Does Atazyme increase nutrient EC?
Atami states that Atazyme has very little effect on the EC of the nutrient solution, making it straightforward to integrate into an established feeding programme.
Can Atazyme be used during flowering?
Yes. Atazyme can be used throughout vegetative growth and flowering as root turnover continues throughout the crop cycle.
Can Atazyme help when reusing growing media?
Yes. Atami particularly highlights Atazyme for partially reused growing media because its enzymes help break down old root material remaining within the substrate.
Does Atazyme replace a root stimulator?
No. Atazyme primarily performs an enzyme and root-zone conditioning role, while a root stimulator is formulated specifically to support new root development.
Can Atazyme be used with other Atami nutrients?
Yes. Atazyme is designed to complement the normal nutrient programme and can be incorporated alongside appropriate Atami base nutrients and crop-stage additives.
How many Atazyme 1L bottles are in a case?
A full outer case contains 12 x 1L bottles.
Atami ATA Atazyme 5L - Enzyme Root & Substrate Conditioner
3410
£34.10
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA Atazyme 5L - Enzyme Root & Substrate Conditioner
3410
£34.10
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA Atazyme 5L is an NPK-free enzyme additive designed to break down old and dead root material, help maintain a cleaner and more aerated root environment and make valuable minerals and sugars from decomposing organic material available within the growing medium.
Healthy roots depend on more than nutrient concentration alone. As a crop develops, older roots naturally die back and organic root material can accumulate within the growing medium. Atazyme uses enzymes to support the breakdown of this material.
Enzymes act as biological catalysts, helping accelerate biochemical reactions without functioning as conventional NPK fertilisers themselves. By helping clear old root material, Atazyme supports a cleaner, more open root environment throughout the crop cycle.
Atami recommends Atazyme for soil, coco and hydroponic cultivation. It can be incorporated alongside the normal nutrient programme during both vegetative growth and flowering and is particularly useful where growing media are being partially reused.
Atazyme is used at 1-3ml/L and has very little effect on the EC of the nutrient solution. A 5L container can therefore prepare approximately 1,667-5,000 litres of solution, depending on the concentration used.
Why choose Atami ATA Atazyme?
- Enzyme-based root-zone additive - uses enzymes to support biochemical processes within the growing medium.
- Breaks down old root material - helps decompose old and dead roots remaining within the substrate.
- Supports a cleaner root environment - helps prevent unnecessary dead root material accumulating around actively growing roots.
- Helps improve substrate aeration - removing decomposing root material helps maintain a more open growing medium.
- Supports healthy root development - a well-aerated root environment provides better conditions for continued root growth.
- Releases minerals & sugars - breakdown of old root material makes valuable materials available within the root environment.
- Very little effect on EC - useful alongside an established nutrient programme without substantially increasing nutrient strength.
- NPK-free - performs an enzyme and substrate-conditioning role rather than replacing base fertiliser.
- Suitable for soil - can be incorporated into soil and peat-based growing programmes.
- Suitable for coco - useful throughout coco cultivation alongside the normal nutrient programme.
- Suitable for hydroponics - compatible with hydroponic cultivation and nutrient solutions.
- Growth & flowering use - designed for continued use through the vegetative and generative stages.
- Useful when reusing substrates - particularly effective where growing media are being partially reused.
- Commercial 5L format - provides enough concentrate to prepare approximately 1,667-5,000L of solution.
What do enzymes do in the root zone?
Enzymes act as catalysts for biochemical reactions. Rather than functioning as a conventional source of NPK nutrition, they help accelerate processes that would otherwise occur more slowly.
In the case of Atazyme, one of the most important functions is supporting the decomposition of old and dead root material within the growing medium.
Root systems are constantly developing. New roots and root hairs form while older tissue naturally becomes less active and eventually dies. This material can remain within the substrate unless it is broken down.
Atazyme supports this breakdown process, helping keep the environment surrounding the active root system cleaner and more open.
Breaks down old & dead root material
Atami specifically formulates Atazyme to help break down old and dead root material in the substrate.
This process has two important consequences. First, minerals and sugars contained within decomposing root material can become available within the growing environment.
Secondly, clearing old root material helps create more space within the substrate, contributing to a lighter and better-aerated root environment.
This is useful throughout a crop cycle, particularly once the root system has become extensive and natural root turnover is taking place throughout the container or growing system.
Helps maintain an airy growing medium
Good root-zone aeration is fundamental to healthy plant development. Roots require access to oxygen as well as water and mineral nutrition.
By helping remove old root material from the substrate, Atazyme contributes to maintaining a more open structure around the active root system.
Atami links this improved aeration with better root development and a healthier root environment.
Atazyme does not replace good irrigation practice or the physical drainage characteristics of the substrate, but it can form an important part of ongoing root-zone management.
NPK-free with minimal effect on EC
ATA Atazyme is an NPK-free additive. It is not intended to replace a complete base nutrient or supply the primary nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium required by the crop.
Instead, its role centres on enzyme activity, decomposition of old root material and maintenance of the growing environment.
Atami states that adding Atazyme to the nutrient solution hardly affects its EC value.
This makes it particularly useful within established feeding programmes where growers want the benefits of an enzyme additive without substantially increasing the overall mineral concentration of the nutrient solution.
Suitable for soil, coco & hydro
Atazyme is a versatile additive that Atami recommends alongside normal nutrition in soil, coco and hydroponic cultivation.
In soil and peat-based substrates it supports the breakdown of old root material and helps maintain an aerated root environment.
In coco it can be incorporated alongside the normal coco base nutrient and crop-stage additives throughout the cycle.
In hydroponic programmes it provides enzyme activity without acting as another high-EC fertiliser, making it straightforward to incorporate alongside mineral base nutrition.
How to use Atami ATA Atazyme
Atami recommends using 1-3ml of Atazyme per litre of water. It can be used alongside the regular nutrient programme throughout vegetative growth and flowering.
The manufacturer recommends using Atazyme approximately once per week throughout the growing and flowering cycle, with the exact concentration adjusted to suit the individual plant or crop.
At 1-3ml/L, use 10-30ml for 10L, 50-150ml for 50L, 100-300ml for 100L, 500ml-1.5L for 500L and 1-3L for 1,000L of solution.
A 5L container prepares approximately 5,000L at 1ml/L, 2,500L at 2ml/L or 1,667L at 3ml/L.
Atami's grow guides are intended as starting points. Final application should take account of the crop, growing medium, environmental conditions and wider nutrient programme.
Enzyme support throughout the crop cycle
Atazyme is not restricted to either vegetative growth or flowering. Atami recommends its use throughout both stages.
This reflects the fact that root turnover continues as plants develop. Even while the visible part of the plant is concentrating on flowering and fruit development, the root environment remains fundamental to water and nutrient uptake.
Atazyme can therefore remain part of the feeding programme as the crop moves from active vegetative development into flowering and ripening.
Useful when reusing growing substrates
Atami specifically highlights Atazyme as being very effective when partially reusing growing substrates.
Used growing media can contain significant amounts of old root material from the previous crop. Supporting the decomposition of this material can help prepare the root environment for subsequent planting.
Atazyme should not be viewed as a substitute for assessing the physical condition, salinity, nutrient status or hygiene of a used substrate. However, its enzyme activity makes it particularly relevant where suitable media are being responsibly reused.
Using Atazyme with Atami nutrients
Atazyme is designed as an addition to the normal nutrient programme, rather than a replacement for base fertiliser.
Atami incorporates Atazyme into a range of its feeding programmes, including soil, coco and hydroponic schedules.
This means it can be combined with the appropriate Atami base nutrient and crop-stage additives while performing its own specialist enzyme function in the root environment.
Because Atazyme contributes very little to EC, it can be incorporated without the substantial nutrient-strength increase associated with concentrated NPK or PK products.
5L Atazyme for larger growing systems
The 5L format is particularly suitable for commercial growers, larger reservoirs and growers using Atazyme regularly across multiple crops.
Its concentrated 1-3ml/L application rate provides substantial coverage from each container.
At the middle 2ml/L concentration, one 5L container is sufficient to prepare approximately 2,500 litres of solution.
At the lower 1ml/L concentration, the same container can prepare approximately 5,000 litres.
Atami ATA Atazyme 5L product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | ATA |
| Product | Atazyme |
| Product type | Enzyme-based root & substrate additive |
| Size | 5L |
| Primary function | Breakdown of old and dead root material & root-zone conditioning |
| NPK | NPK-free |
| Growing media | Soil, coco & hydroponics |
| Crop stages | Vegetative growth & flowering |
| Dosage | 1-3ml/L |
| Typical frequency | Approximately once per week throughout growth & flowering |
| 10L solution | 10-30ml |
| 50L solution | 50-150ml |
| 100L solution | 100-300ml |
| 500L solution | 500ml-1.5L |
| 1,000L solution | 1-3L |
| Approximate solution from 5L | 1,667-5,000L depending on dosage |
| Effect on EC | Very little effect on nutrient-solution EC |
| Substrate reuse | Particularly useful when suitable growing media are being partially reused |
| Example crops | Beans, thyme, oregano, basil, radish sprouts, sorrel sprouts & other fruit, vegetable and herb crops |
Atami ATA Atazyme 5L FAQs
What does Atami Atazyme do?
Atazyme is an enzyme-based additive that helps break down old and dead root material, releasing valuable materials from decomposing roots and helping maintain a cleaner, more aerated growing medium.
What are enzymes used for in plant growing?
Enzymes act as catalysts for biochemical reactions. In Atazyme, their principal role is supporting the breakdown of old root material within the growing environment.
How much Atazyme should I use?
Atami recommends 1-3ml/L. A 5L container therefore prepares approximately 1,667-5,000 litres of solution depending on the concentration used.
How often should Atazyme be used?
Atami recommends using it approximately once a week throughout the vegetative and flowering stages, with the dosage adapted to the requirements of the crop.
Can Atazyme be used in coco?
Yes. Atazyme is suitable for coco cultivation and can be incorporated alongside the normal coco nutrient programme.
Can Atazyme be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Atami specifically recommends Atazyme for hydroponic cultivation as well as soil and coco.
Can Atazyme be used in soil?
Yes. Atazyme can be used in soil and peat-based growing media, where its enzyme activity helps break down old root material and maintain the root environment.
Does Atazyme contain NPK fertiliser?
No. Atazyme is NPK-free and is not intended to replace the crop's normal base nutrient.
Does Atazyme increase EC?
Atami states that Atazyme has very little effect on the EC value of the nutrient solution, making it straightforward to incorporate into an established feeding programme.
Can Atazyme be used during flowering?
Yes. Atami recommends Atazyme throughout both the vegetative and flowering stages.
Can Atazyme help when reusing growing media?
Yes. Atami specifically highlights Atazyme as effective when substrates are being partially reused because its enzymes help break down old root material remaining in the growing medium.
Does Atazyme replace a root stimulator?
No. Atazyme primarily performs an enzyme and root-zone conditioning role. A root stimulator is formulated specifically to support new root development, so the two product types perform different functions.
Can Atazyme be used with other Atami nutrients?
Yes. Atami includes Atazyme across several of its soil, coco and hydroponic feeding programmes alongside base nutrients and appropriate crop-stage additives.
Why choose the 5L Atazyme size?
The 5L container is well suited to larger reservoirs, regular users and commercial growing systems. Depending on dosage, it can prepare approximately 1,667-5,000L of solution.
Atami ATA AWA Max A&B 1L - Two-Part Hydroponic Bloom Base Nutrient
528
£5.28
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA AWA Max A&B 1L - Two-Part Hydroponic Bloom Base Nutrient
528
£5.28
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA AWA Max A&B 1L is a concentrated two-part mineral base nutrient developed specifically for the flowering phase of plants grown in hydroponic systems, supplying the primary NPK nutrition required for strong and efficient bloom development.
AWA Max is the flowering-stage nutrient within Atami's ATA hydroponic programme. Its mineral nutrition is proportioned specifically around the requirements of plants as they move into generative growth and concentrate increasingly on flower and fruit development.
The two-part formulation consists of AWA Max A, with an NK analysis of 3-6 W/W, and AWA Max B, with a PK analysis of 5-3 W/W. Together they provide complementary nutrition for hydroponically grown flowering crops.
AWA Max also has pH-regulating properties, designed to reduce the amount of adjustment normally required when managing a hydroponic nutrient solution. Atami also states that the prepared nutrient solution can be used more than once, making the product particularly relevant to recirculating hydroponic cultivation.
The general application rate is 1-4ml/L of A plus 1-4ml/L of B, allowing the final concentration to be adapted to the crop, its stage of development and the growing environment.
Why choose Atami ATA AWA Max A&B?
- Hydroponic bloom base nutrient - specifically developed for flowering plants grown in hydro systems.
- Two-part A&B formulation - separates reactive mineral components until they are diluted into the nutrient solution.
- AWA Max A: NK 3-6 W/W - provides nitrogen and potassium as part of the complementary two-part formulation.
- AWA Max B: PK 5-3 W/W - supplies phosphorus and potassium for flowering-stage nutrition.
- Balanced for the bloom phase - primary nutrients are proportioned around the demands of generative development.
- pH-regulating properties - designed to reduce the need for repeated pH adjustment.
- Supports chlorophyll production - an important part of maintaining healthy plant function.
- Reusable nutrient solution - Atami states that the prepared solution can be used more than once.
- Suitable for all watering systems - designed for flexible use across hydroponic irrigation systems.
- Adjustable concentration - use 1-4ml/L of A and 1-4ml/L of B according to crop requirements.
- Suitable for edible crops - examples include aubergines, sage and basil.
- Suitable for ornamentals - Atami also lists plants including Anthurium, Lavender, Gerbera and Pilea.
- Forms the flowering base of the ATA hydro programme - designed to follow AWA Leaves as the crop moves from vegetative growth into flowering.
Developed specifically for hydroponic flowering
ATA AWA Max A&B is not a general soil or coco fertiliser. Atami developed it specifically as a hydroponic base nutrient for the bloom phase.
In hydroponic cultivation, the grower is responsible for supplying the mineral nutrition that would otherwise be available through a growing substrate. The composition and concentration of the nutrient solution therefore play a central role in crop development.
AWA Max provides the primary NPK nutrients in proportions intended for flowering, allowing the nutrient programme to change as the crop moves away from vegetative development and towards generative growth.
This makes it particularly suitable for growers using hydroponic systems who want a dedicated flowering base nutrient rather than relying on the same formulation throughout every crop stage.
Why does AWA Max come in two parts?
AWA Max is supplied as separate A and B concentrates because certain mineral components can react with each other when held together at high concentration.
Keeping these components separate helps maintain their stability in the bottle. They are combined only after being diluted into water.
Never mix concentrated AWA Max A directly with concentrated AWA Max B.
Add the required amount of Part A to the water and mix thoroughly. Then add the required amount of Part B and mix again.
Atami recommends using water at approximately room temperature, around 21°C, for best results.
AWA Max A & B nutrient analysis
The two bottles are complementary components of one feeding system rather than separate grow and bloom fertilisers.
ATA AWA Max A has an NK analysis of 3-6 W/W, while ATA AWA Max B has a PK analysis of 5-3 W/W.
When diluted correctly into the same nutrient solution, the two components provide the primary mineral nutrition required by the crop during flowering.
Both components should therefore be used together at the appropriate concentration. Part A should not be substituted for Part B, or vice versa.
pH-regulating hydroponic nutrition
One of the distinguishing characteristics of ATA AWA Max is its pH-regulating formulation.
Maintaining an appropriate root-zone pH is important in hydroponic cultivation because nutrient availability can be affected when the solution moves outside the suitable range for the crop.
Atami designed AWA Max so that the nutrient solution requires fewer pH corrections, helping simplify reservoir management.
Growers should still monitor their nutrient solution, particularly where source-water chemistry, additives, crop uptake or recirculation can influence pH over time.
Suitable for recirculating hydroponic systems
Atami states that the AWA Max nutrient solution can be used more than once, making it particularly useful for recirculating hydroponic systems.
In these systems, unused nutrient solution returns to the reservoir rather than being discarded after a single irrigation event.
Reservoir EC, pH, water level and general solution quality should still be monitored because plants remove water and individual nutrients at different rates.
Good reservoir hygiene and appropriate irrigation-system maintenance remain important when repeatedly circulating nutrient solution.
How to use Atami ATA AWA Max A&B
Atami's general dosage is 1-4ml of AWA Max A plus 1-4ml of AWA Max B per litre of water.
For a 10L reservoir this equals 10-40ml of A plus 10-40ml of B. For 50L use 50-200ml of each component, and for 100L use 100-400ml of each component.
Always add the concentrates separately. Add Part A to the reservoir water and mix thoroughly before adding Part B. Never combine undiluted A and B concentrates directly.
Atami's crop guides commonly use AWA Max within the upper part of its dosage range during active flowering, but the manufacturer's 1-4ml/L general specification allows the concentration to be adapted to individual crop requirements.
Monitor the final nutrient strength and adjust according to crop stage, plant health, environmental conditions, source water and any additional supplements being used.
AWA Leaves vs AWA Max
Atami separates its ATA hydroponic base nutrition into formulations for different stages of the crop cycle.
ATA AWA Leaves A&B is the vegetative-stage formulation, developed to provide primary NPK nutrition during plant growth.
ATA AWA Max A&B is the flowering-stage formulation, with its primary nutrients proportioned for bloom and generative development.
Growers following the complete ATA hydro programme can therefore transition from AWA Leaves to AWA Max as the crop moves from vegetative growth into flowering.
Using AWA Max with the wider Atami programme
AWA Max provides the base flowering nutrition within Atami's ATA hydroponic programme and can be combined with appropriate specialist additives according to crop stage and requirements.
Atami's hydro grow guides show AWA Max used alongside products such as Atazyme and Silic Boost, with specialist flowering products such as Bloombastic or Rokzbastic introduced where appropriate.
When additional nutrients or concentrated flowering additives are used, consider their contribution to the final EC rather than treating each product independently.
Manufacturer grow guides should be treated as starting points and adapted to the plant species, environmental conditions and response of the crop.
AWA Max A&B vs B'cuzz Hydro A&B
Both products are mineral base nutrients designed for hydroponic cultivation, but they belong to different Atami feeding programmes.
AWA Max A&B belongs to the ATA range and is specifically positioned as the flowering-stage base nutrient, normally following AWA Leaves during the vegetative phase.
B'cuzz Hydro A&B belongs to the B'cuzz range and is designed as a two-part hydroponic base nutrient that can be used throughout the crop cycle.
AWA Max is therefore particularly suited to growers following Atami's stage-specific ATA hydroponic programme.
What plants can ATA AWA Max be used for?
Atami describes AWA Max as a universal hydroponic nutrient suitable for a broad range of flowering and productive crops.
Manufacturer examples include aubergines, sage and basil, together with indoor and potted ornamental plants such as Anthurium, Lavender, Gerbera and Pilea.
The final dosage should be adjusted to the requirements of the individual crop rather than assuming every species requires the same nutrient concentration.
Atami ATA AWA Max A&B 1L product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | ATA |
| Product | AWA Max A&B |
| Product type | Two-part mineral hydroponic base nutrient |
| Crop stage | Flowering / bloom phase |
| Growing method | Hydroponics |
| Pack size | 1L A + 1L B |
| Total concentrate supplied | 2L |
| AWA Max A analysis | NK 3-6 W/W |
| AWA Max B analysis | PK 5-3 W/W |
| General dosage | 1-4ml/L A + 1-4ml/L B |
| 10L reservoir | 10-40ml A + 10-40ml B |
| 50L reservoir | 50-200ml A + 50-200ml B |
| 100L reservoir | 100-400ml A + 100-400ml B |
| Approximate solution from each 1L component | 250-1,000L depending on dosage |
| Mixing | Dilute A into water first, mix thoroughly, then add B |
| Recommended water temperature | Approximately 21°C |
| pH regulation | pH-regulating formulation designed to reduce adjustment requirements |
| Recirculation | Prepared nutrient solution can be used more than once |
| Irrigation compatibility | Suitable for all watering systems |
Atami ATA AWA Max A&B 1L FAQs
What is Atami ATA AWA Max A&B?
AWA Max A&B is Atami's two-part ATA base nutrient developed specifically for the flowering phase of plants grown in hydroponic systems.
Is AWA Max designed for flowering?
Yes. Atami specifically formulates AWA Max for the bloom phase, with its primary NPK nutrients proportioned around flowering and generative development.
What is the nutrient analysis of AWA Max A&B?
AWA Max A has an NK analysis of 3-6 W/W, while AWA Max B has a PK analysis of 5-3 W/W.
How much AWA Max A&B should I use?
Atami's general recommendation is 1-4ml/L of Part A plus 1-4ml/L of Part B. Adjust the final concentration to the crop, environment and complete feeding programme.
Can I mix AWA Max A and B concentrates together?
No. Never mix the concentrated A and B products directly. Add Part A to water and mix thoroughly before adding Part B.
Why is AWA Max supplied in two bottles?
Certain mineral components can react with one another at high concentration. Keeping A and B separate prevents these reactions until the nutrients have been diluted into water.
Does AWA Max regulate pH?
Yes. Atami describes AWA Max as having pH-regulating properties designed to reduce the amount of pH adjustment normally required. Reservoir pH should still be monitored.
Can AWA Max be used in a recirculating hydroponic system?
Yes. Atami states that the prepared nutrient solution can be used more than once, making AWA Max suitable for recirculating hydroponic applications.
What is the difference between AWA Leaves and AWA Max?
AWA Leaves A&B is formulated for vegetative growth, while AWA Max A&B is formulated for flowering. They form the growth and bloom base nutrients within Atami's ATA hydroponic programme.
Is AWA Max the same as B'cuzz Hydro A&B?
No. Both are hydroponic base nutrients, but AWA Max belongs to Atami's ATA programme and is specifically formulated for flowering, while B'cuzz Hydro A&B belongs to the B'cuzz programme and is designed for use throughout the crop cycle.
Can AWA Max be used with Bloombastic?
Yes. Atami includes AWA Max and Bloombastic together in its hydroponic grow guides. Monitor the complete nutrient strength and adjust the programme to the requirements of the crop.
Can AWA Max be used with Rokzbastic?
Yes. Atami also publishes hydroponic programmes combining AWA Max with Rokzbastic during appropriate flowering and ripening stages.
What temperature water should I use with AWA Max?
Atami recommends using water at approximately room temperature, around 21°C, when preparing the nutrient solution.
What plants can be fed with AWA Max?
Atami lists crops including aubergines, sage and basil, together with flowering and potted plants such as Anthurium, Lavender, Gerbera and Pilea. Dosage should be adapted to the individual crop.
Atami ATA Calmag 1L - Calcium, Magnesium & Iron Plant Supplement
559
£5.59
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA Calmag 1L - Calcium, Magnesium & Iron Plant Supplement
559
£5.59
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA Calmag 1L is a professional, fast-acting calcium, magnesium and iron supplement designed to enrich water that is naturally low in these essential minerals. Particularly useful with soft, reverse-osmosis, rain and demineralised water, it can also supplement a normal mineral feeding programme where additional calcium and magnesium are required.
Calcium and magnesium are secondary plant nutrients, but both perform essential functions. Calcium contributes to the formation and strength of plant cell walls, while magnesium is central to chlorophyll and the plant's ability to absorb light energy.
ATA Calmag also contains iron, providing a convenient mineral supplement that can support calcium, magnesium and iron availability within one product.
It is particularly useful where irrigation water contains relatively little mineral content, including reverse-osmosis water, rainwater and naturally soft water. Calcium and magnesium management can also deserve particular attention in coco and hydroponic cultivation.
ATA Calmag is suitable for soil, coco and hydroponic growing and can be incorporated into Atami mineral feeding programmes. The general dosage is 0.1-1ml/L, allowing supplementation to be adjusted according to water quality, crop requirements and the wider nutrient programme.
Why choose Atami ATA Calmag?
- Calcium, magnesium & iron - supplies three important mineral elements in one concentrated supplement.
- Helps reduce deficiencies - particularly useful where the water or growing system provides insufficient calcium and magnesium.
- Supports stronger cell walls - calcium plays an important structural role within developing plant tissue.
- Supports chlorophyll production - magnesium is a central component of chlorophyll.
- Supports photosynthesis - adequate magnesium helps plants efficiently capture and use light energy.
- Supports nutrient uptake - designed to complement a balanced mineral feeding programme.
- Supports stronger plants - adequate calcium contributes to healthy structural development.
- Supports quality flowering - balanced mineral nutrition helps plants maintain healthy development into flowering.
- Fast-acting mineral formulation - provides readily available supplementary nutrition.
- Ideal for soft water - useful where naturally low mineral content limits calcium and magnesium supply.
- Excellent for RO water - helps replace calcium and magnesium removed during reverse-osmosis filtration.
- Suitable for rainwater - useful where captured rainwater forms the basis of an irrigation programme.
- Suitable for soil, coco & hydro - integrates into a wide range of growing systems.
- Flexible 0.1-1ml/L dosage - allows supplementation to be matched to water quality and crop demand.
- 1L concentrated format - capable of treating approximately 1,000-10,000L of water depending on dosage.
- Trade-ready case quantity - supplied in outer cases of 12 x 1L bottles.
Extra calcium for stronger plant structure
Calcium performs an important structural role within plants and contributes to the formation and stability of cell walls.
Rapidly developing plant tissue requires a reliable calcium supply, making availability particularly important during periods of active crop development.
Additional calcium can help maintain healthy structural development where the existing nutrient programme or source water does not provide sufficient quantities.
Calcium availability is influenced by more than fertiliser concentration. Source-water composition, substrate, irrigation strategy, root health and environmental conditions can all affect how effectively plants receive and use calcium.
Magnesium for chlorophyll & plant energy
Magnesium is located at the centre of the chlorophyll molecule and is therefore directly associated with the plant's ability to capture light energy.
An inadequate magnesium supply can interfere with normal chlorophyll function and plant development.
ATA Calmag supplies additional magnesium alongside calcium, helping growers maintain adequate availability where the source water or normal feeding programme does not provide enough.
This makes magnesium management particularly important for actively growing crops where healthy green foliage and efficient photosynthetic activity are required.
Calcium & magnesium with added iron
ATA Calmag is more than a basic calcium and magnesium supplement. Its formulation also includes iron.
Iron is an essential micronutrient involved in important plant processes associated with chlorophyll formation, enzyme activity and normal plant metabolism.
Combining calcium, magnesium and iron makes ATA Calmag particularly useful where growers want to strengthen the mineral profile of low-mineral irrigation water without unnecessarily complicating the feeding programme.
Ideal for soft, RO, rain & demineralised water
ATA Calmag is especially useful when the irrigation source naturally provides little calcium or magnesium.
Reverse-osmosis water has most dissolved minerals removed during filtration. Rainwater can also contain very low levels of calcium and magnesium, while naturally soft mains water may provide substantially less than harder water supplies.
ATA Calmag allows growers to supplement these important elements and account for the starting mineral profile of their irrigation water.
This is particularly useful in professional cultivation where water quality forms part of the complete crop nutrition strategy.
ATA Calmag for coco growing
Calcium and magnesium management can be particularly important in coco because the medium's cation exchange characteristics influence the behaviour of calcium, magnesium and potassium within the root zone.
Properly washed and buffered coco helps manage these interactions, but source-water mineral content and the chosen base nutrient still determine whether additional supplementation is required.
ATA Calmag is particularly useful in coco when the crop is being irrigated with soft, rain or reverse-osmosis water.
Growers should consider the calcium and magnesium already supplied by their coco base nutrient before deciding how much additional Calmag is appropriate.
ATA Calmag for hydroponics
Hydroponic cultivation gives the grower direct control over the mineral composition of the nutrient solution, making the quality of the starting water particularly important.
Where the source water contains very little calcium and magnesium, these elements need to be supplied through the nutrient programme.
ATA Calmag can be incorporated into hydroponic mineral feeding where additional calcium, magnesium and iron are required.
Final supplementation should be adjusted according to the base nutrient, source water, crop stage and overall EC of the prepared nutrient solution.
How to use Atami ATA Calmag
Atami's general dosage for ATA Calmag is 0.1-1ml per litre of water.
Use it to enrich water that is poor in calcium and magnesium or as an addition to the normal fertiliser solution where additional supplementation is required.
At 0.1-1ml/L, use 1-10ml for 10L, 5-50ml for 50L, 10-100ml for 100L, 50-500ml for 500L and 100ml-1L for 1,000L of water.
The appropriate concentration depends on source-water mineral content, growing medium, base nutrient, crop stage and plant condition.
Feeding programmes should be treated as guidelines and adjusted according to crop response, water analysis and local growing conditions.
Helping prevent calcium & magnesium deficiencies
ATA Calmag can be used proactively where growing conditions are known to provide limited calcium and magnesium rather than waiting for deficiency symptoms to become established.
This is particularly relevant with reverse-osmosis water, rainwater, soft water, coco and hydroponic systems.
It can also be used where crop condition and feeding analysis indicate that calcium or magnesium availability is inadequate.
Visible deficiency symptoms can have several possible causes, however, including unsuitable pH, root-zone problems, nutrient antagonism and environmental stress. Increasing Calmag concentration should not automatically be treated as the solution to every apparent deficiency.
Calmag support for intensive LED growing
Fast-growing crops under intensive lighting can place substantial demand on the overall nutrient programme.
Calcium and magnesium availability should be considered alongside the crop's other macro and micronutrient requirements, particularly where low-mineral water forms the basis of the nutrient solution.
ATA Calmag provides an adjustable supplement that can be incorporated according to crop demand without requiring the grower to replace the normal base nutrient.
Designed to complement your base nutrient
ATA Calmag is a supplement rather than a complete base fertiliser.
It supplies additional calcium, magnesium and iron where required, while the normal base nutrient continues to provide the wider macro and micronutrient profile needed by the crop.
ATA Calmag also contributes nitrogen to the nutrient solution, so this should be considered when building a complete mineral feeding programme.
Growers using several mineral additives should monitor total nutrient concentration and crop response rather than assessing each product in isolation.
Do you need Calmag with hard tap water?
Not every irrigation source requires the same level of calcium and magnesium supplementation.
Hard mains water can already contain significant quantities of calcium and magnesium. Adding the maximum Calmag concentration without considering the starting water may therefore provide more supplementation than the crop requires.
Source-water composition, base nutrient, growing medium and plant response should all be considered when selecting the appropriate dose.
The broad 0.1-1ml/L application range gives growers flexibility to match supplementation to their actual conditions.
1L Calmag supplement for regular growing
The 1L format offers a useful balance between treatment capacity and pack size, making it suitable for hobby growers, larger home growing systems and professional cultivation.
At the maximum 1ml/L rate, one 1L bottle can supplement approximately 1,000 litres of water.
At 0.5ml/L it can treat approximately 2,000 litres, while at the minimum 0.1ml/L rate it can treat up to approximately 10,000 litres.
For trade and wholesale ordering, ATA Calmag 1L is supplied in outer cases of 12 bottles, giving 12L of product per full case.
Atami ATA Calmag 1L product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | ATA |
| Product | ATA Calmag |
| Product type | Calcium, magnesium & iron mineral supplement |
| Size | 1L |
| Primary nutrients | Calcium & magnesium |
| Additional micronutrient | Iron |
| Dosage | 0.1-1ml/L |
| 10L water | 1-10ml |
| 50L water | 5-50ml |
| 100L water | 10-100ml |
| 500L water | 50-500ml |
| 1,000L water | 100ml-1L |
| Approximate treatment capacity | 1,000-10,000L depending on dosage |
| Suitable growing media | Soil, coco & hydroponic cultivation |
| Particularly suitable for | Soft water, reverse-osmosis water, rainwater & demineralised water |
| Crop stages | Can be used throughout the crop cycle according to plant and water requirements |
| Use with base nutrients | Yes - designed as a supplementary additive to a normal fertiliser programme |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 1L bottles |
Atami ATA Calmag 1L FAQs
What is Atami ATA Calmag?
ATA Calmag is a concentrated mineral supplement providing additional calcium, magnesium and iron. It is particularly useful where irrigation water is naturally low in calcium and magnesium.
What is the recommended ATA Calmag dosage?
Atami recommends 0.1-1ml/L. The appropriate concentration depends on source-water quality, crop requirements, growing medium and the rest of the feeding programme.
Does ATA Calmag contain iron?
Yes. ATA Calmag supplies iron alongside calcium and magnesium.
Is ATA Calmag suitable for reverse-osmosis water?
Yes. Reverse-osmosis filtration removes most dissolved minerals, making ATA Calmag particularly useful for adding calcium and magnesium to an RO-based feeding programme.
Can ATA Calmag be used with rainwater?
Yes. Rainwater can be naturally low in calcium and magnesium, so ATA Calmag can be used where additional mineral supplementation is required.
Is ATA Calmag suitable for coco?
Yes. Calcium and magnesium management can be particularly important in coco, especially when soft, rain or reverse-osmosis water is used.
Can ATA Calmag be used in hydroponics?
Yes. ATA Calmag can be incorporated into hydroponic mineral feeding programmes where additional calcium, magnesium and iron are required.
Can ATA Calmag be used in soil?
Yes. ATA Calmag can supplement soil-grown plants where additional calcium and magnesium are appropriate.
Why do plants need calcium?
Calcium contributes to the formation and strength of plant cell walls and is particularly important for actively developing plant tissue.
Why do plants need magnesium?
Magnesium is a central component of chlorophyll and therefore plays an important role in the plant's ability to absorb light energy.
Do I need ATA Calmag with hard tap water?
Not necessarily. Hard water can already contain significant calcium and magnesium, so the source-water mineral profile should be considered before deciding how much additional Calmag is required.
Is ATA Calmag a complete fertiliser?
No. ATA Calmag is a supplementary mineral additive designed to complement a normal base fertiliser rather than replace it.
How much water can Atami ATA Calmag 1L treat?
Across the 0.1-1ml/L dosage range, a 1L bottle can supplement approximately 1,000-10,000 litres of water, depending on the concentration required.
How many Atami ATA Calmag 1L bottles are in a case?
A full outer case contains 12 x 1L bottles, giving a total of 12L of ATA Calmag per case.
Atami ATA Calmag 250ml - Calcium, Magnesium & Iron Plant Supplement
148
£1.48
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA Calmag 250ml - Calcium, Magnesium & Iron Plant Supplement
148
£1.48
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA Calmag 250ml is a professional, fast-acting calcium, magnesium and iron supplement designed to enrich water that is naturally low in these essential minerals. Particularly useful with soft, reverse-osmosis, rain and demineralised water, it can also supplement a normal mineral feeding programme where additional calcium and magnesium are required.
Calcium and magnesium are secondary plant nutrients, but both perform essential functions. Calcium is important for the formation and strength of plant cell walls, while magnesium is central to chlorophyll and the plant's ability to absorb light energy.
ATA Calmag also contains iron, giving growers a fast-acting mineral supplement that can help support calcium, magnesium and iron availability within one product.
It is particularly useful where the irrigation source contains relatively little mineral content, including reverse-osmosis water, rainwater and naturally soft water. Atami also identifies coco and hydroponic cultivation as situations where calcium and magnesium management can deserve additional attention.
ATA Calmag can be used with different substrate types and is compatible with Atami mineral feeding programmes. The general dosage is 0.1-1ml/L, allowing supplementation to be adjusted according to water quality, crop requirements and the wider nutrient programme.
Why choose Atami ATA Calmag?
- Calcium, magnesium & iron - supplies three important mineral elements in one concentrated supplement.
- Helps prevent deficiencies - particularly useful where the water or growing system provides insufficient calcium and magnesium.
- Supports stronger cell walls - calcium plays an important structural role within developing plant tissue.
- Supports chlorophyll production - magnesium is a central component of chlorophyll.
- Supports light-energy absorption - adequate magnesium is important for normal photosynthetic function.
- Supports nutrient uptake - Atami highlights improved nutrient absorption as a key benefit of ATA Calmag.
- Supports plant resilience - adequate calcium contributes to strong plant structure.
- Supports flower quality - Atami identifies improved flower quality as another benefit of the supplement.
- Fast-acting mineral formulation - designed to provide readily available supplementary nutrition.
- Ideal for soft water - particularly useful where naturally low mineral content limits calcium and magnesium supply.
- Excellent for RO water - useful for rebuilding calcium and magnesium levels after reverse-osmosis filtration.
- Suitable for rainwater - useful where collected rainwater forms part of the irrigation programme.
- Suitable for coco & hydroponics - two growing methods where calcium and magnesium management can be particularly important.
- Flexible 0.1-1ml/L dosage - supplementation can be matched to water quality and crop requirements.
- Concentrated 250ml format - capable of treating approximately 250-2,500L of water depending on dosage.
- Trade-ready case quantity - supplied in outer cases of 12 x 250ml bottles.
Extra calcium for stronger plant structure
Calcium performs an important structural role within plants and contributes to the formation and stability of cell walls.
Rapidly developing plant tissue requires a reliable calcium supply, making availability particularly important during periods of active crop development.
Atami highlights additional calcium as supporting stronger cell walls and improved plant resilience.
Calcium availability is influenced by more than the fertiliser itself. Source-water composition, substrate, irrigation strategy, root health and environmental conditions can all influence how effectively plants receive and use calcium.
Magnesium for chlorophyll & energy
Magnesium is located at the centre of the chlorophyll molecule and is therefore directly connected to the plant's ability to capture light energy.
An inadequate magnesium supply can interfere with normal chlorophyll function and overall plant development.
ATA Calmag provides additional magnesium alongside calcium, helping growers maintain adequate availability where the source water or normal feeding programme does not provide enough.
Atami summarises the relationship clearly: calcium supports stronger cell walls, while adequate magnesium supports chlorophyll production and plant energy.
Calcium & magnesium with added iron
ATA Calmag is more than a basic calcium and magnesium supplement. The formulation also includes iron.
Iron is an essential micronutrient involved in important plant processes associated with chlorophyll formation, enzyme activity and normal metabolism.
Combining calcium, magnesium and iron makes ATA Calmag particularly useful where growers want to strengthen the mineral profile of low-mineral irrigation water while maintaining a straightforward feeding programme.
Ideal for soft, RO, rain & demineralised water
ATA Calmag is particularly useful when the irrigation source naturally provides very little calcium or magnesium.
Reverse-osmosis water has most dissolved minerals removed during filtration. Rainwater can also contain very low levels of calcium and magnesium, while naturally soft mains water may provide substantially less than harder water sources.
Atami specifically recommends ATA Calmag for cultivation with soft or demineralised water.
Supplementation allows growers to account for the starting mineral profile of their irrigation water rather than assuming every water source provides the same nutritional contribution.
ATA Calmag for coco growing
Calcium and magnesium management can be particularly important in coco because the medium's cation exchange characteristics influence the behaviour of calcium, magnesium and potassium within the root zone.
Properly washed and buffered coco helps manage these interactions, but source-water mineral content and the chosen base nutrient still determine whether additional supplementation is appropriate.
Atami identifies coco as one of the growing systems where ATA Calmag can be particularly useful, especially when combined with soft, rain or reverse-osmosis water.
Growers should consider the calcium and magnesium already supplied by their coco base nutrient before selecting the final ATA Calmag concentration.
ATA Calmag for hydroponics
Hydroponic growing gives the grower direct control over the mineral composition of the nutrient solution, making the quality of the starting water particularly important.
Where the water contains little calcium and magnesium, these elements need to be supplied through the nutrient programme.
ATA Calmag is compatible with Atami mineral feeding programmes and can be incorporated into hydroponic nutrition where additional calcium, magnesium and iron are required.
The dosage can be adjusted according to crop requirements, source water and the wider feeding programme.
How to use Atami ATA Calmag
Atami recommends 0.1-1ml of ATA Calmag per litre of water.
Use it to enrich water that is poor in calcium and magnesium or as an addition to the normal fertiliser solution.
At 0.1-1ml/L, use 1-10ml for 10L, 5-50ml for 50L, 10-100ml for 100L and 25-250ml for 250L of water.
The appropriate concentration depends on source-water mineral content, growing medium, base nutrient, crop stage and whether ATA Calmag is being used preventatively or to address an identified shortage.
Feeding programmes should be treated as guidelines and adjusted according to crop response and local growing conditions.
Preventing & correcting calcium and magnesium shortages
ATA Calmag can be used proactively where growing conditions are known to provide limited calcium and magnesium rather than waiting for a deficiency to become established.
This is particularly relevant with reverse-osmosis water, rainwater, soft water, coco and hydroponic systems.
It can also be used correctively where plant condition and feeding analysis indicate that calcium or magnesium availability is inadequate.
Visible symptoms can have several possible causes, however, including unsuitable pH, root-zone problems, nutrient antagonism and environmental stress. Calmag dosage should therefore be adjusted based on the complete growing situation.
Calmag support for intensive LED growing
Intensive LED cultivation can place substantial demand on a crop's overall nutrient programme, particularly where plants are growing rapidly under high light intensity.
Calcium and magnesium availability should be considered alongside the other macro and micronutrients rather than treated in isolation.
ATA Calmag provides an adjustable mineral supplement that can be incorporated according to crop response without requiring the grower to change the entire base nutrient programme.
Designed to complement your base nutrient
ATA Calmag is a supplement rather than a complete base fertiliser.
It provides additional calcium, magnesium and iron where required, while the normal base nutrient continues to provide the wider range of macro and micronutrients needed by the crop.
ATA Calmag carries an N 6 W/W analysis, so it also contributes nitrogen to the nutrient solution. This should be considered when building a complete feeding programme.
Growers using several mineral additives should monitor overall nutrient concentration rather than assessing each supplement in isolation.
Do you need Calmag with hard tap water?
Not every water source requires the same level of calcium and magnesium supplementation.
Hard mains water can already contain appreciable amounts of calcium and magnesium. Automatically adding the maximum Calmag concentration without considering the starting water may therefore provide more supplementation than the crop requires.
Source-water composition, base nutrient, growing medium and crop response should all be considered when selecting the appropriate dose.
ATA Calmag's broad 0.1-1ml/L application range allows supplementation to be adjusted to suit different water qualities and crop requirements.
Concentrated 250ml Calmag supplement
The 250ml format is ideal for smaller reservoirs, hobby growers, propagation areas and growers wanting to supplement low-mineral water without purchasing a larger container.
At the maximum 1ml/L rate, one 250ml bottle can supplement approximately 250 litres of water.
At 0.5ml/L it can treat approximately 500 litres, while at the minimum 0.1ml/L rate it can treat up to approximately 2,500 litres.
For trade and wholesale ordering, ATA Calmag 250ml is supplied in outer cases of 12 bottles, giving 3L of product per full case.
Atami ATA Calmag 250ml product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | ATA |
| Product | ATA Calmag |
| Product type | Calcium, magnesium & iron mineral supplement |
| Size | 250ml |
| Primary nutrients | Calcium & magnesium |
| Additional micronutrient | Iron |
| Nutrient analysis | N 6 W/W |
| Dosage | 0.1-1ml/L |
| 10L water | 1-10ml |
| 50L water | 5-50ml |
| 100L water | 10-100ml |
| Approximate treatment capacity | 250-2,500L depending on dosage |
| Suitable growing media | Soil, coco & hydroponic cultivation |
| Particularly suitable for | Soft water, reverse-osmosis water, rainwater & demineralised water |
| Crop stages | Can be used throughout the crop cycle according to plant and water requirements |
| Use with base nutrients | Yes - designed as a supplementary additive to a normal fertiliser programme |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 250ml bottles |
Atami ATA Calmag 250ml FAQs
What is Atami ATA Calmag?
ATA Calmag is a fast-acting mineral supplement that provides additional calcium, magnesium and iron. It is particularly useful where irrigation water is naturally low in calcium and magnesium.
What is the recommended ATA Calmag dosage?
Atami recommends 0.1-1ml/L. The appropriate concentration depends on source-water quality, crop requirements, growing medium and the rest of the feeding programme.
Does ATA Calmag contain iron?
Yes. The mineral formulation supplies iron alongside calcium and magnesium.
Is ATA Calmag suitable for reverse-osmosis water?
Yes. Reverse-osmosis filtration removes most dissolved minerals, making ATA Calmag particularly useful for adding calcium and magnesium to an RO-based feeding programme.
Can ATA Calmag be used with rainwater?
Yes. Rainwater can be naturally low in calcium and magnesium, so ATA Calmag can be used where additional mineral supplementation is required.
Is ATA Calmag suitable for coco?
Yes. Calcium and magnesium management can be particularly important in coco, especially when low-mineral water is being used.
Can ATA Calmag be used in hydroponics?
Yes. ATA Calmag is compatible with mineral feeding programmes and can be used in hydroponic cultivation where additional calcium, magnesium and iron are required.
Can ATA Calmag be used in soil?
Yes. ATA Calmag can supplement soil-grown plants where additional calcium and magnesium are appropriate.
Why do plants need calcium?
Calcium contributes to the formation and strength of plant cell walls and is particularly important for actively developing plant tissue.
Why do plants need magnesium?
Magnesium is a central component of chlorophyll and therefore plays an important role in the plant's ability to absorb light energy.
Do I need ATA Calmag with hard tap water?
Not necessarily. Hard water can already contain significant calcium and magnesium, so source-water composition should be considered before deciding how much additional Calmag is required.
Is ATA Calmag a complete fertiliser?
No. ATA Calmag is a supplementary mineral additive designed to complement a normal base fertiliser rather than replace it.
How much water can Atami ATA Calmag 250ml treat?
Across the 0.1-1ml/L dosage range, a 250ml bottle can supplement approximately 250-2,500 litres of water, depending on the concentration required.
How many Atami ATA Calmag 250ml bottles are in a case?
A full outer case contains 12 x 250ml bottles, giving a total of 3L of ATA Calmag per case.
Atami ATA Calmag 5L - Calcium, Magnesium & Iron Plant Supplement
1728
£17.28
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA Calmag 5L - Calcium, Magnesium & Iron Plant Supplement
1728
£17.28
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA Calmag 5L is a professional, fast-acting calcium, magnesium and iron supplement designed to enrich water that is naturally low in these essential minerals. Particularly useful with soft, reverse-osmosis, rain or demineralised water, it can also supplement a normal fertiliser programme where additional calcium and magnesium are required.
Calcium and magnesium are secondary plant nutrients, but both perform essential functions. Calcium contributes to the formation and strength of plant cell walls, while magnesium plays a central role in chlorophyll and the plant's ability to capture light energy.
Atami also formulates ATA Calmag with iron, providing a fast-acting mineral supplement that can help address three commonly important elements within one product.
ATA Calmag is particularly relevant in cultivation systems where the source water contains little calcium and magnesium. This includes reverse-osmosis water, rainwater, naturally soft water and other demineralised water sources.
It can be used with soil, coco and hydroponic cultivation and is compatible with Atami's mineral feeding programmes. The general application range is 0.1-1ml/L, allowing the dose to be adjusted according to water quality, crop requirements and the wider nutrient programme.
Why choose Atami ATA Calmag?
- Calcium, magnesium & iron supplement - supplies three important mineral elements in one concentrated additive.
- Helps prevent deficiencies - particularly useful where source water or the growing system provides insufficient calcium and magnesium.
- Supports stronger cell walls - calcium plays an essential structural role within developing plant tissue.
- Supports chlorophyll production - magnesium is a central component of chlorophyll.
- Supports photosynthesis - adequate magnesium helps plants efficiently capture and use light energy.
- Supports nutrient uptake - Atami positions ATA Calmag as a supplement for improved nutrient absorption and healthier crop development.
- Fast-acting mineral formulation - designed to provide readily available supplementary nutrition.
- Ideal for soft water - particularly useful where naturally low mineral content leaves calcium and magnesium levels inadequate.
- Excellent for RO water - helps rebuild calcium and magnesium levels removed during reverse-osmosis filtration.
- Suitable for rainwater - useful where captured rainwater forms the basis of the irrigation supply.
- Suitable for coco - especially relevant because calcium and magnesium management can be important in coco cultivation.
- Suitable for hydroponics - useful in mineral feeding programmes where source-water composition can be closely controlled.
- Suitable for soil - can supplement soil feeding where additional calcium and magnesium are required.
- Flexible 0.1-1ml/L dosage - allows supplementation to be matched to water quality and crop requirements.
- Commercial 5L format - suitable for larger reservoirs, nurseries and regular professional use.
Extra calcium for stronger plant structure
Calcium performs an important structural role within plants and is closely associated with the formation and stability of cell walls.
Rapidly developing plant tissue requires an adequate calcium supply, making consistent availability particularly important during periods of active growth.
Atami describes the additional calcium supplied by ATA Calmag as supporting stronger cell walls and greater plant resilience.
Calcium availability is influenced not only by the fertiliser programme but also by source water, substrate, irrigation strategy and environmental conditions. ATA Calmag allows growers to supplement calcium where the existing supply is insufficient.
Magnesium for chlorophyll & light energy
Magnesium performs a very different but equally important role. It sits at the centre of the chlorophyll molecule and is therefore directly associated with the plant's ability to absorb light energy.
An inadequate magnesium supply can interfere with normal chlorophyll function and photosynthetic performance.
ATA Calmag provides additional magnesium alongside calcium, helping growers maintain adequate availability where the source water or normal nutrient programme does not provide enough.
Atami summarises the relationship simply: more magnesium supports more chlorophyll and energy, while calcium supports stronger cell structure.
Calcium & magnesium with added iron
ATA Calmag is not simply a two-element calcium and magnesium product. Atami's current formulation also includes iron.
Iron is an essential micronutrient involved in important plant processes associated with chlorophyll formation, enzyme activity and energy metabolism.
Combining calcium, magnesium and iron makes ATA Calmag particularly useful where growers want to strengthen the mineral profile of low-mineral irrigation water before or alongside their normal fertiliser programme.
Ideal for soft, RO, rain & demineralised water
ATA Calmag is especially useful when the irrigation water itself provides little calcium or magnesium.
Reverse-osmosis water has had the majority of its dissolved minerals removed. Rainwater can also contain very little calcium and magnesium, while naturally soft mains water may provide significantly lower levels than harder water supplies.
Atami specifically recommends ATA Calmag for soft and demineralised water, allowing growers to supplement these minerals before or as part of their normal nutrient programme.
This is particularly useful in professional cultivation where source-water composition is considered as part of the complete fertiliser strategy rather than treating every water source identically.
ATA Calmag for coco growing
Calcium and magnesium management deserves particular attention in coco cultivation because coco's cation exchange characteristics can influence the availability of calcium, magnesium and potassium within the root zone.
Properly prepared and buffered coco helps manage these interactions, but source-water mineral content and the chosen base nutrient still determine whether additional supplementation is required.
Atami identifies coco as one of the growing methods where ATA Calmag can be particularly useful, especially when combined with soft, rain or reverse-osmosis water.
Growers should consider the calcium and magnesium already supplied by their base nutrient before selecting the final ATA Calmag dose.
ATA Calmag for hydroponics
Hydroponic growing gives the grower direct control over the mineral composition of the nutrient solution, which makes source-water quality especially important.
If the starting water contains very little calcium and magnesium, the final nutrient solution must provide these minerals through the feeding programme.
ATA Calmag is fully compatible with Atami's mineral nutrient programmes and can be incorporated into hydroponic feeding where additional calcium, magnesium and iron are required.
Atami's current hydro grow guides use ATA Calmag throughout growth and flowering, with the precise concentration adjusted according to crop stage and the overall programme.
How to use Atami ATA Calmag
Atami's general dosage for ATA Calmag is 0.1-1ml per litre of water.
Use ATA Calmag to enrich water that is naturally poor in calcium and magnesium or as a supplement to the normal fertiliser solution. Atami recommends using water at approximately room temperature, around 21°C, for optimal results.
At the full 0.1-1ml/L range, a 100L reservoir requires 10-100ml, a 500L reservoir requires 50-500ml and a 1,000L reservoir requires 100ml-1L.
The correct dose depends on the starting water, growing medium, base nutrient, crop stage, plant condition and whether supplementation is preventative or being used to address an identified shortage.
Atami's grow-guide rates are guidelines rather than fixed requirements. Monitor the crop and overall nutrient strength when adjusting supplementation.
Helping prevent calcium & magnesium deficiencies
ATA Calmag can be used proactively when growing conditions are known to provide limited calcium and magnesium, rather than waiting for visible deficiency symptoms to become established.
This is particularly relevant with reverse-osmosis water, rainwater, soft water, coco and hydroponic systems.
Atami also highlights intensive LED cultivation as a situation where calcium and magnesium demand can deserve additional attention.
Visible plant symptoms can have several causes, however, including pH, root health, nutrient antagonism and environmental stress. Increasing Calmag concentration should therefore not automatically be treated as the solution to every apparent deficiency.
Designed to complement your base nutrient
ATA Calmag is a supplement rather than a complete base fertiliser.
It provides additional calcium, magnesium and iron where these elements are required, while the normal base nutrient continues to supply the broader macro and micronutrient profile needed by the crop.
ATA Calmag carries an N 6 W/W analysis, so it also contributes nitrogen to the final nutrient solution. This should be considered when building a complete feeding programme, particularly during later crop stages.
Growers using several mineral additives should monitor total nutrient concentration rather than assessing each product in isolation.
Using ATA Calmag with Atami nutrients
ATA Calmag is designed to integrate with Atami's mineral feeding programmes and can be used alongside base nutrients for soil, coco and hydroponic cultivation.
Atami's current grow guides include ATA Calmag alongside nutrient programmes such as ATA soil feeding, B'cuzz Hydro A&B and other mineral base feeds.
The amount required varies between programmes because the base nutrient, substrate and crop stage already influence the calcium and magnesium available to the plant.
This is why ATA Calmag should be viewed as an adjustable mineral supplement rather than a product that must always be applied at its maximum concentration.
Do you need Calmag with hard water?
Not every irrigation source requires the same level of calcium and magnesium supplementation.
Hard mains water can already contain significant quantities of calcium and magnesium. Adding a high dose of Calmag without considering the starting water may therefore provide more mineral supplementation than the crop requires.
Growers should consider source-water analysis or EC, the base nutrient formulation, substrate and plant response before deciding how much ATA Calmag to use.
The broad 0.1-1ml/L application range gives growers flexibility to match supplementation to their actual conditions.
5L Calmag for commercial & high-volume growing
The 5L format is ideal for commercial horticulture, larger reservoirs and growers regularly using low-mineral water.
At the maximum 1ml/L rate, one 5L container can prepare approximately 5,000 litres of supplemented irrigation water.
At 0.5ml/L it can treat approximately 10,000 litres, while at the minimum 0.1ml/L rate it can treat up to approximately 50,000 litres.
This broad treatment range reflects the fact that ATA Calmag dosage should be adjusted according to water quality and crop requirements rather than applied at one fixed concentration in every situation.
Atami ATA Calmag 5L product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | ATA |
| Product | ATA Calmag |
| Product type | Calcium, magnesium & iron mineral supplement |
| Size | 5L |
| Primary nutrients | Calcium & magnesium |
| Additional micronutrient | Iron |
| Nutrient analysis | N 6 W/W |
| Dosage | 0.1-1ml/L |
| 100L reservoir | 10-100ml |
| 500L reservoir | 50-500ml |
| 1,000L reservoir | 100ml-1L |
| Approximate treatment capacity | 5,000-50,000L depending on dosage |
| Suitable growing media | Soil, coco & hydroponic cultivation |
| Particularly suitable for | Soft water, reverse-osmosis water, rainwater & demineralised water |
| Crop stages | Can be used throughout the crop cycle according to plant and water requirements |
| Recommended water temperature | Approximately 21°C |
| Use with base nutrients | Yes - designed as a supplementary additive to a normal fertiliser programme |
Atami ATA Calmag 5L FAQs
What is Atami ATA Calmag?
ATA Calmag is a fast-acting mineral supplement providing additional calcium, magnesium and iron. It is designed to enrich water that is low in these minerals or supplement an existing fertiliser programme.
Does ATA Calmag contain iron?
Yes. Atami describes ATA Calmag as a calcium and magnesium additive with iron, allowing it to supplement three important mineral elements within one product.
What is ATA Calmag's recommended dosage?
Atami recommends 0.1-1ml/L. The appropriate concentration depends on source-water quality, crop requirements, growing medium and the rest of the fertiliser programme.
Is ATA Calmag suitable for reverse-osmosis water?
Yes. Reverse-osmosis filtration removes most dissolved minerals from water, making ATA Calmag particularly useful for restoring supplementary calcium and magnesium to an RO-based feeding programme.
Can ATA Calmag be used with rainwater?
Yes. Rainwater is often naturally low in calcium and magnesium, so ATA Calmag can be used where testing or crop requirements indicate that additional supplementation is needed.
Is ATA Calmag suitable for coco?
Yes. Atami specifically identifies coco as a growing system where calcium and magnesium supplementation can be particularly useful, especially when low-mineral water is being used.
Can ATA Calmag be used in hydroponics?
Yes. ATA Calmag is compatible with Atami's mineral feeding programmes and can be used in hydroponic cultivation where additional calcium, magnesium and iron are required.
Can ATA Calmag be used in soil?
Yes. Atami describes ATA Calmag as suitable for all substrate types, including soil, where additional calcium and magnesium supplementation is appropriate.
Why do plants need calcium?
Calcium plays an important role in the formation and stability of plant cell walls and is particularly important in actively developing plant tissue.
Why do plants need magnesium?
Magnesium is a central component of chlorophyll and is therefore closely involved in photosynthesis and the plant's ability to capture light energy.
Do I need ATA Calmag if I have hard tap water?
Not necessarily. Hard water may already contain significant calcium and magnesium. Consider your water composition, base nutrient and crop requirements before deciding how much additional Calmag is required.
Is ATA Calmag a complete plant fertiliser?
No. ATA Calmag is a supplementary mineral additive designed to complement a normal base fertiliser rather than replace it.
Can ATA Calmag be used throughout flowering?
Yes, where additional calcium and magnesium are required. Atami's current feeding programmes use ATA Calmag through both growth and flowering, with the concentration adjusted according to crop stage and the wider nutrient programme.
How much water will Atami ATA Calmag 5L treat?
Across Atami's 0.1-1ml/L application range, a 5L container can supplement approximately 5,000-50,000 litres of water, depending on the concentration required.
Atami ATA Clean 1L - Irrigation System Cleaner & Deposit Remover
1116
£11.16
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA Clean 1L - Irrigation System Cleaner & Deposit Remover
1116
£11.16
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA Clean 1L is a highly concentrated irrigation system cleaner designed to prevent and remove mineral deposits from pumps, filters, drippers, tanks and irrigation pipework. Used at only 0.1ml/L, it helps keep nutrient delivery systems clean, free-flowing and operating efficiently.
Fertigation systems repeatedly carry water containing dissolved mineral nutrients. Over time, minerals including iron, manganese, calcium and magnesium can contribute to the formation of sediment, crystals and scale inside irrigation equipment.
ATA Clean is formulated to bond with these metallic nutrients and help break down the resulting crystals and flakes, making the residue water-soluble again so it can be discharged with the irrigation water.
It can be used preventatively and curatively, helping reduce new deposits while also tackling mineral residue that has already formed.
Atami recommends ATA Clean particularly for use with tap water. At the recommended 0.1ml/L dosage, one 1L bottle can treat approximately 10,000 litres of irrigation water.
Why choose Atami ATA Clean?
- Prevents mineral deposits - helps stop sediment accumulating throughout irrigation systems.
- Removes existing residue - suitable for preventative and curative irrigation maintenance.
- Helps keep drippers clear - reduces mineral accumulation in small irrigation outlets.
- Maintains irrigation pipework - helps keep nutrient lines free-flowing.
- Helps protect filters - reduces mineral residue that can restrict water movement.
- Supports pump maintenance - helps control mineral accumulation throughout the irrigation circuit.
- Suitable for tanks - designed to maintain complete irrigation and nutrient-delivery systems.
- Re-solubilises mineral residue - helps make accumulated deposits water-soluble so they can be flushed away.
- Targets metallic nutrients - acts on deposits associated with iron, manganese, calcium and magnesium.
- Especially useful with tap water - specifically recommended by Atami for tap-water irrigation.
- Highly concentrated - only 0.1ml is required per litre of water.
- Suitable during cultivation - harmless to plants when used according to Atami's directions.
- Suitable for automatic irrigation - particularly useful for drip and automated fertigation systems.
- Excellent treatment capacity - 1L treats approximately 10,000L of irrigation water.
- Trade-ready format - supplied in outer cases of 12 x 1L bottles.
Why do irrigation systems develop mineral deposits?
Nutrient solutions contain dissolved minerals that must repeatedly travel through reservoirs, pumps, filters, pipes and irrigation outlets before reaching the crop.
Over time, some of these dissolved elements can form sediment, crystals and scale. Atami specifically identifies water-soluble metallic nutrients and ions such as iron, manganese, calcium and magnesium as potential contributors.
These deposits can gradually accumulate on internal surfaces, restrict irrigation lines and interfere with small drippers and nozzles.
Maintaining a clean irrigation system helps preserve water flow and reduces the risk of individual outlets becoming restricted by mineral accumulation.
How does Atami ATA Clean work?
ATA Clean contains substances that bond with the metallic nutrients responsible for mineral sediment formation.
Atami explains that the product helps break down crystals and flakes and make residue water-soluble again, allowing it to be carried out of the system with the irrigation water.
This allows ATA Clean to perform two useful maintenance functions. Preventative application helps control deposits before they become significant, while curative application can help remove residue that has already developed.
Regular maintenance is particularly valuable in systems with narrow irrigation lines and small dripper outlets where even relatively modest deposits can affect water flow.
For pumps, filters, drippers, tanks & pipes
ATA Clean is designed for maintenance across the complete irrigation circuit rather than for one individual component.
Atami's current grow guides specifically recommend it for cleaning pumps, filters, drippers, tanks and irrigation pipes.
This makes it particularly useful for automatic fertigation systems where one reservoir may supply numerous plants through a network of pipes and emitters.
Keeping these components free from excessive mineral residue supports more consistent water and nutrient delivery throughout the irrigation network.
Helps prevent clogged drippers & irrigation lines
Drip systems can be particularly vulnerable to mineral accumulation because water must pass through narrow internal channels and small outlets.
As deposits accumulate, water pressure and flow rate can be affected. Eventually, severe build-up can lead to partially or completely blocked irrigation outlets.
ATA Clean helps control the mineral deposits responsible for these restrictions, supporting efficient operation of drip irrigation and other nutrient-delivery systems.
This can be especially important in larger crops where a restricted dripper may otherwise be difficult to identify immediately.
How to use Atami ATA Clean
Atami recommends ATA Clean at 0.1ml per litre of water.
Prepare the normal base nutrient solution first and correct the pH if required. Atami specifies a pH range of 5.5-6.5 in its ATA Clean application guidance. Allow the base nutrient solution to stand briefly before adding ATA Clean.
At 0.1ml/L, use 1ml for 10L, 5ml for 50L, 10ml for 100L, 50ml for 500L and 100ml for 1,000L of irrigation water.
One 1L bottle therefore provides enough concentrate for approximately 10,000 litres of irrigation water.
Accurate measuring equipment is recommended when preparing smaller reservoirs because ATA Clean is used at a very low concentration.
Preventative & curative irrigation maintenance
ATA Clean can be incorporated before an irrigation system develops a serious blockage.
Atami describes the product as suitable for both preventative and curative use. Preventative application helps minimise mineral accumulation, while curative application helps break down deposits that have already formed.
Atami's current grow guides recommend using ATA Clean at 0.1ml/L in a couple of irrigations each week when maintaining automatic irrigation systems.
This regular low-dose approach helps maintain pumps, filters, drippers, tanks and pipes without waiting for severe mineral accumulation to develop.
Especially useful with tap water
Atami specifically recommends ATA Clean for systems using tap water.
The mineral composition of tap water varies considerably between areas. Harder water can contain significant levels of dissolved calcium and magnesium, which can contribute to scale and mineral residue within irrigation equipment.
These source-water minerals combine with the mineral elements introduced through fertilisers, increasing the importance of irrigation-system maintenance.
Growers in hard-water areas can therefore benefit particularly from a preventative cleaning programme.
PK 18-6, but not a plant fertiliser
ATA Clean carries a PK 18-6 W/W analysis, but Atami specifically states that the product is not considered a fertiliser.
This is because ATA Clean is used at only 0.1ml/L. At such a low concentration, the phosphorus and potassium contained in the product have very little nutritional effect on the plant.
Its primary function is to maintain irrigation equipment by controlling mineral deposits rather than to supply crop nutrition.
Growers should therefore continue using the appropriate base nutrient and crop-stage supplements rather than treating ATA Clean as a PK flowering feed.
Ideal for automatic irrigation & fertigation
ATA Clean is particularly useful in systems where nutrient solution regularly passes through pumps, filters, pipes and small irrigation emitters.
Automatic irrigation can save substantial labour and provide consistent crop watering, but it also makes system reliability especially important.
Mineral deposits can affect pressure and flow within these systems. Keeping internal components cleaner helps maintain reliable nutrient delivery and can reduce maintenance associated with blocked irrigation equipment.
ATA Clean can be incorporated into irrigation maintenance from the early stages of a crop rather than waiting for visible scale or blockages to appear.
ATA Clean vs Atazyme
ATA Clean and Atazyme are both useful for maintaining growing systems, but they target different types of material.
ATA Clean is primarily an irrigation-system cleaner. It targets mineral-based scale and sediment within pumps, filters, drippers, tanks and pipes.
Atazyme is an enzyme-based additive that helps break down old and dead root material and other organic debris within the growing environment.
ATA Clean therefore focuses on mineral deposits within irrigation equipment, while Atazyme performs an enzyme-based role associated with the substrate and root zone.
1L ATA Clean for up to 10,000L of irrigation water
ATA Clean's very low 0.1ml/L application rate gives the 1L bottle excellent treatment capacity.
One bottle contains 1,000ml of concentrate and can therefore treat approximately 10,000 litres of irrigation water.
This makes the 1L format suitable for hobby and professional growers using automatic irrigation, drip systems and nutrient reservoirs without requiring the larger 5L or 10L commercial formats.
The 1L format is supplied in outer cases of 12 bottles.
Atami ATA Clean 1L product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | ATA |
| Product | ATA Clean |
| Product type | Irrigation system cleaner & mineral deposit remover |
| Size | 1L |
| Primary function | Prevents & removes mineral sediment from irrigation systems |
| Suitable equipment | Pumps, filters, drippers, tanks & irrigation pipework |
| Application | Preventative & curative |
| Dosage | 0.1ml/L |
| 10L water | 1ml |
| 50L water | 5ml |
| 100L water | 10ml |
| 500L water | 50ml |
| 1,000L water | 100ml |
| Approximate treatment capacity | 10,000L of irrigation water |
| Atami application pH | 5.5-6.5 |
| Analysis | PK 18-6 W/W |
| Fertiliser | No - Atami states that ATA Clean is not considered a fertiliser due to its very low application rate |
| Water source | Especially recommended for tap water |
| Automatic irrigation | Suitable |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 1L bottles |
Atami ATA Clean 1L FAQs
What is Atami ATA Clean used for?
ATA Clean is designed to prevent and remove mineral deposits from irrigation equipment including pumps, filters, drippers, nutrient tanks and pipework.
How does ATA Clean remove mineral deposits?
ATA Clean bonds with metallic nutrients associated with sediment formation and helps break down crystals and flakes, making the residue water-soluble so it can be discharged with the irrigation water.
How much ATA Clean should I use?
Atami recommends 0.1ml/L. At this concentration, one 1L bottle can treat approximately 10,000L of irrigation water.
Can ATA Clean help prevent blocked drippers?
Yes. By controlling mineral deposits, ATA Clean helps reduce the accumulation that can restrict narrow irrigation lines and dripper outlets.
Can ATA Clean remove deposits that have already formed?
Yes. Atami states that ATA Clean can be used both preventatively and curatively, so it can help tackle existing mineral residue as well as reduce future accumulation.
How often should ATA Clean be used?
Atami's product guidance supports preventative addition to nutrient solutions, while its current grow guides recommend using ATA Clean in a couple of irrigations each week at 0.1ml/L when maintaining automatic irrigation systems.
When should ATA Clean be added to the reservoir?
Prepare the normal base nutrient solution first and correct the pH if required. Allow the base nutrient to stand briefly and then add ATA Clean.
Is ATA Clean suitable for hard tap water?
Yes. Atami specifically recommends ATA Clean for tap water, making it particularly useful where dissolved minerals contribute to scale and sediment formation.
Is ATA Clean a fertiliser?
No. Although it has a PK 18-6 W/W analysis, Atami states that ATA Clean is not considered a fertiliser because its very low application rate means the nutrients have little effect on the plant itself.
Can ATA Clean be used while plants are growing?
Yes. ATA Clean is designed for use as part of an active irrigation programme, and Atami describes it as harmless to plants and the environment when used as directed.
What is the difference between ATA Clean and Atazyme?
ATA Clean targets mineral deposits inside irrigation equipment. Atazyme is an enzyme-based additive used to help break down old root material and organic debris within the growing environment.
Can ATA Clean be used with plant nutrients?
Yes. ATA Clean is designed to be incorporated alongside normal crop nutrition. Prepare the base nutrient solution first and add ATA Clean afterwards according to Atami's instructions.
How many ATA Clean 1L bottles are in an outer case?
A full outer case contains 12 x 1L bottles.
Atami ATA Clean 250ml - Irrigation System Cleaner & Mineral Deposit Preventer
511
£5.11
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA Clean 250ml - Irrigation System Cleaner & Mineral Deposit Preventer
511
£5.11
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA Clean 250ml is a concentrated irrigation system cleaner designed to prevent and remove mineral deposits from pumps, filters, drippers, tanks and irrigation pipework. Used at just 0.1ml per litre, ATA Clean helps keep mineral residues water-soluble so they can be carried away with the irrigation water rather than accumulating within the system.
Nutrient solutions contain dissolved minerals and metallic ions including calcium, magnesium, iron and manganese. Over time, these can form crystals, flakes and sediment within irrigation equipment, potentially restricting water flow and contributing to blocked drippers and pipework.
ATA Clean works by binding with these mineral nutrients and helping break down accumulated crystals and deposits so they can be flushed through the irrigation system. Atami recommends it particularly for systems using tap water, and it can be used both preventatively and to tackle existing mineral residue.
Why use Atami ATA Clean?
- Helps prevent mineral deposits - designed to reduce the accumulation of nutrient-derived sediment within irrigation systems.
- Helps remove existing residue - can be used both preventatively and curatively.
- Keeps deposits water-soluble - helps mineral residue remain or become soluble so it can leave the system with the water flow.
- Helps maintain irrigation performance - particularly useful for pumps, filters, drippers, tanks and pipework.
- Extremely concentrated - the official Atami dosage is only 0.1ml per litre of water.
- Ideal for automatic irrigation - useful where narrow irrigation lines and drippers are vulnerable to mineral build-up.
- Especially suited to tap water - specifically recommended by Atami for use with tap water.
- Plant-compatible at the recommended rate - Atami states that ATA Clean is harmless to plants when used as directed.
- Simple addition to a nutrient programme - added after preparing the base nutrient solution and making any required pH adjustment.
How does ATA Clean work?
Fertilisers contain a range of water-soluble nutrients. While these are essential to plant nutrition, certain metallic nutrients and ions can gradually form deposits as nutrient solution moves through tanks, pumps, filters, pipes and irrigation emitters.
Atami identifies iron, manganese, calcium and magnesium among the nutrients that can contribute to sediment formation. ATA Clean contains substances that bond with these metallic nutrients and help break down crystals and flakes, allowing the resulting residue to be carried away with the irrigation water.
Regular use is therefore particularly valuable in automatic irrigation systems where small restrictions can gradually reduce water flow or interfere with the consistent operation of individual drippers.
How to use Atami ATA Clean
Atami recommends ATA Clean especially for use with tap water. Prepare the normal base nutrient solution first and, where necessary, adjust the pH to 5.5-6.5.
Allow the prepared base nutrient solution to stand briefly before adding ATA Clean. The official dosage is 0.1ml per litre of water.
ATA Clean can be incorporated preventatively into nutrient irrigation. Atami's current grow guides also recommend using ATA Clean in a couple of irrigations each week at 0.1ml/L to clean pumps, filters, drippers, tanks and pipes in automatic irrigation systems.
ATA Clean dosage
| Water volume | ATA Clean required |
|---|---|
| 10 litres | 1ml |
| 50 litres | 5ml |
| 100 litres | 10ml |
| 250 litres | 25ml |
| 500 litres | 50ml |
| 1,000 litres | 100ml |
At the recommended 0.1ml/L application rate, one 250ml bottle can treat up to approximately 2,500 litres of water.
Ideal for irrigation system maintenance
ATA Clean is particularly useful wherever nutrient solution is repeatedly moved through irrigation equipment. Maintaining clear water pathways can help reduce the risk of uneven delivery caused by mineral deposits building up within the system.
It can be incorporated into irrigation management for systems using tanks, pumps, filters, distribution pipework and drippers. Its very low application rate also means the 250ml bottle provides a substantial amount of treated irrigation water despite its compact size.
Is ATA Clean a fertiliser?
Although ATA Clean carries a relatively high P-K 18-6 W/W declaration, Atami specifically states that the product is not considered a fertiliser.
This is because ATA Clean is applied at only 0.1ml/L, so the amount of phosphorus and potassium contributed to the nutrient solution is very small. Its primary purpose is irrigation system maintenance rather than feeding the crop.
Atami ATA Clean 250ml product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Product | ATA Clean |
| Pack size | 250ml |
| Product type | Irrigation system cleaning additive |
| Primary function | Prevents and removes mineral sediment from irrigation systems |
| Official dosage | 0.1ml per litre of water |
| Approximate treatment capacity | Up to 2,500 litres at 0.1ml/L |
| Declared P-K | 18-6 W/W |
| Recommended pH during preparation | 5.5-6.5 |
| Water type | Especially recommended for tap water |
| Use | Preventative and curative irrigation system maintenance |
| Suitable equipment | Pumps, filters, drippers, tanks and irrigation pipework |
Atami ATA Clean FAQs
What is Atami ATA Clean used for?
ATA Clean is designed to prevent and remove mineral sediment from irrigation equipment, helping maintain clear pumps, filters, drippers, tanks and pipework. How much ATA Clean should I use?
Atami's official dosage is 0.1ml per litre of water, equivalent to 1ml per 10 litres. How much water will a 250ml bottle treat?
At the standard 0.1ml/L dosage, a 250ml bottle provides enough ATA Clean for approximately 2,500 litres of irrigation water. Can ATA Clean help with blocked drippers?
ATA Clean is designed to tackle mineral-based deposits that can accumulate in irrigation equipment. It helps break down crystals and sediment so they can be carried away with the irrigation water. Can ATA Clean be used before deposits become a problem?
Yes. Atami states that ATA Clean can be used both preventatively and curatively, making regular preventative maintenance one of its key applications. When should ATA Clean be added to the nutrient tank?
Prepare the base nutrient solution first, adjust the pH to 5.5-6.5 if required and allow the solution to stand briefly. ATA Clean is then added to the prepared solution. Is ATA Clean a plant nutrient?
Its label carries a P-K declaration of 18-6 W/W, but Atami does not consider ATA Clean a fertiliser because the application rate is extremely low. Its main purpose is cleaning and maintaining the irrigation system. Is ATA Clean suitable for automatic irrigation systems?
Yes. This is one of its most useful applications because automatic systems contain pumps, filters, pipes and drippers where mineral deposits can gradually accumulate. Is ATA Clean suitable for tap water?
Yes. Atami specifically recommends ATA Clean for use with tap water. What type of deposits does ATA Clean target?
It is intended for mineral sediment associated with nutrients and ions such as calcium, magnesium, iron and manganese, helping break down the crystals and flakes that can form within irrigation systems.
Atami ATA Clean 5L - Irrigation System Cleaner & Deposit Remover
5332
£53.32
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA Clean 5L - Irrigation System Cleaner & Deposit Remover
5332
£53.32
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA Clean 5L is a highly concentrated irrigation system cleaner designed to prevent and remove mineral deposits from pumps, filters, drippers, tanks and irrigation pipework. Used at just 0.1ml/L, it helps keep nutrient delivery systems clean, free-flowing and operating efficiently throughout the crop cycle.
Mineral nutrients dissolved in irrigation water can gradually react and form deposits inside a growing system. Atami specifically identifies elements including iron, manganese, calcium and magnesium as substances that can eventually contribute to sediment formation.
ATA Clean works by bonding with these metallic nutrients and helping break down crystals and flakes so that they become easier to carry out of the irrigation system with the water flow.
It can be used both preventatively and curatively, making it useful for routine irrigation-system maintenance as well as systems where mineral residue has already begun to accumulate.
Atami recommends ATA Clean particularly for systems using tap water. Its extremely concentrated 0.1ml/L application rate means a single 5L container can treat approximately 50,000 litres of irrigation water.
Why choose Atami ATA Clean?
- Prevents mineral deposits - helps stop sediment accumulating throughout irrigation systems.
- Removes existing residue - can be used both preventatively and curatively.
- Helps keep drippers clear - supports reliable flow through small irrigation outlets.
- Maintains irrigation pipework - helps reduce mineral accumulation inside irrigation lines.
- Helps protect filters - reduces the build-up of deposits that can restrict water movement.
- Supports pump maintenance - helps keep mineral residue from accumulating throughout the irrigation circuit.
- Helps keep tanks cleaner - suitable for maintaining complete nutrient-delivery systems.
- Breaks down mineral deposits - bonds with metallic nutrients and helps make deposits easier to flush away.
- Especially useful with tap water - specifically recommended by Atami for tap-water irrigation.
- Extremely concentrated - used at only 0.1ml per litre of water.
- Plant-safe at the recommended rate - designed for use as part of an active crop irrigation programme.
- Suitable throughout the crop cycle - system maintenance is not restricted to a particular growth stage.
- Works with nutrient solutions - added after preparing the base nutrient and adjusting pH.
- Commercial 5L format - capable of treating approximately 50,000L of irrigation water.
Why do irrigation systems develop mineral deposits?
Fertigation systems repeatedly carry water containing dissolved mineral nutrients through tanks, pumps, filters, pipes and small irrigation outlets.
Over time, some of these dissolved elements can react and form crystals, flakes and sediment. Atami specifically identifies water-soluble metallic nutrients and ions including iron, manganese, calcium and magnesium as potential contributors to this process.
Accumulation can gradually restrict the internal diameter of irrigation lines, contaminate filters and interfere with small drippers or emitters.
Preventative irrigation-system maintenance helps reduce this accumulation before it becomes severe enough to interfere with water and nutrient delivery.
How does ATA Clean work?
ATA Clean contains substances that bond with metallic nutrients responsible for mineral sediment formation.
Atami explains that this action helps break down crystals and flakes so the resulting material can be more easily carried away with the irrigation water.
This gives ATA Clean two useful functions. Regular preventative use helps minimise new deposits, while curative use can help dissolve and remove residue that has already developed.
Maintaining cleaner internal surfaces helps water continue to move efficiently through the irrigation system.
Helps clean pumps, filters, drippers, tanks & pipes
ATA Clean is intended for maintenance across the complete irrigation circuit rather than one individual component.
Atami's current grow guides specifically recommend ATA Clean for cleaning pumps, filters, drippers, tanks and pipes.
This is particularly valuable in automated irrigation systems where small restrictions can affect individual outlets and create uneven water or nutrient delivery across a crop.
Routine preventative maintenance can therefore help reduce the need to dismantle and manually clean components after heavy mineral accumulation has occurred.
Helps prevent blocked drippers & restricted flow
Drip irrigation systems can be particularly sensitive to mineral accumulation because water must pass through relatively small internal passages and outlets.
Even modest deposits can gradually restrict flow, potentially causing different plants within the same irrigation zone to receive different quantities of water and nutrients.
ATA Clean helps prevent and remove the mineral residue responsible for this type of restriction, supporting more reliable irrigation-system performance.
For commercial and automated crops, maintaining consistent delivery across every dripper can be an important part of maintaining uniform crop performance.
Preventative & curative irrigation cleaning
ATA Clean does not need to be reserved until an irrigation system is visibly dirty or partially blocked.
Atami specifically states that the product can be used both preventatively and curatively.
Preventative use helps control mineral accumulation as part of normal system maintenance. Curative use is intended to help break down deposits that have already formed so they can be discharged with the irrigation water.
For automatic irrigation systems, Atami's current grow guides recommend using ATA Clean in a couple of irrigations each week at 0.1ml/L to clean pumps, filters, drippers, tanks and pipes.
How to use Atami ATA Clean
ATA Clean is extremely concentrated. The current Atami dosage is 0.1ml per litre of water.
Prepare the normal base nutrient solution first. Correct the solution to the required pH where necessary, with Atami giving pH 5.5-6.5 in its ATA Clean application instructions.
Allow the prepared nutrient solution to stand briefly and then add ATA Clean as the final cleaning component.
At 0.1ml/L, use 1ml for 10L, 5ml for 50L, 10ml for 100L, 50ml for 500L and 100ml for 1,000L of irrigation water.
Because the application rate is so low, accurate measuring equipment is recommended, particularly when preparing smaller reservoirs.
Especially useful with tap water
Atami specifically recommends ATA Clean for use with tap water.
The mineral content of tap water varies considerably by region, and harder water can contain significant concentrations of dissolved calcium, magnesium and other minerals.
These minerals combine with those introduced through fertilisers and can contribute to deposits within irrigation equipment.
Growers operating in mineral-rich water areas can therefore benefit particularly from preventative irrigation-system maintenance.
PK 18-6, but ATA Clean is not a fertiliser
ATA Clean carries a relatively high PK 18-6 W/W value on its product information, but Atami specifically states that it should not be considered a fertiliser.
The reason is the extremely low application rate. At only 0.1ml/L, the quantity of phosphorus and potassium contributed to the final nutrient solution has very little nutritional effect on the plant.
ATA Clean's purpose is irrigation-system maintenance rather than crop feeding.
Growers should therefore continue using the appropriate base nutrient and crop-stage supplements rather than treating ATA Clean as a source of flowering PK nutrition.
Ideal for automatic irrigation & fertigation systems
ATA Clean is particularly useful wherever nutrient solution is repeatedly circulated or delivered through irrigation equipment.
This includes drip irrigation, automatic watering systems, nutrient tanks, pumps, filters and networks of irrigation pipework.
Maintaining these components is particularly important in commercial growing environments where a partial blockage can affect multiple plants or an entire irrigation zone.
Atami's grow guides specifically incorporate ATA Clean into automatic irrigation programmes as a regular system-maintenance product.
ATA Clean vs Atazyme
ATA Clean and Atazyme are sometimes confused because both are associated with maintaining the growing system, but they perform very different jobs.
ATA Clean is an irrigation-system cleaner. It targets mineral deposits and sediment within equipment such as pumps, filters, drippers, tanks and pipes.
Atazyme is an enzyme-based crop additive designed to break down dead plant and root material within the growing medium and support the root-zone environment.
ATA Clean therefore maintains the irrigation equipment, while Atazyme primarily works within the substrate and root zone.
5L ATA Clean for commercial irrigation maintenance
ATA Clean's very low 0.1ml/L application rate makes the 5L container particularly economical for larger irrigation systems and commercial growing areas.
One 5L container contains 5,000ml of concentrate. At 0.1ml/L, this is sufficient to treat approximately 50,000 litres of irrigation water.
For a 100L reservoir, only 10ml is required. A 500L reservoir requires 50ml, while a 1,000L reservoir requires 100ml.
The 5L format is therefore well suited to nurseries, controlled-environment growing areas and other operations running larger or frequently used irrigation systems.
Atami ATA Clean 5L product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | ATA |
| Product | ATA Clean |
| Product type | Irrigation system cleaner & mineral deposit remover |
| Size | 5L |
| Primary function | Prevents & removes mineral sediment from irrigation systems |
| Suitable equipment | Pumps, filters, drippers, tanks & irrigation pipework |
| Application | Preventative & curative |
| Recommended dosage | 0.1ml/L |
| 10L water | 1ml |
| 50L water | 5ml |
| 100L water | 10ml |
| 500L water | 50ml |
| 1,000L water | 100ml |
| Approximate treatment capacity | 50,000L of irrigation water |
| Atami application pH | 5.5-6.5 |
| Analysis | PK 18-6 W/W |
| Fertiliser | No - Atami states that ATA Clean is not considered a fertiliser due to its very low application rate |
| Water source | Especially recommended for tap water |
| Automatic irrigation | Suitable |
Atami ATA Clean 5L FAQs
What is Atami ATA Clean used for?
ATA Clean is used to prevent and remove mineral deposits from irrigation equipment including pumps, filters, drippers, nutrient tanks and pipework.
How does ATA Clean work?
ATA Clean bonds with metallic nutrients that can form sediment and helps break down crystals and flakes so they can be carried away with the irrigation water.
What dosage of ATA Clean should I use?
Atami's current recommended dosage is 0.1ml/L. This means a 5L container can treat approximately 50,000L of irrigation water.
Can ATA Clean help prevent blocked drippers?
Yes. Preventing and removing mineral sediment helps reduce the build-up that can restrict small irrigation lines and dripper outlets.
Can ATA Clean remove existing deposits?
Yes. Atami states that ATA Clean can be used both preventatively and curatively, helping break down existing mineral deposits as well as reducing new accumulation.
How often should ATA Clean be used in an automatic irrigation system?
Atami's current grow guides recommend using ATA Clean in a couple of irrigations each week at 0.1ml/L to help clean pumps, filters, drippers, tanks and pipes.
When should ATA Clean be added to a nutrient solution?
Prepare the base nutrient first, adjust pH if required and allow the solution to stand briefly. ATA Clean is then added afterwards.
Is ATA Clean suitable for tap water?
Yes. Atami specifically recommends ATA Clean for use with tap water, where dissolved minerals can contribute to irrigation-system deposits.
Is ATA Clean a fertiliser?
No. Although ATA Clean has a PK 18-6 W/W analysis, Atami states that it is not considered a fertiliser because its very low application rate means its nutritional effect on the plant is minimal.
Is ATA Clean safe to use while plants are growing?
Yes. ATA Clean is designed for use within active crop irrigation programmes at the recommended concentration, and Atami describes it as harmless to plants and the environment.
What is the difference between ATA Clean and Atazyme?
ATA Clean targets mineral deposits inside irrigation equipment. Atazyme is an enzyme additive that works primarily within the substrate and root zone by helping break down dead plant and root material.
Can ATA Clean be used with fertilisers?
Yes. ATA Clean is designed to work as part of a nutrient irrigation programme. Prepare the normal nutrient solution first and add ATA Clean afterwards according to Atami's application instructions.
How much water will Atami ATA Clean 5L treat?
At the recommended 0.1ml/L application rate, 5L of ATA Clean is sufficient for approximately 50,000 litres of irrigation water.
Atami ATA Coco Max A&B 1L - Two-Part Base Nutrient for Coco
528
£5.28
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA Coco Max A&B 1L - Two-Part Base Nutrient for Coco
528
£5.28
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA Coco Max A&B 1L is a professional two-part mineral base nutrient developed specifically for plants grown in coco and coco-based substrates. Used throughout growth and flowering, it provides balanced primary nutrition together with calcium and essential trace elements for consistent crop development.
Coco combines excellent water retention with an open, oxygen-rich root structure, but its nutritional behaviour differs significantly from conventional soil and peat-based growing media. ATA Coco Max is formulated specifically around these characteristics rather than being a general-purpose fertiliser adapted for coco.
The nutrient is supplied as two complementary concentrates. Coco Max A has an NK analysis of 4-0-1 W/W and contains calcium, while Coco Max B has an NPK analysis of 1-4-5 W/W. Together they provide the balanced mineral nutrition required by coco-grown plants.
ATA Coco Max is designed for use throughout the crop cycle, allowing growers to use the same A&B base nutrient through vegetative development, flowering and ripening rather than changing between separate grow and bloom base feeds.
The general application rate is 1-4ml/L of Coco Max A plus 1-4ml/L of Coco Max B. This 1L set contains 1L of Part A and 1L of Part B, providing 2L of concentrate in total.
Why choose Atami ATA Coco Max A&B?
- Developed specifically for coco - formulated around the nutritional characteristics of coco and coco-based substrates.
- Complete two-part base nutrient - supplies the primary mineral nutrition required throughout the crop cycle.
- Growth & flowering nutrition - the same A&B base feed can remain in use as the crop moves from vegetative to generative growth.
- Coco Max A: NK 4-0-1 W/W - provides nitrogen and potassium together with calcium.
- Coco Max B: NPK 1-4-5 W/W - supplies complementary nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium.
- Calcium-enriched Part A - provides calcium as part of the normal coco base feed.
- Essential trace elements - supplies micronutrients alongside the primary mineral nutrition.
- Balanced mineral formulation - designed to provide readily available nutrition through the coco root zone.
- Adjustable 1-4ml/L dosage - allows nutrient strength to be adapted to crop stage and plant requirements.
- Equal-part feeding - use the same quantity of Coco Max A and Coco Max B.
- Suitable for automatic irrigation - ideal for drip-fed and regularly irrigated coco systems.
- Use throughout the crop cycle - no need for separate vegetative and flowering base nutrients.
- Compatible with Atami additives - provides the nutritional foundation for a wider crop-stage feeding programme.
- Practical 1L format - ideal for smaller reservoirs, hobby growers and trial areas.
Base nutrition formulated specifically for coco
Coco coir is widely used as a professional growing medium because it combines strong water-holding capacity with a naturally airy structure around the root system.
Its chemical behaviour, however, differs from conventional soil. Coco has cation exchange properties that can influence the availability of nutrients including calcium, magnesium and potassium.
A dedicated coco nutrient is therefore preferable to simply applying a standard soil fertiliser. ATA Coco Max is formulated specifically for coco cultivation, providing a nutrient profile designed around plants growing in this type of root environment.
Coco Max A includes calcium as part of its formulation, while Coco Max B supplies complementary phosphorus, potassium and other mineral nutrition required for continued crop development.
Why is ATA Coco Max supplied as A & B?
ATA Coco Max is supplied as two concentrated components because certain mineral nutrients can react with one another when stored together at high concentration.
Separating these nutrients into Coco Max A and Coco Max B keeps the concentrates stable until they are diluted into irrigation water.
The two bottles are complementary components of one nutrient system. Part A is not a grow feed and Part B is not a bloom feed. Both are required together.
Never mix concentrated Coco Max A directly with concentrated Coco Max B. Add Part A to the water first and mix thoroughly. Then add Part B and mix again.
ATA Coco Max A & B nutrient analysis
ATA Coco Max A has an NK 4-0-1 W/W analysis and supplies nitrogen, potassium and calcium as part of the two-part feeding system.
ATA Coco Max B has an NPK 1-4-5 W/W analysis, providing complementary nitrogen together with phosphorus and a higher proportion of potassium.
The complete formulation also supplies essential trace elements required by plants in much smaller quantities but still necessary for normal metabolism and development.
Both components should be used together at equal dosage. Using only one part will not provide the balanced mineral nutrition for which Coco Max is designed.
Calcium nutrition for coco-grown plants
Calcium management is particularly relevant in coco because the substrate's natural cation exchange characteristics can influence calcium availability within the root zone.
ATA Coco Max A contains calcium as part of its mineral formulation, helping provide this essential element within the normal base nutrient.
Calcium contributes to important structural and physiological processes within the plant, including the formation and development of new plant tissues.
This does not mean every crop automatically requires an additional calcium or magnesium supplement. Source-water mineral content, coco preparation, crop demand and the wider feeding programme should be considered before adding further supplements.
One coco base nutrient for growth & flowering
ATA Coco Max is designed to provide the base mineral nutrition required throughout the complete crop cycle.
The same A&B nutrient can remain in use as plants progress from established vegetative growth through flowering and ripening.
Rather than replacing the base nutrient as the crop changes stage, growers can adjust its concentration and introduce appropriate specialist additives according to changing plant requirements.
This provides a straightforward coco feeding system while retaining the flexibility needed for accurate crop management.
How to use Atami ATA Coco Max A&B
Atami's general application rate is 1-4ml/L of Coco Max A plus 1-4ml/L of Coco Max B.
At this dosage, a 10L reservoir requires 10-40ml of A plus 10-40ml of B, a 50L reservoir requires 50-200ml of each, and a 100L reservoir requires 100-400ml of each component.
Add the required amount of Coco Max A to the water first and mix thoroughly. Add the same quantity of Coco Max B afterwards and mix again.
Never combine the concentrated A and B liquids directly.
Adjust final nutrient strength according to crop stage, plant condition, source water, irrigation frequency, environmental conditions and any additional products being used.
Suitable for hand watering & automatic coco irrigation
Coco is particularly well suited to regular irrigation, and commercial crops are often grown using drip systems that apply relatively small amounts of nutrient solution several times during an irrigation period.
ATA Coco Max is a mineral nutrient and can be used with both manual and automatic irrigation systems.
Growers using automatic systems should maintain good reservoir and irrigation-line hygiene and regularly monitor the condition of the nutrient solution.
In intensively irrigated coco systems, irrigation frequency, drainage and root-zone EC should be considered alongside the strength of the incoming nutrient solution.
Managing nutrient strength in coco
Coco performs particularly well when nutrient delivery is consistent and matched to crop demand.
Because ATA Coco Max is a concentrated mineral fertiliser, increasing its application rate increases the EC of the final nutrient solution.
Monitor nutrient strength when changing Coco Max dosage or adding other mineral products, particularly concentrated phosphorus and potassium supplements during flowering.
The correct concentration depends on factors including plant species, crop stage, source water, irrigation strategy, environmental conditions and light intensity.
Using Coco Max with the Atami ATA programme
ATA Coco Max A&B provides the base mineral nutrition around which a wider Atami feeding programme can be built.
A dedicated root stimulator can be used during establishment. ATA-XL can then provide additional growth and flowering support, while Atazyme performs its enzyme-based root-zone and substrate-conditioning role.
As flowering develops, ATA PK 13-14 can be introduced where additional phosphorus and potassium are appropriate for the crop.
These products perform different functions. Coco Max remains the base nutrient while specialist additives are selected according to crop stage and requirements.
ATA Coco Max vs B'cuzz Coco A&B
ATA Coco Max and B'cuzz Coco A&B are both two-part mineral base nutrients developed specifically for coco cultivation, but they belong to different Atami feeding programmes.
ATA Coco Max A&B belongs to the ATA range and provides straightforward complete coco base nutrition through growth and flowering.
B'cuzz Coco A&B forms the base of Atami's wider B'cuzz Coco programme and is designed to integrate with corresponding B'cuzz stimulators and boosters.
Both are dedicated coco nutrients. The choice between them will generally depend on the wider Atami feeding programme being followed.
ATA Coco Max vs a standard soil nutrient
Coco should not be treated exactly like conventional soil or compost because its physical and chemical properties are different.
Soil nutrients are formulated around the buffering capacity and existing fertility normally associated with soil and peat-based substrates.
ATA Coco Max is specifically formulated for coco-based root zones, including calcium within its two-part mineral feeding system.
Growers using coco as their principal substrate should therefore use a nutrient designed specifically for coco rather than assuming a standard soil feed will provide the same nutritional balance.
1L A & 1L B coco nutrient set
This pack contains 1L of Coco Max A and 1L of Coco Max B, providing 2L of concentrated base nutrient in total.
At the recommended 1-4ml/L dosage of each component, the set provides enough A and B to prepare approximately 250-1,000 litres of nutrient solution.
At 1ml/L of each component, the 1L set treats approximately 1,000L. At 2ml/L it treats approximately 500L, and at 4ml/L it treats approximately 250L.
This makes the 1L format particularly suitable for smaller reservoirs, hobby growers, propagation and trial areas, or growers wanting to introduce the ATA coco programme before moving to larger pack sizes.
Atami ATA Coco Max A&B 1L product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | ATA |
| Product | ATA Coco Max A&B |
| Product type | Two-part mineral base nutrient for coco |
| Pack size | 1L A + 1L B |
| Total concentrate supplied | 2L |
| Coco Max A analysis | NK 4-0-1 W/W |
| Coco Max B analysis | NPK 1-4-5 W/W |
| Additional nutrition | Calcium & essential trace elements |
| Growing medium | Coco & coco-based substrates |
| Crop stages | Growth, flowering & ripening |
| Dosage | 1-4ml/L A + 1-4ml/L B |
| 10L reservoir | 10-40ml A + 10-40ml B |
| 50L reservoir | 50-200ml A + 50-200ml B |
| 100L reservoir | 100-400ml A + 100-400ml B |
| Approximate solution from 1L A&B set | 250-1,000L depending on dosage |
| Mixing sequence | Add A to water and mix thoroughly, then add B and mix again |
| Automatic irrigation | Suitable |
| Use with additives | Yes - use as the base nutrient and select additional products according to crop stage and requirements |
Atami ATA Coco Max A&B 1L FAQs
What is Atami ATA Coco Max A&B?
ATA Coco Max A&B is a two-part mineral base nutrient developed specifically for plants grown in coco and coco-based substrates.
Can ATA Coco Max be used throughout growth and flowering?
Yes. Coco Max is designed as a complete coco base nutrient for use throughout the crop cycle, so the same A&B nutrient can remain in use through vegetative growth, flowering and ripening.
What is the nutrient analysis of ATA Coco Max?
Coco Max A has an NK 4-0-1 W/W analysis and contains calcium, while Coco Max B has an NPK 1-4-5 W/W analysis.
How much ATA Coco Max A&B should I use?
Atami's general dosage is 1-4ml/L of Coco Max A plus 1-4ml/L of Coco Max B. Adjust the final nutrient strength to crop requirements and growing conditions.
Why does ATA Coco Max come in two parts?
Separating the concentrated mineral components prevents unwanted reactions during storage. The two parts are combined only after each has been diluted into water.
Can I mix Coco Max A and B concentrates together?
No. Never mix concentrated Part A and Part B directly. Add A to the water first, mix thoroughly and then add B.
Does ATA Coco Max contain calcium?
Yes. Coco Max A contains calcium as part of its mineral formulation, providing this important nutrient within the normal coco base feed.
Do I automatically need CalMag with ATA Coco Max?
Not necessarily. Coco Max already supplies calcium. Additional calcium or magnesium should be based on source-water composition, crop requirements, coco preparation and the complete feeding programme.
Can ATA Coco Max be used with automatic irrigation?
Yes. Its mineral formulation is suitable for both hand watering and automatic coco irrigation systems, including drip-fed cultivation.
Can ATA Coco Max be used in soil?
Coco Max is formulated specifically for coco and coco-based substrates. A dedicated soil base nutrient is the more appropriate choice for conventional soil or compost cultivation.
What is the difference between ATA Coco Max and B'cuzz Coco A&B?
Both are two-part mineral coco base nutrients. ATA Coco Max belongs to Atami's ATA range, while B'cuzz Coco A&B forms the base of the wider B'cuzz Coco feeding programme.
Can ATA Coco Max be used with ATA PK 13-14?
Yes. Coco Max can remain the base nutrient while ATA PK 13-14 is introduced during flowering where additional phosphorus and potassium are appropriate. Monitor overall nutrient strength when combining mineral products.
How much nutrient solution does the 1L A&B set make?
The set contains 1L of A and 1L of B. Across the 1-4ml/L dosage range, it provides enough of both components to prepare approximately 250-1,000 litres of nutrient solution.
Atami ATA Coco Max A&B 5L - Two-Part Base Nutrient for Coco
2142
£21.42
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA Coco Max A&B 5L - Two-Part Base Nutrient for Coco
2142
£21.42
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA Coco Max A&B 5L is a professional two-part mineral base nutrient developed specifically for plants grown in coco and coco-based substrates. Designed for use throughout the crop cycle, it provides balanced mineral nutrition to support strong growth, flowering and fruit development in coco.
Coco combines excellent water retention with a naturally open and well-aerated root environment, but its nutritional behaviour differs from conventional soil. ATA Coco Max is formulated specifically for coco cultivation rather than being a general-purpose fertiliser adapted for use in coco.
The nutrient is supplied as two complementary concentrates, Coco Max A and Coco Max B. The two parts work together to provide the primary and secondary nutrients required by plants while allowing the concentrated mineral components to remain stable during storage.
ATA Coco Max can remain the base nutrient as plants move from rooting and vegetative development through early bloom, full flowering and ripening. Atami's current coco feeding programme varies the concentration according to crop stage, with lower rates during establishment and stronger feeding during active growth and flowering.
This 5L set contains 5L of Coco Max A and 5L of Coco Max B, giving 10L of concentrated two-part coco nutrition in total.
Why choose Atami ATA Coco Max A&B?
- Developed specifically for coco - formulated for plants grown in coco and coco-based substrates.
- Complete two-part base nutrient - provides the nutritional foundation for the complete crop cycle.
- Growth & flowering nutrition - remains in use as plants progress from establishment through vegetative growth and bloom.
- Stage-adjustable feeding - concentration can be altered according to crop development and nutrient demand.
- Equal A&B application - use the same concentration of Coco Max A and Coco Max B.
- Mineral formulation - supplies readily available plant nutrients through the coco root zone.
- Designed around coco nutrition - provides a more appropriate base feed than using a standard soil fertiliser in coco.
- Suitable for intensive coco growing - ideal for regularly irrigated coco crops.
- Suitable for automatic irrigation - can be incorporated into drip-fed and automated coco systems.
- Compatible with the ATA programme - provides the base nutrition around which specialist root, enzyme and flowering products can be used.
- Suitable for productive crops - ideal for fruiting vegetables, herbs and other coco-grown crops.
- Suitable for ornamental crops - can also be used for flowering and foliage plants grown in coco.
- Commercial 5L format - well suited to larger reservoirs and regular crop production.
Professional base nutrition for coco cultivation
Coco coir is widely used by professional and hobby growers because it combines excellent moisture retention with an open structure that allows oxygen to remain available around the root system.
Unlike conventional compost or soil, however, coco provides very little complete nutrition of its own. Successful coco cultivation therefore relies heavily on the nutrient solution supplied by the grower.
ATA Coco Max is designed specifically to provide this nutritional foundation. Rather than trying to adapt a soil fertiliser to a different growing medium, growers can use a dedicated coco base nutrient formulated around the requirements of coco-grown plants.
This makes nutrient management more predictable and allows the grower to build a complete crop-stage programme around a consistent base feed.
Why does ATA Coco Max come in two parts?
Some mineral nutrients react with one another when stored together at high concentration. These reactions can create compounds that are no longer readily available to plants.
ATA Coco Max therefore separates its concentrated mineral nutrition into Part A and Part B. The components remain separate until they are diluted into water.
Coco Max A and Coco Max B are complementary parts of the same nutrient. They are not separate grow and bloom fertilisers, and both should be used together.
Never mix the concentrated A and B liquids directly together. Add Part A to the reservoir water and mix thoroughly before adding Part B.
One coco base nutrient throughout the crop cycle
One of the main advantages of ATA Coco Max is that the same two-part base nutrient can remain in use throughout the crop cycle.
Instead of replacing the base fertiliser as the plant changes developmental stage, growers adjust the concentration of Coco Max A&B and introduce specialist additives where required.
Atami's current Coco Max grow programme uses lower concentrations during the rooting phase, followed by stronger feeding through growth, early bloom, bloom and ripening.
This allows the nutrient programme to follow the changing demand of the crop while retaining the same nutritional foundation.
How to use Atami ATA Coco Max A&B
Coco Max A and B should always be used in equal concentrations. Atami's current coco programme typically uses approximately 1-2ml/L of each component during rooting and 3-4ml/L of each during established growth and flowering.
For a 100L reservoir, 1-4ml/L corresponds to 100-400ml of Coco Max A plus 100-400ml of Coco Max B. For 500L, this equals 500ml-2L of each component. For 1,000L, use 1-4L of each component.
Add the required amount of Coco Max A to the water first and mix thoroughly. Then add the same concentration of Coco Max B and mix again.
Never combine the concentrated A and B components before dilution.
Atami's grow guides are general guidelines. Final concentration should be adapted to crop species, plant size, development stage, source water, irrigation frequency, environmental conditions and the other products included in the nutrient programme.
Ideal for regularly irrigated coco crops
Coco is particularly well suited to frequent irrigation because its physical structure can retain moisture while maintaining oxygen around the roots.
ATA Coco Max is suitable for both hand watering and automatic irrigation, making it useful across everything from individual coco pots to larger drip-irrigated growing areas.
In intensive coco production, growers should consider irrigation frequency and drainage alongside the strength of the incoming nutrient solution.
Monitoring both feed and root-zone conditions can help identify nutrient accumulation and allows irrigation or nutrient strength to be adjusted before crop performance is affected.
Managing nutrient strength in coco
Because ATA Coco Max is a concentrated mineral nutrient, its application rate directly affects the EC of the final nutrient solution.
Young or recently rooted plants generally require a lower nutrient concentration than established plants under active growth or flowering conditions.
As crop demand increases, Coco Max concentration can be increased accordingly. If additional mineral products such as PK flowering additives or CalMag are introduced, their contribution to the total nutrient strength should also be considered.
Professional growers should base final feed strength on crop response, source-water EC, growing environment and measured root-zone conditions rather than relying solely on a fixed feeding schedule.
Using Coco Max with the Atami ATA programme
ATA Coco Max A&B provides the base mineral nutrition within Atami's ATA coco programme.
During initial establishment, a dedicated root stimulator such as Rootfast or Rootbastic can be incorporated according to the chosen programme.
Once active growth is established, Atazyme can be used for enzyme-based root-zone support, while specialist flowering additives can be introduced as the crop moves into bloom and ripening.
Atami's current Coco Max programmes include options incorporating products such as ATA PK 13-14, Bloombastic, Rokzbastic, CalMag and B'cuzz Silic Boost depending on the grower's chosen feeding strategy.
Coco Max remains the base nutrient while these additional products perform their more specialised roles.
Do coco plants always need additional CalMag?
Calcium and magnesium management can be particularly important in coco, but an additional CalMag product should not automatically be added at maximum strength to every nutrient solution.
The requirement depends on factors including source-water mineral content, the condition and preparation of the coco, crop species, plant demand and the complete nutrient programme.
Atami's current Coco Max feeding programmes include ATA CalMag as an optional part of complete feeding schedules, with the concentration adjusted according to crop and growing conditions.
Growers using soft or reverse-osmosis water may have different supplementation requirements from growers using harder source water containing appreciable calcium and magnesium.
ATA Coco Max vs B'cuzz Coco A&B
ATA Coco Max and B'cuzz Coco A&B are both two-part mineral base nutrients designed specifically for coco cultivation, but they belong to different Atami feeding programmes.
ATA Coco Max A&B belongs to Atami's ATA range and provides the base nutrition for the ATA coco programme.
B'cuzz Coco A&B forms the base of the B'cuzz Coco programme and is designed to integrate with products such as Coco Booster Uni and Coco Bloom Stimulator.
Both are dedicated coco nutrients. The appropriate choice will normally depend on which wider Atami nutrient programme the grower intends to follow.
ATA Coco Max vs soil nutrients
Coco should not be treated exactly like conventional soil or potting compost because its nutrient-holding characteristics and inherent fertility are different.
Soil nutrients are formulated around the properties of soil or peat-based growing media, while ATA Coco Max is designed specifically for coco-based root zones.
Growers using coco as their principal growing medium should therefore use a dedicated coco nutrient rather than assuming a standard soil feed will provide the same nutritional balance.
5L A & 5L B for larger coco systems
This set contains 5L of Coco Max A and 5L of Coco Max B, providing 10L of concentrated two-part nutrient in total.
Across a 1-4ml/L application range, each 5L component is sufficient for approximately 1,250-5,000 litres of nutrient solution.
At 1ml/L of each component, the set treats approximately 5,000L. At 2ml/L it treats approximately 2,500L, at 3ml/L approximately 1,667L, and at 4ml/L approximately 1,250L.
The 5L format is particularly suitable for larger reservoirs, regular coco growers and commercial horticultural production where a consistent base nutrient is required throughout the crop cycle.
Atami ATA Coco Max A&B 5L product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | ATA |
| Product | ATA Coco Max A&B |
| Product type | Two-part mineral base nutrient for coco |
| Pack size | 5L A + 5L B |
| Total concentrate supplied | 10L |
| Growing medium | Coco & coco-based substrates |
| Crop stages | Rooting, growth, early bloom, flowering & ripening |
| Application | Use equal concentrations of Coco Max A and Coco Max B |
| Typical rooting rate | 1-2ml/L A + 1-2ml/L B |
| Typical established crop rate | 3-4ml/L A + 3-4ml/L B |
| 100L at 1-4ml/L | 100-400ml A + 100-400ml B |
| 500L at 1-4ml/L | 500ml-2L A + 500ml-2L B |
| 1,000L at 1-4ml/L | 1-4L A + 1-4L B |
| Approximate solution from 5L A&B set | 1,250-5,000L depending on application rate |
| Mixing sequence | Add A to water and mix thoroughly, then add B and mix again |
| Irrigation | Suitable for manual & automatic irrigation systems |
| Use with additives | Yes - use Coco Max as the base nutrient and select additional products according to crop stage and requirements |
Atami ATA Coco Max A&B 5L FAQs
What is Atami ATA Coco Max A&B?
ATA Coco Max A&B is a two-part mineral base nutrient developed specifically for plants grown in coco and coco-based substrates.
Can ATA Coco Max be used throughout the crop cycle?
Yes. Atami's Coco Max feeding programmes use it from the rooting phase through growth, flowering and ripening, with the concentration adjusted according to crop stage.
Why does ATA Coco Max come in two parts?
Certain mineral nutrients can react when stored together at high concentration. Separating them into A and B keeps the concentrates stable until they are diluted into water.
Can I mix Coco Max A and B concentrates together?
No. Never mix the concentrated components directly. Add Coco Max A to the water and mix thoroughly before adding Coco Max B.
How much ATA Coco Max A&B should I use?
Atami's current Coco Max programme typically uses 1-2ml/L of each component during rooting and 3-4ml/L of each during established growth and flowering. Treat feeding schedules as guidelines and adapt them to the crop and growing conditions.
Do I use the same amount of Coco Max A and B?
Yes. Coco Max A and B are used at equal concentrations. If using 3ml/L of Part A, for example, use 3ml/L of Part B.
Can ATA Coco Max be used in automatic irrigation systems?
Yes. ATA Coco Max is suitable for manually watered coco crops as well as automatic and drip-irrigated systems.
Is ATA Coco Max suitable for soil?
ATA Coco Max is specifically formulated for coco and coco-based substrates. Atami offers dedicated soil nutrients for conventional soil and compost cultivation.
Can I use Atazyme with ATA Coco Max?
Yes. Atazyme can be incorporated alongside Coco Max to provide enzyme-based root-zone and substrate support as part of an Atami feeding programme.
Can ATA Coco Max be used with PK flowering boosters?
Yes. Atami's coco programmes combine Coco Max with specialist flowering products where appropriate. Monitor overall nutrient strength when introducing concentrated mineral additives.
Do I need CalMag with ATA Coco Max?
This depends on source water, coco preparation, crop requirements and the wider feeding programme. Atami includes CalMag in some Coco Max programmes, but supplementation should be matched to actual growing conditions.
What is the difference between ATA Coco Max and B'cuzz Coco A&B?
Both are two-part base nutrients for coco. ATA Coco Max belongs to the ATA programme, while B'cuzz Coco A&B forms the base of Atami's wider B'cuzz Coco programme.
How much nutrient solution does a 5L Coco Max A&B set make?
The set contains 5L of Part A and 5L of Part B. Across a 1-4ml/L application range, it provides enough of both components for approximately 1,250-5,000 litres of nutrient solution.
Atami ATA PK 13-14 1L - Phosphorus & Potassium Flowering Booster
598
£5.98
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA PK 13-14 1L - Phosphorus & Potassium Flowering Booster
598
£5.98
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA PK 13-14 1L is a concentrated phosphorus and potassium flowering supplement designed to support flower formation, fruit development and fructification during the bloom phase. With a PK 13-14 W/W analysis, it provides additional phosphorus and potassium precisely when flowering plants have an increased requirement for these primary nutrients.
Flowering and fruiting place different nutritional demands on a plant compared with vegetative growth. ATA PK 13-14 is designed to supplement the regular base nutrient during this generative stage, providing a concentrated source of phosphorus and potassium without replacing the plant's normal NPK nutrition.
Atami highlights phosphorus for its role in the storage and transport of energy captured through photosynthesis. Potassium is involved in numerous processes associated with flower and fruit formation, including the transport of sugars and enzymes involved in starch production.
Used from the beginning of flowering, ATA PK 13-14 supports the development of voluminous, compact flowers and fruits and is specifically positioned by Atami to stimulate fructification.
It is suitable for soil, coco and hydroponic cultivation and is added alongside the regular base nutrient. Atami's current product guidance recommends gradually increasing the concentration through flowering rather than immediately applying the maximum dose.
Why choose Atami ATA PK 13-14?
- PK 13-14 W/W - concentrated phosphorus and potassium nutrition for the flowering phase.
- Designed specifically for flowering - supplies additional P and K as crop demand increases.
- Supports flower formation - formulated to encourage strong generative development.
- Supports fruit development - suitable for flowering and fruit-bearing crops.
- Stimulates fructification - specifically positioned by Atami to support fruit formation.
- Promotes voluminous flowers & fruits - supports increased flower and fruit development.
- Supports compact development - designed to promote substantial, compact flowers and fruits.
- Phosphorus for energy processes - phosphorus plays an important role in storing and transporting energy within the plant.
- Potassium for generative development - potassium is involved in processes including sugar transport and starch production.
- Use from early flowering - introduce from the first week of the flowering phase.
- Progressive feeding - Atami recommends gradually increasing the dose as flowering progresses.
- Suitable for soil - can supplement regular NPK nutrition in soil cultivation.
- Suitable for coco - compatible with coco-based feeding programmes.
- Suitable for hydroponics - can be incorporated into hydroponic nutrient solutions.
- Trade-ready pack size - supplied in outer cases of 12 x 1L bottles.
Extra phosphorus & potassium for flowering plants
The nutritional priorities of a crop change as it moves from vegetative development into flowering.
ATA PK 13-14 is designed to provide additional phosphorus and potassium during this stage, supplementing rather than replacing the regular base fertiliser.
Atami describes these two elements as particularly important during flowering because the plant develops an increased requirement for them as it produces flowers and, in fruit-bearing crops, progresses towards fruit development.
The balanced PK 13-14 analysis provides similar concentrations of both nutrients, giving growers a straightforward way to increase P and K within an established flowering programme.
Why phosphorus matters during flowering
Phosphorus is an essential primary plant nutrient and becomes particularly important during the flowering stage.
Atami highlights its role in the storage and transport of energy obtained from sunlight during photosynthesis.
The energy captured by the plant needs to be distributed and used throughout its tissues. Adequate phosphorus nutrition helps support these energy-transfer processes as the crop undertakes the demanding transition into flower and fruit production.
ATA PK 13-14 provides a concentrated phosphorus supplement that can be introduced alongside the normal flowering base nutrient.
Potassium for flower & fruit formation
Potassium is the second major component of ATA PK 13-14 and is involved in numerous physiological processes during flowering and fruit development.
Atami specifically highlights potassium's involvement in the transport of sugars and enzymes associated with starch production.
These processes become especially relevant as flowering crops direct increasing amounts of resources towards their developing flowers and fruits.
The 14% potassium component of ATA PK 13-14 complements its phosphorus content to provide targeted PK nutrition throughout the generative stage.
Supports fructification & fruit development
ATA PK 13-14 is not limited to ornamental flowering. Atami specifically positions the product to stimulate fructification in productive crops.
This makes it particularly relevant for fruiting vegetables, soft fruits and other crops where flowering is followed by fruit formation and development.
Atami's crop examples include bell peppers, chilli peppers and blueberries, as well as flowering ornamentals such as Begonia and Buddleia.
Application should always be adjusted to the requirements and condition of the individual crop rather than treating every flowering plant identically.
How to use Atami ATA PK 13-14
Add ATA PK 13-14 to the nutrient solution from the first week of flowering, alongside the regular NPK base nutrient.
Atami's current product guidance gives a dosage range of 0.25-1.5ml/L and recommends increasing the dosage gradually so that plants can adapt as their flowering demand develops.
At this range, 10L of nutrient solution requires approximately 2.5-15ml, 50L requires 12.5-75ml, 100L requires 25-150ml and 500L requires 125-750ml.
A 1L bottle can therefore prepare approximately 667-4,000 litres of nutrient solution, depending on the concentration used.
ATA PK 13-14 increases the mineral strength of the nutrient solution, so final EC should be monitored when combining it with the base nutrient and other flowering additives.
Why gradually increase PK during flowering?
Atami recommends introducing ATA PK 13-14 at the beginning of flowering and slowly increasing the dosage rather than immediately feeding at maximum strength.
This reflects the changing nutritional demand of the crop. Early flowering plants are only beginning the transition into generative growth, while established flowering and fruiting crops can have substantially greater phosphorus and potassium requirements.
Progressive feeding also allows the grower to monitor crop response and overall nutrient EC before increasing the concentration.
Atami's grow guides are indicative and should be adapted according to plant species, crop condition, environment, light intensity and measured EC.
Suitable for soil, coco & hydro
ATA PK 13-14 is a universal flowering supplement suitable for soil, coco and hydroponic cultivation.
In soil it can be added alongside an appropriate flowering base nutrient as additional phosphorus and potassium demand develops.
In coco it can supplement a coco-specific base nutrient while the grower continues to monitor overall feed strength and crop response.
In hydroponic systems it can be incorporated directly into the nutrient solution alongside the normal hydroponic base nutrition.
Use alongside regular NPK nutrition
ATA PK 13-14 is a flowering supplement rather than a complete base fertiliser.
Its concentrated PK 13-14 analysis is designed to increase phosphorus and potassium availability while the regular base nutrient continues to supply nitrogen and the wider range of essential macro and micronutrients required by the crop.
It should therefore normally be added to an established flowering nutrient programme rather than used as the plant's sole source of mineral nutrition.
Using ATA PK 13-14 in the Atami ATA programme
ATA PK 13-14 forms the dedicated PK flowering supplement within Atami's straightforward ATA nutrient range.
In soil cultivation it can complement ATA Terra Max, while growers using appropriate hydroponic or coco base nutrients can incorporate ATA PK 13-14 in the same way as flowering begins.
Products such as ATA-XL and Atazyme perform different roles within the wider programme. ATA-XL provides growth and flowering stimulation, while Atazyme provides enzyme-based root-zone and substrate support.
ATA PK 13-14 specifically addresses the increased phosphorus and potassium requirements associated with flowering and fruit production.
ATA PK 13-14 vs ATA-XL
Although both products can appear within a flowering programme, they are formulated for different purposes.
ATA PK 13-14 is a concentrated PK 13-14 mineral supplement specifically designed to increase phosphorus and potassium nutrition during flowering.
ATA-XL is a broader growth and bloom stimulator containing plant extracts, humic acids and a much lighter PK 2-2 mineral component. It supports root hairs, nutrient uptake, growth and flowering.
ATA PK 13-14 is therefore the more concentrated product when the objective is specifically to supplement phosphorus and potassium.
ATA PK 13-14 vs Bloombastic
Both products supply additional phosphorus and potassium, but they occupy different positions within Atami's flowering range.
ATA PK 13-14 is a straightforward PK 13-14 flowering nutrient designed to supplement regular NPK nutrition as flowering begins.
Bloombastic is Atami's PK 14-15 all-in-one bloom additive, positioned specifically for the final 4-6 weeks of flowering and ripening.
When building a feeding programme, avoid unnecessarily stacking concentrated PK products. Overall nutrient strength and EC should remain appropriate for the crop.
1L ATA PK 13-14 flowering supplement
The 1L format provides a practical concentrated PK supplement for growers managing small to medium reservoirs or multiple flowering crops.
Depending on the concentration used, one bottle can prepare approximately 667-4,000 litres of nutrient solution.
The 1L format is supplied in outer cases of 12 bottles, providing 12 litres of ATA PK 13-14 concentrate per full case.
Atami ATA PK 13-14 1L product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | ATA |
| Product | ATA PK 13-14 |
| Product type | Phosphorus & potassium flowering supplement |
| Size | 1L |
| Nutrient analysis | PK 13-14 W/W |
| Primary functions | Flower formation, fruit development & fructification |
| Application stage | From the first week of flowering |
| Growing media | Soil, coco & hydroponics |
| Dosage | 0.25-1.5ml/L, increasing gradually through flowering according to crop requirements |
| 10L solution | 2.5-15ml |
| 50L solution | 12.5-75ml |
| 100L solution | 25-150ml |
| 500L solution | 125-750ml |
| Approximate solution from 1L | 667-4,000L depending on dosage |
| Use with base nutrition | Yes - designed as an addition to regular NPK nutrition |
| Example crops | Bell peppers, chilli peppers, blueberries, Begonia, Buddleia & other flowering and fruit-bearing crops |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 1L bottles |
Atami ATA PK 13-14 1L FAQs
What is Atami ATA PK 13-14 used for?
ATA PK 13-14 is a concentrated phosphorus and potassium supplement used during flowering to support flower formation, fruit development and fructification.
What is the nutrient analysis of ATA PK 13-14?
ATA PK 13-14 has a PK 13-14 W/W analysis, providing concentrated phosphorus and potassium for flowering plants.
When should I start using ATA PK 13-14?
Atami recommends introducing it from the first week of flowering and gradually increasing the concentration as the flowering phase progresses.
How much ATA PK 13-14 should I use?
Atami's current product guidance recommends 0.25-1.5ml/L, with the dosage increased gradually according to crop requirements and overall nutrient strength.
Is ATA PK 13-14 a complete fertiliser?
No. It is a concentrated phosphorus and potassium supplement intended to be used alongside the crop's regular NPK base nutrient.
Can ATA PK 13-14 be used in coco?
Yes. Atami recommends ATA PK 13-14 for coco cultivation as well as soil and hydroponic systems.
Can ATA PK 13-14 be used in hydroponics?
Yes. It can be incorporated into a hydroponic nutrient solution alongside the regular base nutrition during flowering.
Can ATA PK 13-14 be used in soil?
Yes. ATA PK 13-14 is suitable for soil cultivation and can supplement an appropriate flowering base nutrient.
Why do flowering plants need more phosphorus?
Atami highlights phosphorus for its role in storing and transporting energy collected through photosynthesis, an important process as plants develop flowers and fruits.
Why is potassium important during flowering?
Potassium is involved in numerous processes associated with flower and fruit formation, including sugar transport and enzymes involved in starch production.
Does ATA PK 13-14 increase EC?
Yes. It is a concentrated mineral PK supplement, so it contributes to the EC of the nutrient solution. Monitor the final EC when combining it with base nutrients and other additives.
What is the difference between ATA PK 13-14 and ATA-XL?
ATA PK 13-14 is a concentrated PK 13-14 flowering supplement. ATA-XL is a broader growth and bloom stimulator containing plant extracts, humic acids and a lighter PK 2-2 nutrient component.
What is the difference between ATA PK 13-14 and Bloombastic?
ATA PK 13-14 is a straightforward PK flowering supplement introduced from early flowering. Bloombastic is Atami's PK 14-15 all-in-one bloom additive intended specifically for the final 4-6 weeks of flowering and ripening.
How many ATA PK 13-14 1L bottles are in a case?
A full outer case contains 12 x 1L bottles.
Atami ATA-XL 1L - Growth, Root & Flowering Stimulator
1087
£10.87
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA-XL 1L - Growth, Root & Flowering Stimulator
1087
£10.87
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami ATA-XL 1L is a concentrated growth and bloom stimulator combining plant extracts, humic acids and mineral phosphorus and potassium to support strong roots, efficient nutrient uptake and increased flower and fruit development throughout the crop cycle.
ATA-XL is unusual within the Atami range because it performs a dual role. Rather than being restricted to either vegetative growth or flowering, it is designed to support the plant through both growth and bloom once the initial rooting phase has been established.
The formulation contains plant extracts, humic acids and mineral PK nutrients. Atami highlights the humic acids for their chelating effect and their ability to stimulate root hairs, helping the root system absorb nutrients efficiently.
As the crop moves towards flowering, the phosphorus and potassium component becomes increasingly relevant. These primary nutrients are involved in energy storage and transport, while ATA-XL is designed to support increased volume in developing flowers and fruits.
ATA-XL can be used in soil, coco and hydroponic cultivation at a straightforward dosage of 1ml/L. A 1L bottle therefore prepares approximately 1,000 litres of nutrient solution.
Why choose Atami ATA-XL?
- Growth & bloom stimulator in one - supports plants through vegetative and flowering development.
- Supports strong roots - humic acids stimulate root hairs and support an active root system.
- Improves nutrient uptake - humic acids provide a chelating effect that helps make nutrients easier for the plant to absorb.
- Supports flower development - mineral phosphorus and potassium become particularly useful as the plant enters flowering.
- Supports fruit development - designed to help increase the volume of developing flowers and fruits.
- Plant extracts & humic acids - combines plant-derived components with mineral PK nutrition.
- PK 2-2 W/W - provides supplementary phosphorus and potassium alongside the normal base nutrient.
- Use after rooting - designed for use once the initial root system has become established.
- Whole-cycle support - can continue through growth and flowering after root set.
- Suitable for soil - integrates with soil-based nutrient programmes.
- Suitable for coco - can be used alongside a suitable coco base nutrient.
- Suitable for hydroponics - compatible with hydroponic cultivation.
- Simple 1ml/L dosage - straightforward to calculate for reservoirs of different sizes.
- Excellent treatment capacity - 1L prepares approximately 1,000L of nutrient solution.
- Trade-ready format - supplied in outer cases of 12 x 1L bottles.
Growth & flowering stimulation in one product
ATA-XL differs from many crop stimulators because it is not designed exclusively for one developmental stage.
Atami positions ATA-XL as a combined growth and bloom stimulator. Once the initial root system has established, it can be incorporated into the nutrient programme and continued as the crop develops through vegetative growth and flowering.
During active growth, its humic acids and plant extracts support the root system and nutrient uptake. As flowering develops, its mineral phosphorus and potassium complement the changing requirements of a generative crop.
This makes ATA-XL a versatile addition for growers who want one stimulator to bridge the transition from vegetative growth into flowering.
Humic acids for stronger root development
Atami highlights the humic acids in ATA-XL as an important part of its effect on the root system.
Humic acids have a chelating effect, helping make nutrients more readily available for absorption by the plant.
Atami also states that these humic acids stimulate the root hairs. Root hairs dramatically increase the effective surface area of the root system and play an important role in the uptake of water and dissolved mineral nutrients.
Supporting an extensive and active root system helps establish the foundation required for strong vegetative growth and later flower and fruit development.
Supports efficient nutrient uptake
ATA-XL is designed to complement the plant's regular nutrition rather than replace it.
The humic acids in the formulation help improve nutrient availability through their chelating properties, while stimulation of the root hairs supports the plant's physical capacity to absorb water and dissolved nutrients.
This combination makes ATA-XL particularly useful as part of a complete feeding programme where the base fertiliser supplies the main nutritional requirements and ATA-XL provides additional root, growth and flowering support.
PK 2-2 for flower & fruit development
ATA-XL has a mineral nutrient analysis of PK 2-2 W/W, providing supplementary phosphorus and potassium.
Atami highlights these nutrients for their roles in energy storage and transport within the plant, making them particularly relevant as a crop begins flowering.
ATA-XL is designed to support increased volume in developing flowers and fruits as the plant progresses through generative growth.
The PK content is supplementary. ATA-XL should therefore be used alongside the crop's normal NPK base nutrition rather than as a standalone complete fertiliser.
How to use Atami ATA-XL
Atami recommends using ATA-XL at 1ml per litre of water.
Begin using ATA-XL after the initial rooting phase and continue it through the subsequent growth and flowering stages as part of the normal nutrient programme.
At 1ml/L, use 10ml for 10L, 50ml for 50L, 100ml for 100L, 500ml for 500L and 1L for 1,000L of nutrient solution.
One 1L bottle therefore prepares approximately 1,000 litres of nutrient solution.
ATA-XL should be added in addition to the regular NPK nutrition. Final nutrient strength should always be considered across the complete feeding programme and adjusted to crop condition and growing environment.
Suitable for soil, coco & hydro
ATA-XL is a universal stimulator designed for use across the three principal cultivation methods: soil, coco and hydroponics.
In soil it can complement an appropriate soil base nutrient while supporting root hairs, nutrient uptake and later flowering.
In coco it can be incorporated alongside a coco-specific base nutrient, supporting plants after rooting and throughout subsequent crop development.
In hydroponic systems it can be added to the normal mineral nutrient solution at the same 1ml/L application rate.
Suitable for fruit, vegetables, herbs & ornamentals
Atami describes ATA-XL as a universal product suitable for a broad range of productive and ornamental crops.
Manufacturer examples include blueberries, raspberries and strawberries, together with flowering ornamental plants such as orchids and Anthurium.
The broad crop compatibility makes ATA-XL useful for mixed horticultural collections where different crops are grown using the same underlying nutrient system.
Crop requirements still vary, so the complete nutrient programme should be adapted to species, plant condition, environment and light intensity.
Using ATA-XL with an Atami feeding programme
ATA-XL is a supplementary stimulator and should be used alongside the appropriate base nutrient rather than instead of it.
Within Atami's ATA programmes, ATA-XL is introduced after the initial rooting phase and can then remain in the programme through growth, early bloom, flowering and ripening.
It can therefore bridge the transition between vegetative and generative development while the grower changes or adjusts the base nutrition and other stage-specific products around it.
Atami's grow guides are starting points rather than rigid schedules. Crop type, condition, environment, light intensity and final EC should always be considered when building the complete nutrient solution.
ATA-XL vs ATA Rootfast
ATA-XL and ATA Rootfast both have relevance to the root system, but they occupy different positions in the crop cycle.
ATA Rootfast is Atami's dedicated early-stage root stimulator, intended specifically for the initial rooting period.
ATA-XL is introduced after root set and then supports root hairs, nutrient uptake, vegetative growth and flowering throughout the remainder of the crop cycle.
Growers following the ATA programme can therefore use Rootfast during establishment before transitioning to ATA-XL for continued growth and flowering support.
ATA-XL vs Atazyme
ATA-XL and Atazyme perform different functions and can form complementary parts of an Atami feeding programme.
ATA-XL is a growth and flowering stimulator containing plant extracts, humic acids and mineral PK nutrients. It supports root hairs, nutrient uptake and flower and fruit development.
Atazyme is an enzyme-based additive whose principal role is helping break down old and dead root material and maintain an airy root environment.
ATA-XL therefore focuses on active plant development, while Atazyme primarily supports processes within the growing medium and root zone.
1L ATA-XL for up to 1,000L of nutrient solution
The straightforward 1ml/L application rate makes ATA-XL particularly easy to calculate across different reservoir sizes.
A single 1L bottle provides enough concentrate for approximately 1,000 litres of nutrient solution.
The 1L format is supplied in outer cases of 12 bottles, providing 12 litres of ATA-XL concentrate per full case.
Atami ATA-XL 1L product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | ATA |
| Product | ATA-XL |
| Product type | Growth & bloom stimulator |
| Size | 1L |
| Composition | Plant extracts, humic acids & mineral PK nutrients |
| Nutrient analysis | PK 2-2 W/W |
| Primary functions | Root-hair stimulation, nutrient uptake, growth, flowering & fruit development |
| Application stage | After root set, through subsequent growth & flowering |
| Growing media | Soil, coco & hydroponics |
| Dosage | 1ml/L |
| 10L solution | 10ml |
| 50L solution | 50ml |
| 100L solution | 100ml |
| 500L solution | 500ml |
| 1,000L solution | 1L |
| Approximate solution from 1L | 1,000L |
| Use with base nutrition | Yes - use in addition to regular NPK nutrition |
| Example crops | Blueberries, raspberries, strawberries, orchids, Anthurium & other fruit, vegetable, herb and ornamental crops |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 1L bottles |
Atami ATA-XL 1L FAQs
What does Atami ATA-XL do?
ATA-XL is a combined growth and flowering stimulator designed to support root hairs, nutrient uptake, vegetative development and the production of larger-volume flowers and fruits.
What is in ATA-XL?
Atami formulates ATA-XL using plant extracts, humic acids and mineral phosphorus and potassium. Its current nutrient analysis is PK 2-2 W/W.
When should I start using ATA-XL?
ATA-XL is designed for use after the initial rooting phase, once the root system has established. It can then continue through subsequent growth and flowering.
How much ATA-XL should I use?
Atami recommends 1ml/L. This means a 1L bottle prepares approximately 1,000 litres of nutrient solution.
Can ATA-XL be used throughout flowering?
Yes. ATA-XL is designed as both a growth and bloom stimulator and can continue through flowering after the initial root-establishment stage.
Does ATA-XL stimulate roots?
Yes. Atami highlights the humic acids in ATA-XL for their stimulating effect on root hairs, helping create an active root system with strong nutrient-absorption capacity.
How do the humic acids in ATA-XL help plants?
The humic acids provide a chelating effect that helps nutrients remain accessible for plant uptake. Atami also highlights their role in stimulating root hairs.
Is ATA-XL a complete base nutrient?
No. ATA-XL is a supplementary growth and flowering stimulator and should be used alongside the crop's regular NPK base nutrition.
Can ATA-XL be used in coco?
Yes. Atami recommends ATA-XL for coco cultivation as well as soil and hydroponic systems.
Can ATA-XL be used in hydroponics?
Yes. ATA-XL is suitable for hydroponic cultivation and can be incorporated into the normal hydroponic nutrient solution.
Can ATA-XL be used in soil?
Yes. ATA-XL is suitable for soil cultivation and can be used alongside an appropriate soil base nutrient.
What is the difference between ATA-XL and ATA Rootfast?
Rootfast is a dedicated early-stage root stimulator. ATA-XL is introduced after root establishment and provides broader support for root hairs, nutrient uptake, vegetative growth and flowering.
What is the difference between ATA-XL and Atazyme?
ATA-XL supports active root, growth and flowering development, while Atazyme is an enzyme additive designed primarily to break down old root material and support the growing environment.
What plants can ATA-XL be used on?
ATA-XL is suitable for a broad range of fruit, vegetable, herb and ornamental crops. Atami examples include blueberries, raspberries, strawberries, orchids and Anthurium.
How many ATA-XL 1L bottles are in an outer case?
A full outer case contains 12 x 1L bottles.
Atami Bi Grow Mix 50L - Peat & Coco Growing Substrate
608
£6.08
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami Bi Grow Mix 50L - Peat & Coco Growing Substrate
608
£6.08
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami Bi Grow Mix 50L is a medium-fertilised peat and coco fibre growing substrate that combines excellent moisture retention with an open, aerated root-zone structure for balanced plant development.
Developed to sit between Atami Janeco-Light-Mix and the more heavily fertilised Kilomix, Bi Grow Mix provides growers with a versatile middle ground. It contains sufficient starter nutrition to support plants through their initial development while still allowing the grower to introduce liquid fertiliser as crop demand increases.
The substrate combines peat with approximately 20% coco fibres and chips. The coco component creates additional air spaces within the growing medium while helping the substrate retain moisture effectively, producing a forgiving balance between water availability and root-zone aeration.
With an EC of 1.25-1.50, Bi Grow Mix is classified by Atami as a medium-fertilised substrate. Plants can root directly into the mix from the initial stage and continue developing before additional liquid nutrition is introduced according to plant size, pot volume and crop requirements.
Supplied in a professional 50L bag, Bi Grow Mix is suitable for a wide range of container-grown crops and is available from Creation Horticulture individually or in full pallets of 70 x 50L bags.
Why choose Atami Bi Grow Mix?
- Balanced peat & coco substrate – combines the moisture-management characteristics of peat with the aeration provided by coco fibres and chips.
- Medium fertilisation level – positioned between the lightly fertilised Janeco-Light-Mix and heavily fertilised Kilomix.
- Starter nutrition included – nutrients are already present to support the initial establishment and development of the crop.
- Approximately 20% coco fibres & chips – creates additional air spaces within the growing medium and contributes to its open structure.
- Good moisture retention – the peat and coco combination retains water effectively between irrigations.
- Aerated root zone – its relatively open structure helps maintain air around developing roots.
- Forgiving growing medium – Atami describes the combination of peat and coco characteristics as making Bi Grow Mix easier to manage when minor growing errors occur.
- Plants can root directly into the mix – suitable for plants from their initial establishment stage onwards.
- EC 1.25-1.50 – provides a moderate starting nutrient level without the heavy nutrient charge of Kilomix.
- Flexible feeding control – additional liquid fertiliser can be introduced once the initial nutrient supply is being used by the crop.
- Useful for hand watering – its moisture-retentive characteristics make it particularly practical for manually irrigated container crops.
- Professional 50L format – suitable for hobby growers, nurseries and larger horticultural growing operations.
What is Atami Bi Grow Mix suitable for?
Bi Grow Mix is designed as a versatile growing substrate for growers who want more initial nutrition than a light mix without moving to a heavily fertilised growing medium.
Atami positions it as a medium-fertilised substrate. Plants can root directly into the mix during their initial stage and then continue developing as the established starter nutrition supports early growth.
This makes Bi Grow Mix suitable for a broad range of container-grown flowering plants, ornamentals, vegetables and other productive crops where a balance between nutrient availability, moisture retention and root-zone aeration is desirable.
The combination of peat and coco also makes the substrate relatively forgiving. It retains moisture effectively while the coco fibres and chips contribute additional air spaces, helping growers maintain a more balanced root environment.
Why combine peat and coco fibre?
Peat and coco have complementary physical characteristics, which is the principle behind Atami Bi Grow Mix. Rather than relying entirely on one material, the substrate combines them to provide a balance between moisture retention and aeration.
The peat component provides the main body of the growing medium and helps maintain consistent moisture around the root zone. The approximately 20% coco fibre and chip content introduces additional air spaces into the substrate.
This produces a growing medium that can retain useful moisture without becoming unnecessarily compact when managed correctly. Roots require both water and oxygen, so maintaining this balance is an important part of healthy root-zone management.
Atami specifically highlights Bi Grow Mix as being relatively airy while retaining water well, making it a practical choice for growers who want a forgiving substrate with straightforward irrigation management.
Medium fertilisation for controlled feeding
Atami classifies Bi Grow Mix as medium fertilised. This places it between Janeco-Light-Mix, which has a relatively light nutrient charge, and Kilomix, which is designed as a heavily fertilised substrate.
Nutrients are incorporated into Bi Grow Mix to cover the crop's initial period of development. This means additional fertiliser does not automatically need to be applied immediately after planting.
Once the plant has progressed beyond this initial period, Atami recommends introducing liquid fertiliser for optimum results. The correct timing depends on factors including plant number, plant size, container volume, crop type and growing conditions.
This approach gives growers a useful balance: enough nutrition to establish the crop while retaining the ability to control subsequent feeding according to actual plant demand.
How to use Atami Bi Grow Mix
Fill the chosen container with Bi Grow Mix without excessively compressing the substrate. Maintaining its natural structure helps preserve the air spaces created by the peat and coco fibre blend.
Plant or transplant into the substrate and water thoroughly enough to establish even moisture throughout the root zone. Allow normal drainage and then manage subsequent irrigation according to plant size, container volume, environmental conditions and moisture use.
Because Bi Grow Mix already contains starter nutrition, avoid automatically applying a strong fertiliser programme immediately after planting. Monitor plant development and introduce liquid nutrition once the initial nutrient supply is no longer sufficient for the crop.
The exact point at which additional feeding becomes necessary will vary. Larger plants in smaller containers may use the available nutrition more rapidly than smaller plants growing in a larger volume of substrate.
Avoid allowing the substrate to remain permanently saturated. Although Bi Grow Mix has good moisture-retention properties, irrigation should still allow sufficient air to remain within the root zone.
Bi Grow Mix vs Janeco-Light-Mix and Kilomix
Atami offers the three substrates at different fertilisation levels, allowing growers to select a mix according to the amount of initial nutrition and feeding control required.
Janeco-Light-Mix is the lightly fertilised option. It uses peat and perlite and is particularly suitable for seedlings, cuttings and growers who want maximum control over subsequent nutrition.
Bi Grow Mix is the medium-fertilised option. Its peat and coco fibre composition provides good moisture retention and an aerated structure while supplying a moderate level of starter nutrition.
Kilomix is the heavily fertilised option. It is designed for more demanding plants and growers looking for a nutrient-rich substrate from the beginning.
Bi Grow Mix therefore provides the middle ground for growers who want more initial nutrition than a light mix while retaining greater control than a heavily fertilised substrate.
Atami Bi Grow Mix 50L product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Product | Bi Grow Mix |
| Product type | Medium-fertilised growing substrate |
| Size | 50L |
| Base materials | Peat & coco fibre |
| Coco content | Approximately 20% coco fibres & chips |
| Fertilisation level | Medium |
| EC | 1.25-1.50 |
| Structure | Moisture-retentive & aerated |
| Initial nutrition | Starter nutrition included |
| Additional feeding | Introduce liquid fertiliser after the initial feeding period according to crop requirements |
| Suitable for | Balanced & prolonged growth across a wide range of container-grown crops |
| Outer case quantity | 1 x 50L bag |
| Pallet quantity | 70 x 50L bags |
Atami Bi Grow Mix 50L FAQs
What is Atami Bi Grow Mix?
Atami Bi Grow Mix is a medium-fertilised peat and coco fibre growing substrate designed to provide a balance of moisture retention, root-zone aeration and initial plant nutrition.
What is Atami Bi Grow Mix made from?
Bi Grow Mix combines peat with coco fibre. Atami's detailed product information specifies approximately 20% coco fibres and chips, which create additional air spaces within the growing medium.
What is the EC of Atami Bi Grow Mix?
Atami specifies an EC of 1.25-1.50 for Bi Grow Mix, reflecting its medium level of initial fertilisation.
Is Atami Bi Grow Mix pre-fertilised?
Yes. Bi Grow Mix contains starter nutrition and is classified by Atami as a medium-fertilised substrate. This initial nutrient charge is designed to support plants during their early development.
Do I need to feed plants immediately in Bi Grow Mix?
Not necessarily. The substrate already contains nutrients for the initial growing period. Additional liquid fertiliser should be introduced as the crop begins to use the available nutrition, with timing adjusted to plant size, container volume and crop demand.
Does Bi Grow Mix contain coco coir?
Yes. Bi Grow Mix contains approximately 20% coco fibres and chips. The coco component helps create additional air spaces while contributing to the substrate's moisture-management characteristics.
Does Atami Bi Grow Mix contain perlite?
Atami's current specification describes Bi Grow Mix as a peat and coco fibre substrate. Unlike Janeco-Light-Mix and Kilomix, which Atami specifically describes as peat and perlite substrates, coco fibre provides the additional aeration in Bi Grow Mix.
Is Bi Grow Mix suitable for young plants?
Atami states that plants can root directly into Bi Grow Mix from their initial stage. Its medium fertilisation level provides more starter nutrition than Janeco-Light-Mix, so particularly nutrient-sensitive seedlings or cuttings may still be better suited to a lighter mix.
What is the difference between Atami Bi Grow Mix and Janeco-Light-Mix?
Janeco-Light-Mix is a lightly fertilised peat and perlite substrate designed to give growers greater control over feeding. Bi Grow Mix combines peat and coco fibre and has a medium fertilisation level, providing more initial nutrition and strong moisture retention.
What is the difference between Atami Bi Grow Mix and Kilomix?
Bi Grow Mix is medium fertilised and combines peat with coco fibre. Kilomix is heavily fertilised, uses peat and perlite and is intended for demanding plants or growers wanting a much richer nutrient supply from the start.
Does Bi Grow Mix retain water well?
Yes. Atami specifically highlights the substrate's good moisture retention. Its peat and coco fibre blend combines moisture-holding capacity with an aerated structure around the root zone.
Is Bi Grow Mix good for hand watering?
Yes. Its combination of moisture retention and aeration makes Bi Grow Mix particularly practical for hand-watered container crops, where the grower wants a forgiving substrate between irrigation events.
Can Atami Bi Grow Mix be used for a full crop cycle?
Yes. Plants can continue growing in Bi Grow Mix throughout their crop cycle, but the initial nutrient charge will eventually be used. Introduce an appropriate liquid nutrient programme as crop demand increases.
Is Atami Bi Grow Mix suitable for professional horticulture?
Yes. The 50L format is suitable for nurseries, professional growers and larger container-growing operations as well as smaller-scale cultivation. Its medium nutrient charge gives growers a useful balance between initial nutrition and subsequent feeding control.
How many 50L bags of Atami Bi Grow Mix are on a pallet?
A full pallet contains 70 x 50L bags of Atami Bi Grow Mix.
Atami Bi-Bloombastic 250ml - Organic PK 8-12 Bloom & Ripening Additive
1870
£18.70
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami Bi-Bloombastic 250ml - Organic PK 8-12 Bloom & Ripening Additive
1870
£18.70
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami Bi-Bloombastic 250ml is a highly concentrated PK 8-12 all-in-one bloom additive combining phosphorus, potassium, iron and organic compounds to support flowering, fruit development, flavour and yield during the final stages of the crop cycle.
Described by Atami as Bloombastic with a 'green twist', Bi-Bloombastic has been developed for growers looking for an organic-natured flowering additive. It works as a bloom stimulator, hardener, taste enhancer and activator of various enzymatic processes while supporting the biological activity associated with the flowering root zone.
Bi-Bloombastic contains a high concentration of phosphorus, potassium and iron alongside organic compounds. Atami explains that its fertilisers are more readily metabolised by micro-organisms than mineral fertilisers due to the product's organic nature.
During flowering, these fertilisers support micro-organisms around the root zone while the concentrated PK formulation supports flower and fruit development. Atami specifically highlights increased fruit size, yield and flavour among the benefits of Bi-Bloombastic.
Applied at 1-2ml/L, a 250ml bottle prepares approximately 125-250 litres of nutrient solution. This listing is supplied individually, with 12 x 250ml bottles per full outer case.
Why choose Atami Bi-Bloombastic?
- All-in-one bloom additive - combines bloom stimulation, hardening, taste enhancement and support for enzymatic processes.
- PK 8-12 formulation - provides concentrated phosphorus and potassium during flowering and ripening.
- Organic compounds - formulated as Atami's 'green twist' on the Bloombastic concept.
- Rich in phosphorus, potassium & iron - supplies important elements during productive flowering.
- Supports micro-organisms - its fertilisers support microbial activity during the flowering phase.
- Supports the root environment - Atami links its microbial support during flowering with a healthy root system and productive crop.
- Supports flower formation - developed to accelerate and enhance flowering performance.
- Supports fruit size - Atami specifically identifies increased fruit size as a benefit.
- Supports crop yield - designed to improve productive flowering and final yield.
- Enhances flavour - functions as a taste enhancer as crops progress towards maturity.
- Suitable for Hydro, Coco & Soil - compatible with all three growing methods when applied correctly.
- Works alongside base nutrients - designed to supplement the regular nutrient programme during late flowering.
What is Atami Bi-Bloombastic suitable for?
Bi-Bloombastic is intended for flowering and fruiting plants during the later stages of their productive cycle. Atami gives examples including chilli peppers, strawberries and blueberries, together with flowering ornamental plants such as orchids and violets.
It can be used with plants grown in Hydro, Coco and Soil, although its method of application differs from many conventional mineral flowering additives.
Atami recommends Bi-Bloombastic during the final 4-6 weeks of the flowering stage as an additive to the crop's regular nutrients.
The exact duration of flowering varies between plant species, so growers should follow actual crop development rather than treating the recommended period as a rigid calendar schedule.
What makes Bi-Bloombastic different?
Standard Bloombastic and Bi-Bloombastic share the all-in-one bloom additive concept, but their formulations are different.
Bi-Bloombastic contains organic compounds and is formulated to support micro-organisms during flowering. Atami explains that the fertilisers contained within Bi-Bloombastic are better metabolised by micro-organisms than mineral fertilisers due to their organic nature.
This makes Bi-Bloombastic particularly relevant to growers using biologically active feeding programmes who want concentrated flowering support while maintaining a strong focus on microbial activity within the root environment.
Its analysis is PK 8-12 W/W, compared with the PK 14-15 formulation of standard Bloombastic, and its recommended application rate is also different.
How to use Atami Bi-Bloombastic
Apply Bi-Bloombastic during the final 4-6 weeks of flowering as an additive to the plant's regular nutrient programme.
Use at a concentration of 1-2ml per litre of water. This equals 10-20ml for 10L, 50-100ml for 50L and 100-200ml for 100L of nutrient solution.
A 250ml bottle prepares approximately 250 litres at 1ml/L or 125 litres at 2ml/L.
Bi-Bloombastic can be combined with basic nutrients and other suitable additives, but growers should pay attention to the EC value of the complete nutrient solution and adjust the overall programme according to crop requirements.
Important irrigation guidance: Bi-Bloombastic should not be automatically dosed through irrigation systems. Atami advises that when an irrigation system is being used, Bi-Bloombastic should be administered manually with a watering can because its formulation can otherwise create a risk of clogging.
Understanding Bi-Bloombastic PK 8-12
Bi-Bloombastic has a PK analysis of 8-12 W/W, giving it a potassium-dominant phosphorus-to-potassium profile.
Phosphorus contributes to important plant processes associated with energy transfer and reproductive development, while potassium is involved in water regulation, nutrient movement and many processes associated with productive flower and fruit development.
Atami also highlights the product's high concentration of iron. Iron is an essential micronutrient involved in important plant metabolic processes and contributes to normal plant development.
Bi-Bloombastic combines this mineral contribution with organic compounds and its support for micro-organisms, giving the product a distinctly different formulation from Atami's standard mineral-focused Bloombastic.
Bi-Bloombastic as part of a flowering programme
Bi-Bloombastic is an additive rather than a complete base nutrient. Continue providing an appropriate basic nutrient programme while introducing Bi-Bloombastic during the recommended flowering period.
Atami's own grow guides pair Bi-Bloombastic with its ATA NRG nutrient range, demonstrating its role as the concentrated flowering additive within a broader feeding programme.
Because the product contributes additional phosphorus, potassium, iron and other compounds to the nutrient solution, the complete feeding programme should always be considered when assessing nutrient strength.
Crop condition, growing environment, light intensity and species can all affect nutrient demand. Use the manufacturer's application rate as a guideline and adjust feeding according to actual crop response.
Atami Bi-Bloombastic 250ml product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Product | Bi-Bloombastic |
| Product type | All-in-one bloom & ripening additive |
| Size | 250ml |
| PK analysis | PK 8-12 W/W |
| Key formulation | High concentration of phosphorus, potassium & iron with organic compounds |
| Application rate | 1-2ml/L |
| Application period | Final 4-6 weeks of flowering |
| 10L nutrient solution | 10-20ml |
| 50L nutrient solution | 50-100ml |
| 100L nutrient solution | 100-200ml |
| Approximate solution from 250ml | 250L at 1ml/L or 125L at 2ml/L |
| Growing media | Hydro, Coco & Soil |
| Automatic irrigation | No - manually apply with a watering can to avoid the risk of clogging |
| Use with base nutrients | Yes |
| EC monitoring | Recommended |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 250ml bottles |
Atami Bi-Bloombastic 250ml FAQs
What is Atami Bi-Bloombastic?
Bi-Bloombastic is Atami's highly concentrated all-in-one bloom additive with organic compounds. It works as a flowering stimulator, hardener, taste enhancer and activator of various enzymatic processes while supporting micro-organisms during flowering.
What is the PK ratio of Bi-Bloombastic?
Atami Bi-Bloombastic has a PK 8-12 W/W analysis and also contains a high concentration of iron.
When should I use Atami Bi-Bloombastic?
Atami recommends using Bi-Bloombastic during the final 4-6 weeks of flowering alongside the plant's regular nutrient programme.
How much Bi-Bloombastic should I use?
Use 1-2ml per litre of water. A 250ml bottle therefore prepares approximately 125-250 litres of nutrient solution depending on the chosen concentration.
Is Bi-Bloombastic the same as standard Bloombastic?
No. Although both are all-in-one flowering additives, the formulations are different. Bi-Bloombastic contains organic compounds, supports micro-organisms and has a PK 8-12 analysis, while standard Bloombastic has a PK 14-15 analysis and a different application rate.
Does Bi-Bloombastic support beneficial micro-organisms?
Yes. Atami states that the fertilisers in Bi-Bloombastic support micro-organisms during flowering and are better metabolised by micro-organisms than mineral fertilisers due to the product's organic nature.
Can Bi-Bloombastic increase fruit size and yield?
Atami specifically states that, in addition to supporting flowering power, Bi-Bloombastic can increase fruit size and crop yield when used correctly as part of a suitable feeding programme.
Can I use Bi-Bloombastic in soil?
Yes. Bi-Bloombastic is suitable for soil-grown flowering and fruiting crops and is particularly relevant to feeding programmes where biological activity in the root zone is important.
Can I use Bi-Bloombastic in coco?
Yes. Atami lists Bi-Bloombastic as suitable for coco-grown plants when used alongside an appropriate base nutrient programme.
Can I use Bi-Bloombastic in hydroponics?
Yes. Atami lists the product as suitable for hydro cultivation, but its application method is important. It should be administered manually rather than continuously circulated or automatically dosed through irrigation equipment.
Can Bi-Bloombastic be used through an automatic irrigation system?
Atami advises against automatically administering Bi-Bloombastic through irrigation systems because there is a risk of clogging. Where irrigation systems are installed, apply Bi-Bloombastic separately and manually with a watering can.
Can Bi-Bloombastic be used with base nutrients?
Yes. Bi-Bloombastic is designed as an additive to the regular nutrient programme and can be combined with basic nutrients. Monitor the overall EC of the nutrient solution when combining products.
What plants can Atami Bi-Bloombastic be used on?
It is suitable for many flowering and fruiting crops. Atami gives examples including chilli peppers, strawberries and blueberries, as well as flowering ornamentals such as orchids and violets.
Why does Bi-Bloombastic contain iron?
Iron is an essential micronutrient involved in important metabolic processes within plants. Atami highlights the high concentration of phosphorus, potassium and iron as part of Bi-Bloombastic's flowering formulation.
How many 250ml bottles of Bi-Bloombastic are in a full case?
A full outer case contains 12 x 250ml bottles of Atami Bi-Bloombastic.
Atami Bloombastic 1.25L (1250ml) - PK 14-15 Bloom & Ripening Additive
9359
£93.59
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami Bloombastic 1.25L (1250ml) - PK 14-15 Bloom & Ripening Additive
9359
£93.59
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami Bloombastic 1.25L is a highly concentrated PK 14-15 all-in-one bloom and ripening additive developed to support dense flower development, increased sugar production, enhanced aroma and a strong finish during the final stages of flowering.
Bloombastic is Atami's award-winning all-in-one bloom additive, developed for the final 4-6 weeks of flowering and ripening. It combines the functions of a bloom stimulator, hardener, taste enhancer and activator of various enzymatic processes, providing concentrated support as flowering and fruiting crops move towards maturity.
With a powerful PK 14-15 W/W formulation, Bloombastic supplies high levels of phosphorus and potassium during the period when productive crops have significant demand for these important flowering nutrients. Atami states that Bloombastic contains more than 50% more bio-minerals in the form of phosphorus and potassium than other liquid flowering products.
No ballast substances such as sodium or chlorine are used. The concentrated formulation is designed to encourage sugar and flower production, supporting the development of thicker, denser and more aromatic flowers during the final stages of the crop cycle.
Applied at only 0.5-1ml/L, the 1.25L bottle can prepare approximately 1,250-2,500 litres of nutrient solution, making it an economical choice for medium to larger growing systems and nutrient reservoirs.
Why choose Atami Bloombastic?
- All-in-one bloom additive – combines the functions of a bloom stimulator, hardener, taste enhancer and activator of enzymatic processes.
- PK 14-15 formulation – provides concentrated phosphorus and potassium during flowering and ripening.
- High bio-mineral content – Atami states that Bloombastic contains over 50% more phosphorus and potassium than other liquid flowering products.
- Supports sugar production – developed to increase the sugar content of the crop during productive flowering.
- Supports dense flower development – encourages thick, dense and aromatic flowers as the crop approaches maturity.
- Supports aroma & flavour – combines concentrated flowering nutrition with Atami's taste-enhancing bloom formulation.
- No unnecessary ballast substances – formulated without ballast substances such as sodium and chlorine.
- Highly concentrated – used at only 0.5-1ml per litre of water.
- Suitable for Hydro, Coco & Soil – compatible with a wide range of growing media and cultivation methods.
- Suitable for irrigation systems – can be incorporated into professionally managed irrigation and fertigation programmes.
- Works alongside base nutrients – designed to supplement the crop's basic nutrient programme during flowering and ripening.
- Economical 1.25L size – provides enough concentrate to prepare approximately 1,250-2,500 litres of nutrient solution.
What is Atami Bloombastic suitable for?
Bloombastic can be used with a wide range of flowering and fruiting plants, including vegetables, fruits, herbs and ornamental flowering crops. Atami gives examples including chilli peppers, strawberries and blueberries, as well as flowering plants such as orchids and violets.
It is suitable for cultivation in Hydro, Coco and Soil and can be incorporated into different substrate and irrigation systems.
Bloombastic is specifically intended for established flowering crops approaching the later stages of flower and fruit development. It is not a vegetative growth additive or complete base fertiliser.
Crop development should determine application timing rather than relying entirely on fixed calendar weeks. Atami recommends Bloombastic for the final 4-6 weeks of flowering and ripening, so crops with different flowering durations will naturally begin the programme at different points.
How to use Atami Bloombastic
Apply Bloombastic during the final 4-6 weeks of flowering and ripening in combination with your basic nutrients. Use 0.5-1ml per litre of water or nutrient solution, adjusting the overall nutrient programme according to crop requirements.
At 0.5ml/L, use 5ml for 10L, 25ml for 50L, 50ml for 100L, 250ml for 500L and 500ml for a 1,000L nutrient reservoir.
At 1ml/L, use 10ml for 10L, 50ml for 50L, 100ml for 100L, 500ml for 500L and 1L for a 1,000L nutrient reservoir.
A 1.25L bottle therefore prepares approximately 2,500 litres of nutrient solution at 0.5ml/L or 1,250 litres at 1ml/L.
Bloombastic increases the EC value of the basic nutrient solution, so EC should be monitored during use. Take the strength of the base nutrient and other additives into account when preparing the final solution.
Bloombastic can be combined with a bloom stimulator such as B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator where additional flowering-phase stimulation is required.
Important: Do not combine Bloombastic with another PK nutrient. Atami advises that this is unnecessary and can increase the risk of overfertilisation.
Understanding Bloombastic PK 14-15
Bloombastic provides a concentrated but relatively balanced combination of phosphorus and potassium, with a PK analysis of 14-15 W/W.
Phosphorus is involved in essential plant processes including energy transfer and reproductive development. Potassium contributes to numerous physiological functions associated with water regulation, nutrient movement and productive crop development.
During flowering and ripening, demand for these elements becomes increasingly important as the plant directs resources towards developing flowers and fruits.
Bloombastic combines this concentrated PK nutrition with its wider bloom-stimulating formulation, which is why Atami positions the product as an all-in-one flowering additive rather than simply a conventional PK fertiliser.
Bloombastic as part of a flowering programme
Bloombastic is designed to supplement rather than replace the plant's basic nutrient programme. Continue using an appropriate base nutrient for the chosen growing medium while introducing Bloombastic during the recommended flowering and ripening stages.
A bloom stimulator can also be incorporated where appropriate because a stimulator performs a different role from concentrated PK nutrition.
However, Bloombastic already provides a substantial PK 14-15 concentration. Adding another dedicated PK booster on top of it can create excessive phosphorus and potassium levels, which is why Atami specifically advises against combining Bloombastic with another PK nutrient.
Monitoring EC and crop response allows growers to account for the contribution made by both the base nutrient and Bloombastic rather than treating additives independently.
Atami Bloombastic 1.25L product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Product | Bloombastic |
| Product type | All-in-one bloom & ripening additive |
| Size | 1.25L |
| PK analysis | PK 14-15 W/W |
| Application rate | 0.5-1ml/L |
| Application period | Final 4-6 weeks of flowering & ripening |
| 10L nutrient solution | 5-10ml |
| 50L nutrient solution | 25-50ml |
| 100L nutrient solution | 50-100ml |
| 500L nutrient solution | 250-500ml |
| 1,000L nutrient solution | 500ml-1L |
| Approximate solution from 1.25L | 1,250L at 1ml/L or 2,500L at 0.5ml/L |
| Growing media | Hydro, Coco & Soil |
| Irrigation | Suitable for irrigation systems |
| Use with base nutrients | Yes |
| Use with bloom stimulator | Yes |
| Use with another PK nutrient | No - Atami advises against combining Bloombastic with another PK nutrient |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 1.25L bottles |
Atami Bloombastic 1.25L FAQs
What does Atami Bloombastic do?
Bloombastic is an all-in-one bloom and ripening additive designed to support plants during the final stages of flowering. It combines bloom stimulation, concentrated PK nutrition, flower hardening, taste enhancement and activation of various enzymatic processes.
What is the PK ratio of Atami Bloombastic?
Bloombastic has a PK 14-15 W/W analysis, providing high concentrations of both phosphorus and potassium during flowering and ripening.
When should I use Atami Bloombastic?
Atami recommends using Bloombastic during the final 4-6 weeks of flowering and ripening. Follow the actual development of the crop when determining the appropriate starting point.
How much Atami Bloombastic should I use?
Use 0.5-1ml per litre of water or nutrient solution alongside the crop's basic nutrients.
Does Bloombastic increase EC?
Yes. Bloombastic increases the EC of the basic nutrient solution because it contains concentrated mineral nutrition. Monitor EC and account for the strength of the complete feeding programme.
Can I use Bloombastic with my base nutrients?
Yes. Bloombastic is intended to be used in combination with appropriate basic nutrients during flowering and ripening. It is not a complete base fertiliser on its own.
Can Bloombastic be used with Bloom Stimulator?
Yes. Atami states that Bloombastic can be combined with a bloom stimulator such as B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator because the products perform different roles within the flowering programme.
Can Bloombastic be used with another PK booster?
No. Atami advises against combining Bloombastic with another PK nutrient. Bloombastic already contains a concentrated PK 14-15 formulation, and additional PK supplementation can increase the risk of overfertilisation.
Can I use Bloombastic in coco?
Yes. Bloombastic is suitable for coco and coco-based growing systems when incorporated into an appropriate coco nutrient programme.
Can I use Bloombastic in hydroponics?
Yes. Bloombastic is suitable for hydroponic cultivation and can be added to the nutrient solution during the appropriate flowering and ripening stages.
Can I use Bloombastic in soil?
Yes. Bloombastic is suitable for soil-grown flowering and fruiting plants when used alongside an appropriate base nutrient programme.
What plants can Bloombastic be used on?
Bloombastic can be used with many flowering and fruiting crops. Atami gives examples including chilli peppers, strawberries and blueberries, along with flowering ornamental plants such as orchids and violets.
Does Bloombastic support sugar production?
Yes. Atami specifically positions Bloombastic to encourage sugar production during flowering, supporting crop weight, aroma and final flower or fruit development.
What is the difference between Bloombastic and Rokzbastic?
Bloombastic is an all-in-one PK 14-15 bloom additive with a relatively balanced phosphorus-to-potassium profile. Rokzbastic is a PK 10-20 late-flowering booster with twice as much potassium as phosphorus. They have different formulations and should not be stacked together as additional PK products.
How much nutrient solution will a 1.25L bottle of Bloombastic make?
A 1.25L bottle prepares approximately 1,250 litres at 1ml/L or 2,500 litres at 0.5ml/L.
How many 1.25L bottles of Atami Bloombastic are in a full case?
A full outer case contains 12 x 1.25L bottles of Atami Bloombastic.
Atami Bloombastic 100ml - PK 14-15 Bloom & Ripening Additive
970
£9.70
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami Bloombastic 100ml - PK 14-15 Bloom & Ripening Additive
970
£9.70
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami Bloombastic 100ml is a highly concentrated PK 14-15 all-in-one bloom and ripening additive developed to support dense flower development, increased sugar production, enhanced aroma and a strong finish during the final stages of flowering.
Bloombastic is Atami's award-winning all-in-one bloom additive, developed for the final 4-6 weeks of flowering and ripening. It combines the functions of a bloom stimulator, hardener, taste enhancer and activator of various enzymatic processes, providing concentrated support as flowering and fruiting crops move towards maturity.
With a powerful PK 14-15 W/W formulation, Bloombastic supplies high levels of phosphorus and potassium during the period when productive crops have significant demand for these important flowering nutrients. Atami states that Bloombastic contains more than 50% more bio-minerals in the form of phosphorus and potassium than other liquid flowering products.
No ballast substances such as sodium or chlorine are used. The concentrated formulation is designed to encourage sugar and flower production, supporting the development of thicker, denser and more aromatic flowers during the final stages of the crop cycle.
Applied at only 0.5-1ml/L, a 100ml bottle can prepare approximately 100-200 litres of nutrient solution, making this compact size ideal for smaller growing systems, trial applications and lower-volume reservoirs.
Why choose Atami Bloombastic?
- All-in-one bloom additive – combines the functions of a bloom stimulator, hardener, taste enhancer and activator of enzymatic processes.
- PK 14-15 formulation – provides concentrated phosphorus and potassium during flowering and ripening.
- High bio-mineral content – Atami states that Bloombastic contains over 50% more phosphorus and potassium than other liquid flowering products.
- Supports sugar production – developed to increase the sugar content of the crop during productive flowering.
- Supports dense flower development – encourages thick, dense and aromatic flowers as the crop approaches maturity.
- Supports aroma & flavour – combines concentrated flowering nutrition with Atami's taste-enhancing bloom formulation.
- No unnecessary ballast substances – formulated without ballast substances such as sodium and chlorine.
- Highly concentrated – used at only 0.5-1ml per litre of water.
- Suitable for Hydro, Coco & Soil – compatible with a wide range of growing media and cultivation methods.
- Suitable for irrigation systems – can be incorporated into professionally managed irrigation and fertigation programmes.
- Works alongside base nutrients – designed to supplement the crop's basic nutrient programme during flowering and ripening.
- Compact 100ml size – provides enough concentrate to prepare approximately 100-200 litres of nutrient solution.
What is Atami Bloombastic suitable for?
Bloombastic can be used with a wide range of flowering and fruiting plants, including vegetables, fruits, herbs and ornamental flowering crops. Atami gives examples including chilli peppers, strawberries and blueberries, as well as flowering plants such as orchids and violets.
It is suitable for cultivation in Hydro, Coco and Soil and can be incorporated into different substrate and irrigation systems.
Bloombastic is specifically intended for established flowering crops approaching the later stages of flower and fruit development. It is not a vegetative growth additive or complete base fertiliser.
Crop development should determine application timing rather than relying entirely on fixed calendar weeks. Atami recommends Bloombastic for the final 4-6 weeks of flowering and ripening, so crops with different flowering durations will naturally begin the programme at different points.
How to use Atami Bloombastic
Apply Bloombastic during the final 4-6 weeks of flowering and ripening in combination with your basic nutrients. Use 0.5-1ml per litre of water or nutrient solution, adjusting the overall nutrient programme according to crop requirements.
At 0.5ml/L, use 5ml for a 10L nutrient solution, 25ml for 50L and 50ml for 100L.
At 1ml/L, use 10ml for a 10L nutrient solution, 50ml for 50L and 100ml for 100L.
A 100ml bottle therefore prepares approximately 200 litres of nutrient solution at 0.5ml/L or 100 litres at 1ml/L.
Bloombastic increases the EC value of the basic nutrient solution, so EC should be monitored during use. Take the strength of the base nutrient and other additives into account when preparing the final solution.
Bloombastic can be combined with a bloom stimulator such as B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator where additional flowering-phase stimulation is required.
Important: Do not combine Bloombastic with another PK nutrient. Atami advises that this is unnecessary and can increase the risk of overfertilisation.
Understanding Bloombastic PK 14-15
Bloombastic provides a concentrated but relatively balanced combination of phosphorus and potassium, with a PK analysis of 14-15 W/W.
Phosphorus is involved in essential plant processes including energy transfer and reproductive development. Potassium contributes to numerous physiological functions associated with water regulation, nutrient movement and productive crop development.
During flowering and ripening, demand for these elements becomes increasingly important as the plant directs resources towards developing flowers and fruits.
Bloombastic combines this concentrated PK nutrition with its wider bloom-stimulating formulation, which is why Atami positions the product as an all-in-one flowering additive rather than simply a conventional PK fertiliser.
Bloombastic as part of a flowering programme
Bloombastic is designed to supplement rather than replace the plant's basic nutrient programme. Continue using an appropriate base nutrient for the chosen growing medium while introducing Bloombastic during the recommended flowering and ripening stages.
A bloom stimulator can also be incorporated where appropriate because a stimulator performs a different role from concentrated PK nutrition.
However, Bloombastic already provides a substantial PK 14-15 concentration. Adding another dedicated PK booster on top of it can create excessive phosphorus and potassium levels, which is why Atami specifically advises against combining Bloombastic with another PK nutrient.
Monitoring EC and crop response allows growers to account for the contribution made by both the base nutrient and Bloombastic rather than treating additives independently.
Atami Bloombastic 100ml product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Product | Bloombastic |
| Product type | All-in-one bloom & ripening additive |
| Size | 100ml |
| PK analysis | PK 14-15 W/W |
| Application rate | 0.5-1ml/L |
| Application period | Final 4-6 weeks of flowering & ripening |
| 10L nutrient solution | 5-10ml |
| 50L nutrient solution | 25-50ml |
| 100L nutrient solution | 50-100ml |
| Approximate solution from 100ml | 100L at 1ml/L or 200L at 0.5ml/L |
| Growing media | Hydro, Coco & Soil |
| Irrigation | Suitable for irrigation systems |
| Use with base nutrients | Yes |
| Use with bloom stimulator | Yes |
| Use with another PK nutrient | No - Atami advises against combining Bloombastic with another PK nutrient |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 100ml bottles |
Atami Bloombastic 100ml FAQs
What does Atami Bloombastic do?
Bloombastic is an all-in-one bloom and ripening additive designed to support plants during the final stages of flowering. It combines bloom stimulation, concentrated PK nutrition, flower hardening, taste enhancement and activation of various enzymatic processes.
What is the PK ratio of Atami Bloombastic?
Bloombastic has a PK 14-15 W/W analysis, providing high concentrations of both phosphorus and potassium during flowering and ripening.
When should I use Atami Bloombastic?
Atami recommends using Bloombastic during the final 4-6 weeks of flowering and ripening. Follow the actual development of the crop when determining the appropriate starting point.
How much Atami Bloombastic should I use?
Use 0.5-1ml per litre of water or nutrient solution alongside the crop's basic nutrients.
Does Bloombastic increase EC?
Yes. Bloombastic increases the EC of the basic nutrient solution because it contains concentrated mineral nutrition. Monitor EC and account for the strength of the complete feeding programme.
Can I use Bloombastic with my base nutrients?
Yes. Bloombastic is intended to be used in combination with appropriate basic nutrients during flowering and ripening. It is not a complete base fertiliser on its own.
Can Bloombastic be used with Bloom Stimulator?
Yes. Bloombastic can be combined with a bloom stimulator such as B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator because the products perform different roles within a flowering programme.
Can Bloombastic be used with another PK booster?
No. Atami advises against combining Bloombastic with another PK nutrient. Bloombastic already contains a concentrated PK 14-15 formulation, and additional PK supplementation can increase the risk of overfertilisation.
Can I use Bloombastic in coco?
Yes. Bloombastic is suitable for coco and coco-based growing systems when incorporated into an appropriate coco nutrient programme.
Can I use Bloombastic in hydroponics?
Yes. Bloombastic is suitable for hydroponic cultivation and can be added to the nutrient solution during the appropriate flowering and ripening stages.
Can I use Bloombastic in soil?
Yes. Bloombastic is suitable for soil-grown flowering and fruiting plants when used alongside an appropriate base nutrient programme.
What plants can Bloombastic be used on?
Bloombastic can be used with many flowering and fruiting crops. Atami gives examples including chilli peppers, strawberries and blueberries, along with flowering ornamental plants such as orchids and violets.
Does Bloombastic support sugar production?
Yes. Atami positions Bloombastic to encourage sugar production during flowering, supporting crop weight, aroma and final flower or fruit development.
What is the difference between Bloombastic and Rokzbastic?
Bloombastic is an all-in-one PK 14-15 bloom additive with a relatively balanced phosphorus-to-potassium profile. Rokzbastic is a PK 10-20 late-flowering booster with twice as much potassium as phosphorus. They have different formulations and should not be stacked together as additional PK products.
Is the 100ml Bloombastic suitable for smaller growing systems?
Yes. The 100ml bottle is a practical choice for smaller reservoirs, lower plant numbers or growers wanting to use Bloombastic without purchasing a larger container. It makes approximately 100-200 litres of nutrient solution depending on application rate.
How many 100ml bottles of Atami Bloombastic are in a full case?
A full outer case contains 12 x 100ml bottles of Atami Bloombastic.
Atami Bloombastic 10L - PK 14-15 Bloom & Ripening Additive
57186
£571.86
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami Bloombastic 10L - PK 14-15 Bloom & Ripening Additive
57186
£571.86
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami Bloombastic 10L is a highly concentrated PK 14-15 all-in-one bloom and ripening additive developed to support dense flower development, increased sugar production, enhanced aroma and a strong finish during the final stages of flowering.
Bloombastic is Atami's award-winning all-in-one bloom additive, developed for the final 4-6 weeks of flowering and ripening. It combines the functions of a bloom stimulator, hardener, taste enhancer and activator of various enzymatic processes, providing concentrated support as flowering and fruiting crops move towards maturity.
With a powerful PK 14-15 W/W formulation, Bloombastic supplies high levels of phosphorus and potassium during the period when productive crops have significant demand for these important flowering nutrients. Atami states that Bloombastic contains more than 50% more bio-minerals in the form of phosphorus and potassium than other liquid flowering products.
No ballast substances such as sodium or chlorine are used. The concentrated formulation is designed to encourage sugar and flower production, supporting the development of thicker, denser and more aromatic flowers during the final stages of the crop cycle.
Applied at only 0.5-1ml/L, the professional 10L format can prepare approximately 10,000-20,000 litres of nutrient solution, making it particularly well suited to commercial horticulture, large irrigation systems and high-volume nutrient reservoirs.
Why choose Atami Bloombastic?
- All-in-one bloom additive – combines the functions of a bloom stimulator, hardener, taste enhancer and activator of enzymatic processes.
- PK 14-15 formulation – provides concentrated phosphorus and potassium during flowering and ripening.
- High bio-mineral content – Atami states that Bloombastic contains over 50% more phosphorus and potassium than other liquid flowering products.
- Supports sugar production – developed to increase the sugar content of the crop during productive flowering.
- Supports dense flower development – encourages thick, dense and aromatic flowers as the crop approaches maturity.
- Supports aroma & flavour – combines concentrated flowering nutrition with Atami's taste-enhancing bloom formulation.
- No unnecessary ballast substances – formulated without ballast substances such as sodium and chlorine.
- Highly concentrated – used at only 0.5-1ml per litre of water.
- Suitable for Hydro, Coco & Soil – compatible with a wide range of growing media and cultivation methods.
- Suitable for irrigation systems – can be incorporated into professionally managed irrigation and fertigation programmes.
- Works alongside base nutrients – designed to supplement the crop's basic nutrient programme during flowering and ripening.
- Professional 10L format – ideal for larger crop areas, commercial growing systems and high-volume nutrient preparation.
What is Atami Bloombastic suitable for?
Bloombastic can be used with a wide range of flowering and fruiting plants, including vegetables, fruits, herbs and ornamental flowering crops. Atami gives examples including chilli peppers, strawberries and blueberries, as well as flowering plants such as orchids and violets.
It is suitable for cultivation in Hydro, Coco and Soil and can be incorporated into different substrate and irrigation systems.
Bloombastic is specifically intended for established flowering crops approaching the later stages of flower and fruit development. It is not a vegetative growth additive or complete base fertiliser.
Crop development should determine application timing rather than relying entirely on fixed calendar weeks. Atami recommends Bloombastic for the final 4-6 weeks of flowering and ripening, so crops with different flowering durations will naturally begin the programme at different points.
How to use Atami Bloombastic
Apply Bloombastic during the final 4-6 weeks of flowering and ripening in combination with your basic nutrients. Use 0.5-1ml per litre of water or nutrient solution, adjusting the overall nutrient programme according to crop requirements.
At 0.5ml/L, use 5ml for 10L, 25ml for 50L, 50ml for 100L, 250ml for 500L and 500ml for a 1,000L nutrient reservoir.
At 1ml/L, use 10ml for 10L, 50ml for 50L, 100ml for 100L, 500ml for 500L and 1L for a 1,000L nutrient reservoir.
A 10L container therefore prepares approximately 20,000 litres of nutrient solution at 0.5ml/L or 10,000 litres at 1ml/L.
Bloombastic increases the EC value of the basic nutrient solution, so EC should be monitored during use. Take the strength of the base nutrient and other additives into account when preparing the final solution.
Bloombastic can be combined with a bloom stimulator such as B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator where additional flowering-phase stimulation is required.
Important: Do not combine Bloombastic with another PK nutrient. Atami advises that this is unnecessary and can increase the risk of overfertilisation.
Understanding Bloombastic PK 14-15
Bloombastic provides a concentrated but relatively balanced combination of phosphorus and potassium, with a PK analysis of 14-15 W/W.
Phosphorus is involved in essential plant processes including energy transfer and reproductive development. Potassium contributes to numerous physiological functions associated with water regulation, nutrient movement and productive crop development.
During flowering and ripening, demand for these elements becomes increasingly important as the plant directs resources towards developing flowers and fruits.
Bloombastic combines this concentrated PK nutrition with its wider bloom-stimulating formulation, which is why Atami positions the product as an all-in-one flowering additive rather than simply a conventional PK fertiliser.
Bloombastic as part of a flowering programme
Bloombastic is designed to supplement rather than replace the plant's basic nutrient programme. Continue using an appropriate base nutrient for the chosen growing medium while introducing Bloombastic during the recommended flowering and ripening stages.
A bloom stimulator can also be incorporated where appropriate because a stimulator performs a different role from concentrated PK nutrition.
However, Bloombastic already provides a substantial PK 14-15 concentration. Adding another dedicated PK booster on top of it can create excessive phosphorus and potassium levels, which is why Atami specifically advises against combining Bloombastic with another PK nutrient.
Monitoring EC and crop response allows growers to account for the contribution made by both the base nutrient and Bloombastic rather than treating additives independently.
Atami Bloombastic 10L product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Product | Bloombastic |
| Product type | All-in-one bloom & ripening additive |
| Size | 10L |
| PK analysis | PK 14-15 W/W |
| Application rate | 0.5-1ml/L |
| Application period | Final 4-6 weeks of flowering & ripening |
| 10L nutrient solution | 5-10ml |
| 50L nutrient solution | 25-50ml |
| 100L nutrient solution | 50-100ml |
| 500L nutrient solution | 250-500ml |
| 1,000L nutrient solution | 500ml-1L |
| Approximate solution from 10L | 10,000L at 1ml/L or 20,000L at 0.5ml/L |
| Growing media | Hydro, Coco & Soil |
| Irrigation | Suitable for irrigation systems |
| Use with base nutrients | Yes |
| Use with bloom stimulator | Yes |
| Use with another PK nutrient | No - Atami advises against combining Bloombastic with another PK nutrient |
Atami Bloombastic 10L FAQs
What does Atami Bloombastic do?
Bloombastic is an all-in-one bloom and ripening additive designed to support plants during the final stages of flowering. It combines bloom stimulation, concentrated PK nutrition, flower hardening, taste enhancement and activation of various enzymatic processes.
What is the PK ratio of Atami Bloombastic?
Bloombastic has a PK 14-15 W/W analysis, providing high concentrations of both phosphorus and potassium during flowering and ripening.
When should I use Atami Bloombastic?
Atami recommends using Bloombastic during the final 4-6 weeks of flowering and ripening. Follow the actual development of the crop when determining the appropriate starting point.
How much Atami Bloombastic should I use?
Use 0.5-1ml per litre of water or nutrient solution alongside the crop's basic nutrients.
Does Bloombastic increase EC?
Yes. Bloombastic increases the EC of the basic nutrient solution because it contains concentrated mineral nutrition. Monitor EC and account for the strength of the complete feeding programme.
Can I use Bloombastic with my base nutrients?
Yes. Bloombastic is intended to be used in combination with appropriate basic nutrients during flowering and ripening. It is not a complete base fertiliser on its own.
Can Bloombastic be used with Bloom Stimulator?
Yes. Atami states that Bloombastic can be combined with a bloom stimulator such as B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator because the products perform different roles within the flowering programme.
Can Bloombastic be used with another PK booster?
No. Atami advises against combining Bloombastic with another PK nutrient. Bloombastic already contains a concentrated PK 14-15 formulation, and additional PK supplementation can increase the risk of overfertilisation.
Can I use Bloombastic in coco?
Yes. Bloombastic is suitable for coco and coco-based growing systems when incorporated into an appropriate coco nutrient programme.
Can I use Bloombastic in hydroponics?
Yes. Bloombastic is suitable for hydroponic cultivation and can be added to the nutrient solution during the appropriate flowering and ripening stages.
Can I use Bloombastic in soil?
Yes. Bloombastic is suitable for soil-grown flowering and fruiting plants when used alongside an appropriate base nutrient programme.
What plants can Bloombastic be used on?
Bloombastic can be used with many flowering and fruiting crops. Atami gives examples including chilli peppers, strawberries and blueberries, along with flowering ornamental plants such as orchids and violets.
Does Bloombastic support sugar production?
Yes. Atami specifically positions Bloombastic to encourage sugar production during flowering, supporting crop weight, aroma and final flower or fruit development.
What is the difference between Bloombastic and Rokzbastic?
Bloombastic is an all-in-one PK 14-15 bloom additive with a relatively balanced phosphorus-to-potassium profile. Rokzbastic is a PK 10-20 late-flowering booster with twice as much potassium as phosphorus. They have different formulations and should not be stacked together as additional PK products.
Is the 10L Bloombastic suitable for commercial horticulture?
Yes. The 10L format is particularly well suited to professional growers, larger crop areas and high-volume irrigation systems where Bloombastic is used regularly during flowering and ripening.
How much nutrient solution will 10L of Bloombastic make?
A 10L container prepares approximately 10,000 litres at 1ml/L or 20,000 litres at 0.5ml/L.
Atami Bloombastic 325ml - PK 14-15 Bloom & Ripening Additive
2859
£28.59
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami Bloombastic 325ml - PK 14-15 Bloom & Ripening Additive
2859
£28.59
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami Bloombastic 325ml is a highly concentrated PK 14-15 all-in-one bloom and ripening additive developed to support dense flower development, increased sugar production, enhanced aroma and a strong finish during the final stages of flowering.
Bloombastic is Atami's award-winning all-in-one bloom additive, developed for the final 4-6 weeks of flowering and ripening. It combines the functions of a bloom stimulator, hardener, taste enhancer and activator of various enzymatic processes, providing concentrated support as flowering and fruiting crops move towards maturity.
With a powerful PK 14-15 W/W formulation, Bloombastic supplies high levels of phosphorus and potassium during the period when productive crops have significant demand for these important flowering nutrients. Atami states that Bloombastic contains more than 50% more bio-minerals in the form of phosphorus and potassium than other liquid flowering products.
No ballast substances such as sodium or chlorine are used. The concentrated formulation is designed to encourage sugar and flower production, supporting the development of thicker, denser and more aromatic flowers during the final stages of the crop cycle.
Applied at only 0.5-1ml/L, the 325ml bottle can prepare approximately 325-650 litres of nutrient solution, making it a practical size for smaller reservoirs and individual growing systems.
Why choose Atami Bloombastic?
- All-in-one bloom additive – combines the functions of a bloom stimulator, hardener, taste enhancer and activator of enzymatic processes.
- PK 14-15 formulation – provides concentrated phosphorus and potassium during flowering and ripening.
- High bio-mineral content – Atami states that Bloombastic contains over 50% more phosphorus and potassium than other liquid flowering products.
- Supports sugar production – developed to increase the sugar content of the crop during productive flowering.
- Supports dense flower development – encourages thick, dense and aromatic flowers as the crop approaches maturity.
- Supports aroma & flavour – combines concentrated flowering nutrition with Atami's taste-enhancing bloom formulation.
- No unnecessary ballast substances – formulated without ballast substances such as sodium and chlorine.
- Highly concentrated – used at only 0.5-1ml per litre of water.
- Suitable for Hydro, Coco & Soil – compatible with a wide range of growing media and cultivation methods.
- Suitable for irrigation systems – can be incorporated into professionally managed irrigation and fertigation programmes.
- Works alongside base nutrients – designed to supplement the crop's basic nutrient programme during flowering and ripening.
- Convenient 325ml size – provides enough concentrate to prepare approximately 325-650 litres of nutrient solution.
What is Atami Bloombastic suitable for?
Bloombastic can be used with a wide range of flowering and fruiting plants, including vegetables, fruits, herbs and ornamental flowering crops. Atami gives examples including chilli peppers, strawberries and blueberries, as well as flowering plants such as orchids and violets.
It is suitable for cultivation in Hydro, Coco and Soil and can be incorporated into different substrate and irrigation systems.
Bloombastic is specifically intended for established flowering crops approaching the later stages of flower and fruit development. It is not a vegetative growth additive or complete base fertiliser.
Crop development should determine application timing rather than relying entirely on fixed calendar weeks. Atami recommends Bloombastic for the final 4-6 weeks of flowering and ripening, so crops with different flowering durations will naturally begin the programme at different points.
How to use Atami Bloombastic
Apply Bloombastic during the final 4-6 weeks of flowering and ripening in combination with your basic nutrients. Use 0.5-1ml per litre of water or nutrient solution, adjusting the overall nutrient programme according to crop requirements.
At 0.5ml/L, use 5ml for 10L, 25ml for 50L, 50ml for 100L, 250ml for 500L and 500ml for a 1,000L nutrient reservoir.
At 1ml/L, use 10ml for 10L, 50ml for 50L, 100ml for 100L, 500ml for 500L and 1L for a 1,000L nutrient reservoir.
A 325ml bottle therefore prepares approximately 650 litres of nutrient solution at 0.5ml/L or 325 litres at 1ml/L.
Bloombastic increases the EC value of the basic nutrient solution, so EC should be monitored during use. Take the strength of the base nutrient and other additives into account when preparing the final solution.
Bloombastic can be combined with a bloom stimulator such as B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator where additional flowering-phase stimulation is required.
Important: Do not combine Bloombastic with another PK nutrient. Atami advises that this is unnecessary and can increase the risk of overfertilisation.
Understanding Bloombastic PK 14-15
Bloombastic provides a concentrated but relatively balanced combination of phosphorus and potassium, with a PK analysis of 14-15 W/W.
Phosphorus is involved in essential plant processes including energy transfer and reproductive development. Potassium contributes to numerous physiological functions associated with water regulation, nutrient movement and productive crop development.
During flowering and ripening, demand for these elements becomes increasingly important as the plant directs resources towards developing flowers and fruits.
Bloombastic combines this concentrated PK nutrition with its wider bloom-stimulating formulation, which is why Atami positions the product as an all-in-one flowering additive rather than simply a conventional PK fertiliser.
Bloombastic as part of a flowering programme
Bloombastic is designed to supplement rather than replace the plant's basic nutrient programme. Continue using an appropriate base nutrient for the chosen growing medium while introducing Bloombastic during the recommended flowering and ripening stages.
A bloom stimulator can also be incorporated where appropriate because a stimulator performs a different role from concentrated PK nutrition.
However, Bloombastic already provides a substantial PK 14-15 concentration. Adding another dedicated PK booster on top of it can create excessive phosphorus and potassium levels, which is why Atami specifically advises against combining Bloombastic with another PK nutrient.
Monitoring EC and crop response allows growers to account for the contribution made by both the base nutrient and Bloombastic rather than treating additives independently.
Atami Bloombastic 325ml product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Product | Bloombastic |
| Product type | All-in-one bloom & ripening additive |
| Size | 325ml |
| PK analysis | PK 14-15 W/W |
| Application rate | 0.5-1ml/L |
| Application period | Final 4-6 weeks of flowering & ripening |
| 10L nutrient solution | 5-10ml |
| 50L nutrient solution | 25-50ml |
| 100L nutrient solution | 50-100ml |
| Approximate solution from 325ml | 325L at 1ml/L or 650L at 0.5ml/L |
| Growing media | Hydro, Coco & Soil |
| Irrigation | Suitable for irrigation systems |
| Use with base nutrients | Yes |
| Use with bloom stimulator | Yes |
| Use with another PK nutrient | No - Atami advises against combining Bloombastic with another PK nutrient |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 325ml bottles |
Atami Bloombastic 325ml FAQs
What does Atami Bloombastic do?
Bloombastic is an all-in-one bloom and ripening additive designed to support plants during the final stages of flowering. It combines bloom stimulation, concentrated PK nutrition, flower hardening, taste enhancement and activation of various enzymatic processes.
What is the PK ratio of Atami Bloombastic?
Bloombastic has a PK 14-15 W/W analysis, providing high concentrations of both phosphorus and potassium during flowering and ripening.
When should I use Atami Bloombastic?
Atami recommends using Bloombastic during the final 4-6 weeks of flowering and ripening. Follow the actual development of the crop when determining the appropriate starting point.
How much Atami Bloombastic should I use?
Use 0.5-1ml per litre of water or nutrient solution alongside the crop's basic nutrients.
Does Bloombastic increase EC?
Yes. Bloombastic increases the EC of the basic nutrient solution because it contains concentrated mineral nutrition. Monitor EC and account for the strength of the complete feeding programme.
Can I use Bloombastic with my base nutrients?
Yes. Bloombastic is intended to be used in combination with appropriate basic nutrients during flowering and ripening. It is not a complete base fertiliser on its own.
Can Bloombastic be used with Bloom Stimulator?
Yes. Atami states that Bloombastic can be combined with a bloom stimulator such as B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator because the products perform different roles within the flowering programme.
Can Bloombastic be used with another PK booster?
No. Atami advises against combining Bloombastic with another PK nutrient. Bloombastic already contains a concentrated PK 14-15 formulation, and additional PK supplementation can increase the risk of overfertilisation.
Can I use Bloombastic in coco?
Yes. Bloombastic is suitable for coco and coco-based growing systems when incorporated into an appropriate coco nutrient programme.
Can I use Bloombastic in hydroponics?
Yes. Bloombastic is suitable for hydroponic cultivation and can be added to the nutrient solution during the appropriate flowering and ripening stages.
Can I use Bloombastic in soil?
Yes. Bloombastic is suitable for soil-grown flowering and fruiting plants when used alongside an appropriate base nutrient programme.
What plants can Bloombastic be used on?
Bloombastic can be used with many flowering and fruiting crops. Atami gives examples including chilli peppers, strawberries and blueberries, along with flowering ornamental plants such as orchids and violets.
Does Bloombastic support sugar production?
Yes. Atami specifically positions Bloombastic to encourage sugar production during flowering, supporting crop weight, aroma and final flower or fruit development.
What is the difference between Bloombastic and Rokzbastic?
Bloombastic is an all-in-one PK 14-15 bloom additive with a relatively balanced phosphorus-to-potassium profile. Rokzbastic is a PK 10-20 late-flowering booster with twice as much potassium as phosphorus. They have different formulations and should not be stacked together as additional PK products.
How much nutrient solution will a 325ml bottle of Bloombastic make?
A 325ml bottle prepares approximately 325 litres at 1ml/L or 650 litres at 0.5ml/L.
How many 325ml bottles of Atami Bloombastic are in a full case?
A full outer case contains 12 x 325ml bottles of Atami Bloombastic.